Quarterlytics / Technology / Computer Hardware / Electronics For Imaging Inc.

Electronics For Imaging Inc.

efii · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker efii
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Computer Hardware
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Electronics For Imaging Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.
2010 PROXY STATEMENT AND
2009 ANNUAL REPORT

ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.
303 Velocity Way
Foster City, California 94404

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
To be held on May 27, 2010

y
x
o
r
P

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS:

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”) of

ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), will be held on Thursday,
May 27, 2010 at 9:00 a.m., Pacific Time, at the Company’s corporate headquarters, 303 Velocity Way, Foster
City, California 94404 for the following purposes:

1.

2.

3.

To elect six (6) directors to hold office until the next annual meeting or until their successors are duly
elected and qualified.

To ratify the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company for the
fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.

To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment or
postponement thereof.

The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the Proxy Statement accompanying this Notice.

The Board of Directors has approved the proposals described in the Proxy Statement and recommends that you
vote “FOR” each proposal.

Only stockholders of record at the close of business on April 16, 2010 are entitled to notice of and to vote at

the Annual Meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

All stockholders are cordially invited to attend the Annual Meeting in person. However, to ensure your
representation at the Annual Meeting, you are urged to submit your proxy electronically, by telephone or by
marking, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy for that purpose. Any stockholder attending the
Annual Meeting may vote in person even if he or she has returned a proxy.

Sincerely,

/S/ BRYAN KO

Bryan Ko
Secretary

Foster City, California
April 19, 2010

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT.
IN ORDER TO ENSURE YOUR REPRESENTATION AT THE MEETING,
YOU ARE REQUESTED TO SUBMIT YOUR PROXY ELECTRONICALLY, OR BY TELEPHONE,
AS DESCRIBED UNDER “SUBMISSION OF PROXIES; INTERNET AND TELEPHONE VOTING”
IN THE ATTACHED PROXY STATEMENT, OR
COMPLETE, SIGN AND DATE THE ENCLOSED PROXY
AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE AND RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.

PROXY STATEMENT

FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

MAY 27, 2010

INFORMATION CONCERNING SOLICITATION AND VOTING

General

This Proxy Statement is furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors
(the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) of ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), for use at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on Thursday, May 27, 2010 at 9:00 a.m.,
Pacific Time (the “Annual Meeting”), or at any adjournment or postponement thereof. The Annual Meeting will
be held at the Company’s corporate headquarters, 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California 94404. The
Company intends to mail this Proxy Statement and accompanying proxy card on or about April 23, 2010 to
stockholders entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting.

At the Annual Meeting, the stockholders of the Company will be asked: (1) to elect six (6) directors to hold

office until the next annual meeting or until their successors are duly elected and qualified; (2) to ratify the
appointment of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the Company for the fiscal year
ending December 31, 2010; and (3) to transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting or
any adjournment or postponement thereof. All proxies which are properly completed, signed and returned to the
Company or properly submitted electronically or by telephone prior to the Annual Meeting will be voted.

y
x
o
r
P

Voting Rights and Outstanding Shares

Only stockholders of record at the close of business on April 16, 2010 (the “Record Date”) are entitled to
receive notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting. As of the Record Date, the Company had outstanding and
entitled to vote 45,276,250 shares of common stock. The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the
Annual Meeting constitute a quorum. As of the Record Date, there were 45,276,250 outstanding shares eligible
to vote. Therefore, the Company will need at least 22,638,126 shares eligible to vote present in person, by
telephone or by proxy at the Annual Meeting for a quorum to exist. Each holder of record of common stock on
the Record Date will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. There
is no cumulative voting for the election of directors.

All votes will be tabulated by the inspector of election appointed for the Annual Meeting, who will

separately tabulate affirmative and negative votes, abstentions, withheld votes and broker non-votes. Abstentions,
withheld votes and broker non-votes are counted as present for purposes of establishing a quorum for the
transaction of business at the Annual Meeting. Abstentions represent a stockholder’s affirmative choice to
decline to vote on a proposal. Broker non-votes occur when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a
beneficial owner does not vote on a particular matter because such broker, bank or other nominee does not have
discretionary authority to vote on that matter and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.
Brokers, banks and other nominees typically do not have discretionary authority to vote on non-routine matters.
Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), as amended (the “NYSE Rules”), which apply
to all NYSE-licensed brokers, brokers have discretionary authority to vote on routine matters when they have not
received timely voting instructions from the beneficial owner.

Stockholders choices for Proposal 1 (election of directors) are limited to “for” and “withhold.” A plurality
of the shares of common stock voting in person or by proxy is required to elect each of the six (6) nominees for
director under Proposal 1. A plurality means that the six (6) nominees receiving the largest number of votes cast
(votes “for”) will be elected. Because the election of directors under Proposal 1 is considered to be a non-routine

1

matter under the NYSE Rules, if you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee on how to vote the
shares in your account for Proposal 1, brokers will not be permitted to exercise their voting authority and
uninstructed shares may constitute broker non-votes. Broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of
Proposal 1 since the election of directors is based on the votes actually cast. Withheld votes will be considered
for purposes of the Company’s “majority withheld vote” policy as set forth in the Company’s Board of Director
Guidelines (the “Board of Director Guidelines”). The Board of Director Guidelines can be found at the
Company’s website at www.efi.com.

The affirmative vote of a majority of shares entitled to vote that are present in person or by proxy is required

to ratify the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2010 under Proposal 2 (ratification of appointment of auditors). Abstentions have the same effect
as negative votes on this proposal because they represent votes that are present, but not cast. Proposal 2 is
considered to be a routine matter and, accordingly, brokers have discretionary authority to vote for the
ratification of the appointment of auditors.

Adjournment of Meeting

In the event that sufficient votes in favor of the proposals are not received by the date of the Annual

Meeting, the persons named as proxies may propose one or more adjournments of the Annual Meeting to permit
further solicitation of proxies. Any such adjournment will require the affirmative vote of a majority of shares
entitled to vote present in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting.

Submission of Proxies; Internet and Telephone Voting

If you hold shares as a registered stockholder in your own name, you should complete, sign and date the
enclosed proxy card as promptly as possible and return it using the enclosed envelope. If your completed proxy card
is received prior to or at the Annual Meeting, your shares will be voted in accordance with your voting instructions.
If you sign and return your proxy card but do not give voting instructions, your shares will be voted FOR (1) the
election of the Company’s six (6) nominees as directors; (2) the ratification of the appointment of the independent
registered public accounting firm for the Company for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010; and (3) as the
proxy holders deem advisable, in their discretion, on other matters that may properly come before the Annual
Meeting. If you hold shares through a bank or brokerage firm, the bank or brokerage firm will provide you with
separate voting instructions on a form you will receive from them. Many such firms make telephone or Internet
voting available, but the specific processes available will depend on those firms’ individual arrangements.

Solicitation

The cost of preparing, assembling, printing and mailing the Proxy Statement, the Notice of Annual Meeting

and the enclosed proxy, as well as the cost of soliciting proxies relating to the Company’s proposals for the
Annual Meeting, will be borne by the Company. The Company will request banks, brokers, dealers and voting
trustees or other nominees to solicit their customers who are beneficial owners of shares listed of record in names
of nominees and will reimburse such nominees for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such solicitations.
The original solicitation of proxies by mail may be supplemented by telephone, facsimile, telegram, email and
personal solicitation by directors, officers and regular employees of the Company or, at the Company’s request, a
proxy solicitation firm. No additional compensation will be paid to directors, officers or other regular employees
of the Company for such services, but a proxy solicitation firm will be paid a customary fee if it renders
solicitation services.

Revocability of Proxies

Any proxy given pursuant to this solicitation may be revoked by the person giving it at any time before its use by

delivering to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal executive office, 303 Velocity Way, Foster
City, California 94404, a written notice of revocation or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date, or by attending the
Annual Meeting and voting in person. Attendance at the Annual Meeting will not, by itself, revoke a proxy.

2

Stockholder Proposals To Be Presented at Next Annual Meeting

The deadline for submitting a stockholder proposal for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement and

form of proxy for the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011, pursuant to Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) Rule 14a-8, is currently expected to be December 24, 2010. The Company’s
amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”) also establish a deadline with respect to discretionary voting for
submission of stockholder proposals that are not intended to be included in the Company’s proxy statement. For
nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and other business to be properly brought before
the 2011 annual meeting by a stockholder, notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal
executive offices of the Company not earlier than the close of business on January 27, 2011 and not later than the
close of business on February 28, 2011 (the “Discretionary Vote Deadline”). These deadlines are subject to
change if the date of the 2011 annual meeting is more than 30 calendar days from the date of the Annual
Meeting. If a stockholder gives notice of such proposal after the Discretionary Vote Deadline, the Company’s
proxy holders will be allowed to use their discretionary voting authority to vote the shares they represent as the
Board of Directors may recommend, which may include a vote against the stockholder proposal when and if the
proposal is raised at the Company’s 2011 annual meeting.

y
x
o
r
P

Additional Copies

The Company’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 on Form 10-K (the “Annual

Report”) will be mailed concurrently with the mailing of the Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement to
all stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting. Except to the extent expressly
incorporated by reference into this Proxy Statement, the Annual Report does not constitute, and should not be
considered, a part of this proxy solicitation material.

If you would like a copy of the Annual Report, the Company will provide one to you free of charge
upon your written request to Investor Relations at Electronics For Imaging, Inc., 303 Velocity Way, Foster
City, California 94404.

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING INTERNET AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS

FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON MAY 27, 2010: The
Company’s Proxy Statement dated April 19, 2010 and Annual Report are available electronically at
http://ir.efi.com/proxy.cfm.

3

PROPOSAL ONE

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Nominees

There are six (6) nominees, each of whom is nominated for re-election at the Annual Meeting. On April 1,
2010, James S. Greene notified the Company of his intention to not stand for re-election, resulting in one vacancy
on the Board of Directors effective May 27, 2010. The Board of Directors has not nominated an individual to fill
the vacancy. Votes cannot be cast, whether in person or by proxy, for more individuals than the six (6) nominees
named in this Proxy Statement. Following the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors will consist of six
(6) members until the vacancy is filled.

Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy holders will vote the proxies received by them for the six

(6) nominees named below. In the event that any Board of Director’s nominee is unable or declines to serve as a
director at the time of the Annual Meeting, the proxies will be voted for the nominee who shall be designated by
the present Board of Directors to fill the vacancy. In the event that additional persons are nominated for election
as directors by the present Board of Directors, the proxy holders intend to vote all proxies received by them in
such a manner as will assure the election of as many of the nominees listed below as possible. Each person has
been recommended for nomination by the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors and
has been nominated by the Board of Directors for election. Each person nominated for election has agreed to
serve, and the Company is not aware of any nominee who will be unable or will decline to serve, as a director.
The term of office for each person elected as a director will continue until the next annual meeting of
stockholders or until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death,
resignation or removal.

On August 22, 2008, the Board of Directors amended the Board of Director Guidelines and Nominating and

Governance Committee Charter to implement a majority voting policy for the election of directors in an
uncontested election. Under these amendments, in the event that a nominee for director in an uncontested
election receives more “withheld” votes for his or her election than “for” votes, the director must submit a
resignation to the Board of Directors. The Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors will
evaluate and make a recommendation to the Board of Directors with respect to the offered resignation. The
Board of Directors will take action on the recommendation within 90 days following certification of the
stockholder vote. No director who tenders a resignation may participate in the Nominating and Governance
Committee’s or the Board of Directors’ consideration of the matter. The Company will publicly disclose the
Board of Directors’ decision including, as applicable, the reasons for rejecting a resignation.

The names of the nominees, each of whom is currently a director of the Company elected by the

stockholders or appointed by the Board of Directors, and certain information about them as of March 31, 2010
are set forth below.

Name of Nominee and Principal Occupation

Age

Director Since

Gill Cogan(1)(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Founding Partner, Opus Capital Ventures LLC

Guy Gecht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chief Executive Officer of the Company

Thomas Georgens(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director, NetApp, Inc.

Richard A. Kashnow(2)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consultant, Self-Employed

Dan Maydan(1)(2)(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Member, Board of Trustees, Palo Alto Medical Foundation

Fred Rosenzweig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

58

44

50

68

74

54

President of the Company

1992

2000

2008

2008

1996

2000

4

y
x
o
r
P

(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.
(4) Effective as of the date of the Annual Meeting, Mr. Cogan will fill the vacancy on the Nominating and

Governance Committee due to Mr. Greene not standing for re-election at the Annual Meeting.

(5) Effective as of the date of the Annual Meeting, Mr. Maydan will fill the vacancy on the Audit Committee

due to Mr. Greene not standing for re-election at the Annual Meeting.

Mr. Cogan has served as a director of the Company since 1992 and as Chairman of the Board of Directors

since June 28, 2007. Mr. Cogan is a founding Partner of Opus Capital Ventures LLC, a venture capital firm
established in 2005. Previously, he was the Managing Partner of Lightspeed Venture Partners, a venture capital
firm, from 2000 to 2005. From 1991 until 2000, Mr. Cogan was Managing General Partner of Weiss, Peck & Greer
Venture Partners, L.P., a venture capital firm. From 1986 to 1990, Mr. Cogan was a partner of Adler & Company, a
venture capital group handling technology-related investments. From 1983 to 1985, he was Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Formtek, Inc., an imaging and data management computer company, whose products were
based upon technology developed at Carnegie-Mellon University. Mr. Cogan is currently a director of several
privately held companies. Mr. Cogan holds an M.B.A. from the University of California at Los Angeles.
Mr. Cogan’s experience in venture capital firms brings him extensive knowledge of technology companies that is
valuable to the Board of Directors’ discussions of the Company’s technology-related investments.

Mr. Gecht was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company on January 1, 2000. From July 1999 to
January 2000, he served as President of the Company. From January 1999 to July 1999, he was Vice President
and General Manager of Fiery products of the Company. From October 1995 through January 1999, he served as
Director of Software Engineering. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gecht was Director of Engineering at
Interro Systems, Inc., a technology company, from 1993 to 1995. From 1991 to 1993, he served as Software
Manager of ASP Computer Products, a networking company, and from 1990 to 1991 he served as Manager of
Networking Systems for Apple Israel, a technology company. From 1985 to 1990, he served as an officer in the
Israeli Defense Forces, managing an engineering development team, and later was an acting manager of one of
the IDF high-tech departments. Mr. Gecht currently serves as a member of the board of directors, audit
committee and compensation committee of Check Point Software Technologies Ltd., a global information
technology security company. Mr. Gecht holds a B.S. in Computer Science and Mathematics from Ben Gurion
University in Israel. Mr. Gecht’s different previous roles within the Company, along with his experience as the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer for over ten (10) years, give him unique insights into the Company’s
challenges, opportunities and operations.

Mr. Georgens has served as a director of the Company since April 2008. Mr. Georgens is currently Chief

Executive Officer, President and Director of NetApp, Inc., a provider of data management solutions. Prior to
becoming Chief Executive Officer of NetApp, from February 2008 to August 2009, Mr. Georgens was President
and Chief Operating Officer of NetApp. From January 2007 to January 2008, Mr. Georgens was Executive Vice
President, Product Operations and from October 2005 to January 2007, he was Executive Vice President and
General Manager of Enterprise Storage Systems for NetApp. From 1996 to 2005, Mr. Georgens served LSI
Logic and its subsidiaries, including Engenio, in various capacities, including as President, Chief Executive
Officer, Vice President and General Manager, and Director. Prior to working with LSI Logic and its subsidiaries,
Mr. Georgens spent 11 years at EMC Corporation in a variety of engineering and marketing positions.
Mr. Georgens graduated from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute with a B.S. and M.Eng. degrees in Computer and
Systems Engineering, and also holds an M.B.A. from Babson College. Mr. Georgens’s current role of Chief
Executive Officer of a NASDAQ-100 company brings to the Board of Directors the perspective of a leader
facing similar current economic, social and governance issues. In addition, his role provides Mr. Georgens with
insight in the preparation and review of financial statements of a public company.

5

Mr. Kashnow has served as a director of the Company since April 2008. Since 2003, Mr. Kashnow has been

self-employed as a consultant. From 1999 until 2003, Mr. Kashnow served as President of Tyco Ventures, the
venture capital unit he established for Tyco International, Inc., a diversified manufacturing and services
company. From 1995 to 1999, he served as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President of Raychem
Corporation, a global technology materials company. He started his career as a physicist at General Electric’s
Corporate Research and Development Center in 1970. During his seventeen years with General Electrics, he
progressed through a series of technical and general management assignments. He served in the U.S. Army
between 1968 and 1970 and completed his active duty tour as a captain. He also serves on the board of directors
of Ariba, Inc., a public company providing on-demand spend management solutions. Until March 2008, he
served as Chairman of ActivIdentity, a public software security company. Until September 2007, he also served
as Chairman of Komag, Inc., a public data storage media company, which was acquired at that time by Western
Digital. Until September 2006, he served on the board of directors of Parkervision, Inc., a radio frequency
technology company, and as Chairman of its Compensation Committee. Mr. Kashnow received a Ph.D. in
Physics from Tufts University in 1968 and a B.S. in Physics from Worcester Polytechnic Institute in 1963.
Mr. Kashnow’s experience in supervising a principal financial officer as the former Chief Executive Officer of
Raychem Corporation provides the Board of Directors with a perspective of an executive involved in the
preparation and review of financial statements of a public company.

Dr. Maydan was President of Applied Materials Inc., a semiconductor manufacturing equipment company,
from January 1994 to April 2003 and a member of that company’s board of directors from June 1992 to October
2005. From March 1990 to January 1994, Dr. Maydan served as Applied Materials’ Executive Vice President,
with responsibility for all product lines and new product development. Before joining Applied Materials in
September 1980, Dr. Maydan spent thirteen years managing new technology development at Bell Laboratories
during which time he pioneered laser recording of data on thin-metal films and made significant advances in
photolithography and vapor deposition technology for semiconductor manufacturing. In 1998, Dr. Maydan was
elected to the National Academy of Engineering. He serves on the board of directors of Infinera Corporation, a
digital optical communications company and the board of directors of a privately held company. Dr. Maydan is a
member of the Board of Trustees of the Palo Alto Medical Foundation (P.A.M.F.). Dr. Maydan received his B.S.
and M.S. degrees in Electrical Engineering from Technion, the Israel Institute of Technology, and his Ph.D. in
Physics from Edinburgh University in Scotland. Dr. Maydan’s broad experience in technology, innovation,
marketing and operations provides the Board of Directors with a global perspective on the issues faced by
manufacturing and technology companies.

Mr. Rosenzweig was appointed President of the Company as of January 1, 2000. From July 1999 to January

2004, he served as Chief Operating Officer of the Company. From August 1998 to July 1999, Mr. Rosenzweig
served as Executive Vice President of the Company. From January 1995 to August 1998, Mr. Rosenzweig served as
Vice President, Manufacturing and Support of the Company. From May 1993 to January 1995, Mr. Rosenzweig
served as Director of Manufacturing of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, from July 1992 to May 1993,
he was a plant general manager at Tandem Computers Corporation, a computer company. From October 1989 to
July 1992, Mr. Rosenzweig served as a systems and peripheral test manager at Tandem Computers Corporation.
Mr. Rosenzweig holds a B.S. in Metallurgical Engineering from The Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A.
from the University of California at Berkeley. Mr. Rosenzweig’s leadership as our President and previous
experience within the Company provide him with intimate knowledge of our operations.

Subject to the “majority withheld votes” policy in the Board of Director Guidelines, directors are elected if

they receive a plurality of the votes present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting.
Accordingly, the six (6) nominees receiving the largest number of votes cast (votes “for”) will be elected.

The Company’s Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” the election of all six (6) nominees listed
above. Proxies received by the Company will be voted “FOR” the election of all nominees listed above
unless the stockholder specifies otherwise in the proxy.

6

y
x
o
r
P

MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Meetings of Board of Directors and Committees

The Board of Directors of the Company held a total of eight (8) meetings in 2009. The Board of Directors
has established the following committees, among others, to assist the Board of Directors in discharging its duties:
(i) an Audit Committee, (ii) a Compensation Committee and (iii) a Nominating and Governance Committee
(collectively, the “Board Committees”). Current copies of the charters for the Board Committees can be found on
the Company’s website at www.efi.com. Each director attended 75% or more of the total number of meetings of
the Board of Directors and of the Board Committees upon which such director served during 2009.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee currently consists of Directors Georgens, Greene and Kashnow (Chairman). Effective

as of the date of the Annual Meeting, Mr. Maydan will fill the vacancy on the Audit Committee due to
Mr. Greene not standing for re-election at the Annual Meeting. The Audit Committee conducted twelve
(12) meetings in 2009. The Audit Committee oversees the accounting and financial reporting processes of the
Company and audits of the financial statements of the Company and assists the Board of Directors in oversight
and monitoring of the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s compliance with certain
legal and regulatory requirements, the independent auditor’s qualifications, independence and performance, and
the Company’s systems of internal controls. The Audit Committee also approves the engagement of and the
services to be performed by the Company’s independent auditors. The Board of Directors has determined that all
members of the Audit Committee are “independent” as that term is defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ
Listing Rules (the “NASDAQ Rules”) and also meet the additional criteria for independence of Audit Committee
members set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”). In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Kashnow is an “audit committee financial
expert” as defined by the SEC.

The Audit Committee oversees the Company’s Ethics Program, which presently includes, among other
things, the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the Company’s Code of Ethics for the Management
Team, the Company’s Code of Ethics for the Accounting and Finance Team and the Company’s Code of Ethics
for the Sales Team (collectively, the “Codes”), an Internal Audit Committee responsible for receiving and
investigating complaints, a 24-hour global toll-free hotline and an internal website whereby employees can
anonymously submit complaints via email. The Company’s Codes can be found on the Company’s website at
www.efi.com. As further set forth below, the Audit Committee also oversees the Company’s risk assessment
function.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee currently consists of Directors Cogan (acting Chairman) and Maydan. The

Compensation Committee held nine (9) meetings in 2009. The Board of Directors has determined that all
members of the Compensation Committee are “independent” as that term is defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the
NASDAQ Rules. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves the Company’s executive compensation
policy and administers the Company’s stock plans. The Compensation Committee also reviews the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis contained in the Company’s proxy statements and prepares and approves
the Compensation Committee Report for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statements.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance Committee currently consists of Directors Greene (Chairman), Kashnow
and Maydan. Effective as of the date of the Annual Meeting, Mr. Cogan will fill the vacancy on and become the
Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee due to Mr. Greene not standing for re-election at the
Annual Meeting. The Nominating and Governance Committee held one (1) meeting in 2009. The Board of

7

Directors has determined that all members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are “independent” as
that term is defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Rules. The Nominating and Governance Committee
develops and recommends governance principles, recommends director nominees to the Board of Directors and
considers the resignation offers of any nominee for director, in accordance with its Charter and the Company’s
Board of Director Guidelines.

Consideration of Director Nominees

Stockholder Nominees

The policy of the Nominating and Governance Committee is to consider properly submitted stockholder
nominations for candidates for membership on the Board of Directors as described below under “Identifying and
Evaluating Nominees for Directors.” In evaluating such nominations, the Nominating and Governance
Committee seeks to achieve a balance of knowledge, experience and capability on the Board of Directors and to
address the membership criteria set forth under “Director Qualifications.”

Stockholders may recommend individuals for consideration by submitting the materials set forth below to
the Company addressed to the Nominating and Governance Committee at the Company’s corporate headquarters.
To be timely, the written materials must be submitted within the time provided by the advance notice provisions
in the Bylaws in order to be included in the Company’s proxy statement for the subject annual meeting.

The written materials must include: (1) the name(s) and address(es) of the stockholder(s) providing the
notice, as they appear in the Company’s books, and of the other Proposing Persons (as defined below), (2) any
Disclosable Interests (as defined in the Bylaws) of the stockholder(s) providing the notice (or, if different, the
beneficial owner on whose behalf such notice is given) and/or each other Proposing Person, (3) all information
with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice if such
proposed nominee were a Proposing Person, (4) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is
required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations
of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 under the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations thereunder, (5) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material
monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material
relationships, between or among the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner on
whose behalf such notice is given) and/or any Proposing Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee,
his or her respective affiliates and associates and any other persons with whom such proposed nominee (or any of
his or her respective affiliates and associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined below), on the other hand,
including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under
Regulation S-K if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such Proposing Person were the
“registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such
registrant, and (6) such other information (including one or more accurately completed and executed
questionnaires and executed and delivered agreements) as may reasonably be required by the Company to
determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Company or that
could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of
such proposed nominee.

For purposes of the information required to be disclosed in the written materials described above, the term
“Proposing Person” means (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the
meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf the nomination proposed to be made at the
meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate of such beneficial owner (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2
under the Exchange Act) and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or such beneficial owner (or any
of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert.

A person shall be deemed to be “Acting in Concert” with another person for purposes of the information

required to be disclosed in the written materials described above if such person knowingly acts (whether or not
pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or towards a common goal

8

relating to the management, governance or control of the Company in parallel with, such other person where
(i) each person is conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their
decision-making process and (ii) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert
or in parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether
publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions, or making or soliciting invitations to act in
concert or in parallel; provided, that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person
solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies from such other person in connection with a
public proxy solicitation pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act. A person which is Acting in
Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also acting in
concert with such other person.

Any director nominations proposed by stockholders for consideration by the Nominating and Governance

Committee should be addressed to:

y
x
o
r
P

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Attention: Nominating and Governance Committee
c/o Bryan Ko
303 Velocity Way
Foster City, CA 94404

Director Qualifications

The Nominating and Governance Committee has established the following minimum criteria for evaluating

prospective Board of Director candidates:

• Reputation for integrity, strong moral character and adherence to high ethical standards.

• Holds or has held a generally recognized position of leadership in the community and/or chosen field

of endeavor, and has demonstrated high levels of accomplishment.

• Demonstrated business acumen and experience, and ability to exercise sound business judgment and

common sense in matters that relate to the current and long-term objectives of the Company.

• Ability to read and understand basic financial statements and other financial information pertaining to

the Company.

• Commitment to understand the Company and its business, industry and strategic objectives.

• Commitment and ability to regularly attend and participate in meetings of the Board of Directors,
Board Committees and stockholders, the number of other company boards on which the candidate
serves and the ability to generally fulfill all responsibilities as a director of the Company.

• Willingness to represent and act in the interests of all stockholders of the Company rather than the

interests of a particular group.

• Good health and ability to serve.

•

For prospective non-employee directors, independence under applicable standards of the SEC and the
NASDAQ Rules, and the absence of any conflict of interest (whether due to a business or personal
relationship) or legal impediment to, or restriction on, the nominee serving as a director.

• Willingness to accept the nomination to serve as a director of the Company.

Other Factors for Potential Consideration

The Nominating and Governance Committee will also consider the following factors in connection with its

evaluation of each prospective nominee:

• Whether the prospective nominee will foster a diversity of skills and experiences.

9

• Whether the nominee possesses the requisite education, training and experience to qualify as

“financially literate” or as an “audit committee financial expert” under applicable rules of the SEC and
the NASDAQ Rules.

• Composition of the Board of Directors and whether the prospective nominee will add to or complement

the Board of Director’s existing strengths.

The Nominating and Governance Committee does not have a formal policy with respect to diversity; however,
the Board of Directors and the Nominating and Governance Committee believe that it is essential that our
directors represent diverse viewpoints, skills, education and professional experience. In considering candidates
for the Board of Directors, the Nominating and Governance Committee considers the entirety of each candidate’s
credentials in the context of these standards.

All of our directors bring to the Board of Directors executive leadership experience derived from their service as
executives and, in most cases, chief executive officers of large corporations. As a group, they bring extensive
board experience and several decades of diverse and extensive business and technical experience. The process
undertaken by the Nominating and Governance Committee in identifying and evaluating qualified director
candidates is described below. Certain individual qualifications and skills of our directors that contribute to the
Board of Directors’ effectiveness as a whole are described above, under each director’s biographical information.

Identifying and Evaluating Nominees for Directors

The Nominating and Governance Committee initiates the process by preparing a slate of potential

candidates who, based on their biographical information and other information available to the Nominating and
Governance Committee, appear to meet the criteria specified above and/or who have specific qualities, skills or
experience being sought, based on input from the full Board of Directors.

• Outside Advisors. The Nominating and Governance Committee may engage a third party search firm

or other advisors to assist in identifying prospective nominees.

• Nomination of Incumbent Directors. The re-nomination of existing directors should not be viewed as

automatic, but should be based on continuing qualification under the criteria set forth above.

•

For incumbent directors standing for re-election, the Nominating and Governance Committee will
assess the incumbent director’s performance during his or her term, including the number of
meetings attended, level of participation and overall contribution to the Company, the number of
other company boards on which the individual serves, composition of the Board of Directors at
that time and any changed circumstances affecting the individual director which may bear on his
or her ability to continue to serve on the Board of Directors.

• Management Directors. The number of officers or employees of the Company serving at any time on

the Board of Directors should be limited such that, at all times, a majority of the directors is
“independent” under applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Rules.

After reviewing appropriate biographical information and qualifications, first-time candidates will be
interviewed by at least one member of the Nominating and Governance Committee and by the Company’s Chief
Executive Officer. Upon completion of the above procedures, the Nominating and Governance Committee will
determine the list of potential candidates to be recommended to the full Board of Directors for nomination at an
annual meeting or appointment to the Board of Directors between annual meetings. The Board of Directors will
select the slate of nominees only from candidates identified, screened and approved by the Nominating and
Governance Committee.

In accordance with the Company’s “majority withheld vote” policy, the Nominating and Governance
Committee will also consider the resignation offer of any nominee for director who, in an uncontested election,
receives a greater number of votes “withheld” from his or her election than votes “for” such election, and
recommend to the Board of Directors the action it deems appropriate to be taken with respect to such offered
resignation.

10

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

FISCAL 2009 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The table below summarizes the compensation paid by the Company to non-employee directors for the

fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

Name(1)
(a)

Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)(b)(2)

Stock
awards
(3)(5)
($)(c)

Option
awards
(4)(5)
($)(d)

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)(e)

Gill Cogan . . . . . . . . . . . . .
James S. Greene(7) . . . . . .
Dan Maydan . . . . . . . . . . .
Richard Kashnow . . . . . . .
Thomas Georgens . . . . . . .

$59,750
59,000
45,500
79,500
57,000

$ — $ —
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

$ —
—
—
—
—

Change in
pension value
and
nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
($)(f)

$ —
—
—
—
—

All other
compensation
(6)
($)(g)

$ —
—
7,500
—
—

Total
($)(h)

$59,750
59,000
53,000
79,500
57,000

y
x
o
r
P

(1) Guy Gecht, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and Fred Rosenzweig, the Company’s President, are

not included in this table as they are employees of the Company and thus receive no compensation for their
services as directors. The compensation received by Messrs. Gecht and Rosenzweig as employees of the
Company is shown in the Summary Compensation Table for 2009 on page 31 of this Proxy Statement.
(2) Fees earned or paid in cash include retroactive payments made in 2009 to Gill Cogan for his role as acting

chairman of the Compensation Committee beginning in 2008.

(3) At December 31, 2009, the aggregate number of stock awards outstanding for each independent director was

as follows:

Name

Restricted
stock awards
(#)

Restricted
stock units
(#)

Gill Cogan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
James S. Greene(7)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dan Maydan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Richard Kashnow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thomas Georgens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,000
3,000
3,000
—
—

4,500
4,500
4,500
—
—

Total
(#)

7,500
7,500
7,500
—
—

(4) At December 31, 2009, the aggregate number of option awards outstanding for each non-employee director

was as follows:

Name

Options Outstanding

Vested
(#)

Unvested
(#)

Total
(#)

Gill Cogan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
James S. Greene(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dan Maydan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Richard Kashnow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thomas Georgens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

117,418
65,373
8,750
14,000
14,000

16,250
16,250
16,250
26,000
26,000

133,668
81,623
25,000
40,000
40,000

(5) During fiscal year 2009, no equity awards were granted to any of our non-employee directors.
(6) All other compensation includes reimbursement of tax advisory fees for Dan Maydan.
(7) On April 1, 2010, James S. Greene informed the Company of his intention to not stand for re-election at the

Annual Meeting.

11

The compensation of non-employee directors is determined by the Board of Directors. Employee members
of the Board of Directors currently receive cash and equity compensation in connection with their employment
with the Company and do not receive any additional compensation for service on the Board of Directors.

Cash Compensation. Non-employee directors receive cash compensation in the form of annual retainers

and attendance fees per meeting of the Board of Directors and the Board Committees as set forth below:

Annual Retainer

Attendance Fees

Chairperson

Member

Chairperson Member

In Person Telephone

In Person Telephone

Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nominating and Governance Committee . . . .

$ —
10,000
5,000
5,000

$25,000
5,000
2,500
2,500

$ —
4,000
2,000
2,000

$ —
2,000
1,000
1,000

$2,000
2,000
1,000
1,000

$1,000
1,000
500
500

The Company also reimburses each non-employee director for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection
with attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors and of the Board Committees.

Equity Compensation. Equity awards may be granted to the non-employee directors under the Company’s
stock incentive plans from time to time. During 2009, no equity awards were granted to any of the non-employee
directors.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS, DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE,
LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE, RISK OVERSIGHT AND COMPENSATION RISK

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

As permitted under Delaware law, and pursuant to the Bylaws, the Company’s amended and restated
certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and the indemnification agreements that the
Company has entered into with its current and former executive officers, directors and general counsel, the
Company is required, subject to certain limited qualifications, to indemnify its executive officers, directors and
general counsel for certain events or occurrences while the executive officer, director or general counsel is or was
serving in such capacity at the Company’s request. The indemnification period covers all pertinent events and
occurrences during the executive officer’s, director’s or general counsel’s lifetime. The Company’s
indemnification obligations generally extend to the derivative shareholder suits and NASDAQ Global Select
Market delisting proceedings. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company may be
obligated to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, the Company has director and
officer insurance coverage that limits its exposure and may enable the Company to recover a portion of any
future amounts paid.

Related Party Transactions

The Audit Committee was responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any proposed related party

transactions as defined under Item 404 of Regulation S-K during 2009. The obligation of the Audit Committee to
review and approve in advance any proposed related party transaction is set forth in writing in the Charter of the
Audit Committee. Further, the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics provides that the nature of all
related party transactions must be fully disclosed to the Chief Financial Officer, and, if determined to be material
by the Chief Financial Officer, the Audit Committee must review and approve in writing in advance such related
party transactions.

The Company has previously entered into employment agreements with its named executive officers. These

agreements are described below under “Employment Agreements.”

There were no other related party transactions as defined under Item 404 of Regulation S-K during 2009.

12

y
x
o
r
P

Director Independence

The Board of Directors has determined that each of the non-employee directors is independent and that each

director who serves on each of its Board Committees is independent, as the term is defined by the applicable
rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Rules.

Leadership Structure

Effective June 2007, the Board of Directors separated the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of

the Board. The Board of Directors leadership structure is set forth in the Board of Directors Guidelines, revised
in April 2010. The Board of Directors believes that the designation of an independent Chairman of the Board
facilitates processes and controls that support a strong and independently functioning Board of Directors and
further strengthens the effectiveness of the Board of Directors’ decision-making and appropriate monitoring of
both compliance and performance. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for setting the strategic direction
for the Company and the day to day leadership and performance of the Company, while the Chairman of the
Board presides at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors at which he or she is present;
establishes the agenda for each Board of Directors meeting; sets a schedule of an annual agenda, to the extent
foreseeable; calls and prepares the agenda for and presides over separate sessions of the independent directors;
acts as a liaison between the independent directors and the Company’s management and performs such other
powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or as may be prescribed
by the Company’s bylaws. The independent Chairman of the Board is designated by the Board of Directors.
Mr. Cogan has served as our Chairman of the Board since June 2007. Because Mr. Cogan meets the criteria for
independence established by The NASDAQ, he also presides over separate meetings for the independent
directors. The Board of Directors regularly observes such independent directors separate meeting time. The
Board of Directors will review from time to time the appropriateness of its leadership structure and implement
any changes at it may deem necessary.

Risk Oversight

On behalf of the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee plays a key role in the oversight of the Company’s

risk management function performed by independent Business Risk Services (“BRS”), under the leadership of a
BRS director (the “BRS Director”). BRS is an independent assessment function, responsible for advising
management and the Board of Directors, through its Audit Committee, on the Company’s system of internal
controls and management of business risks. BRS assists management and the Audit Committee in fulfilling their
control responsibilities by providing regular reports, based on BRS’ reviews that address: (i) compliance with laws,
regulations, and internal policies and procedures; (ii) reliability of financial reporting; and (iii) efficiency and
effectiveness of operations. BRS fulfills its objectives by providing analyses, assessments, recommendations,
advice, and information to the management or the Audit Committee, as the case may be.

Each year, BRS develops an annual project plan based on assessed business risks and aligned with the
Company’s control objectives. BRS fulfills its responsibilities according to such annual project plan approved by
the Audit Committee and reports on the results in the implementation of the plan at the meetings of the Audit
Committee. Certain risks or policies are also discussed by the Board of Directors. While compensated by the
Company, the BRS Director reports directly to the Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee.

COMMUNICATION WITH THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Pursuant to the process established by the Board of Directors, stockholders who wish to communicate with

any member (or all members) of the Board of Directors should send such communications via regular mail
addressed to the Company’s Secretary, at Electronics For Imaging, Inc., 303 Velocity Way, Foster City,
California 94404. The Secretary will review each such communication and forward it to the appropriate member
or members of the Board of Directors as he deems appropriate.

The Company encourages its directors to attend the Annual Meeting. Five (5) directors attended the

Company’s last annual meeting.

13

PROPOSAL TWO

RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm

since 1992 and has been appointed by the Audit Committee to continue as the Company’s independent registered
public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.

Stockholder ratification of the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s independent

registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010 is not required by law, by the
NASDAQ Rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. However, the Board of Directors is submitting
the selection of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the Company’s stockholders for ratification as a matter of good
corporate governance and practice. If the stockholders fail to ratify the appointment, the Board of Directors will
reconsider whether to retain that firm. Even if the selection is ratified, the Company may appoint a different
independent registered public accounting firm during the year if the Audit Committee determines that such a
change would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provided various

audit, audit related and non-audit services to the Company as follows (in thousands):

Audit fees(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit related fees(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax fees(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All other fees(d)

2009

2008

$1,346
51
—

1

$1,461
66
—
33

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,398

$1,560

(a) Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s

consolidated financial statements, review of the interim consolidated financial statements included in
quarterly reports, and services normally provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in connection with
statutory and regulatory filings and engagements.

(b) Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the
performance of the audit or review of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not reported
under “Audit Fees.” These services include accounting consultations in connection with acquisitions, attest
services that are not required by statute or regulation, and consultations concerning financial accounting and
reporting standards.

(c) Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.

These services may include assistance regarding federal, state, and international compliance, mergers and
acquisitions, option exchanges, etc.

(d) All other fees consist of services provided in connection with other services.

The Audit Committee is responsible for pre-approving audit and non-audit services to be provided to the

Company by the independent auditors (or subsequently approving non-audit services in those circumstances
where a subsequent approval is necessary and permissible). In this regard, the Audit Committee has the sole
authority to approve the employment of the independent auditors, all audit engagement fees and terms and all
non-audit engagements, as may be permissible, with the independent auditors.

The Audit Committee has considered whether provision of the services described in sections (b), (c) and

(d) above is compatible with maintaining the independent auditors’ independence and has determined that such
services have not adversely affected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s independence. All of the services of each of
(b), (c) and (d) were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

14

Representatives of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are expected to be present at the Annual Meeting. The
representatives will have an opportunity to make a statement and will be available to respond to appropriate
questions.

The ratification of the selection of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP requires the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, at
the Annual Meeting.

The Company’s Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” the ratification of the appointment of the
Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.
Proxies received by the Company will be voted “FOR” this proposal unless the stockholder specifies
otherwise in the proxy.

y
x
o
r
P

15

SECURITY OWNERSHIP

Except as otherwise indicated below, the following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial
ownership of common stock as of April 16, 2010 by: (1) each of the Company’s current directors; (2) each of the
named executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table for 2009 on page 31 of this Proxy
Statement (collectively, the Company’s “named executive officers”); (3) each person known to the Company to
be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock based upon
Schedules 13D or 13G filed with the SEC; and (4) all of the Company’s directors and executive officers as a
group. As of April 16, 2010, there were 45,276,250 shares of common stock outstanding.

Shares of common stock subject to options or other rights that are currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of April 16, 2010 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the
options or other rights for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated
as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to
the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the
address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Electronics For Imaging, Inc., 303 Velocity Way, Foster
City, California 94404.

Name of beneficial owner(1)

Common stock

Number of
shares

Percentage
owned

Ameriprise Financial, Inc.(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,273,738

18.27%

145 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis MN 55474

Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,114,504

6.88%

Palisades West, Building One
6300 Bee Cave Road
Austin TX 78746

BlackRock, Inc.(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,361,252

7.42%

40 East 52nd Street
New York NY 10022

Third Avenue Management LLC(5)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,211,440

9.30%

622 Third Avenue
32nd Floor
New York NY 10017

Guy Gecht(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Rosenzweig(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Ritchie(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gill Cogan(9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
James S. Greene(10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dan Maydan(11)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thomas Georgens(12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Richard Kashnow(13)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All current executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)(14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

674,647
495,533
157,924
144,668
82,623
26,060
20,000
20,000
1,621,455

1.49%
1.09%
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.58%

Less than one percent.

*
(1) This table is based upon information supplied by officers, directors, and principal stockholders on

Schedules 13D and 13G and Forms 3 and 4 filed with the SEC as of April 16, 2010. Unless otherwise
indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, each of
the stockholders named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares
indicated as beneficially owned. Applicable percentages are based on 45,276,250 shares outstanding on
April 16, 2010, adjusted as required by rules promulgated by the SEC.

(2) Beneficial ownership information is based on information contained in Schedule 13G, as amended, filed

with the SEC on February 12, 2010 by Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (“AFI”), RiverSource Investments, LLC
(“RvS”), and Seligman Communications and Information Fund, Inc. (“C&I Fund”). The Schedule 13G

16

y
x
o
r
P

indicates that each of AFI and RvS has shared dispositive power as to 8,273,738 shares. C&I Fund has sole
voting and dispositive powers as to 4,792,700 shares. RvS, in its capacity as investment adviser, may be
deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock reported by C&I Fund. AFI, as the parent
company of RvS, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares reported by RvS. AFI, together with RvS
and C&I Fund, beneficially owns 8,273,738 shares.

(3) Beneficial ownership information is based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC
on February 8, 2010 by Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP. The Schedule 13G states that Dimensional Fund
Advisors, LP has sole voting power as to 3,026,205 shares of common stock and sole dispositive power as
to 3,114,504 shares of common stock subject to the following qualification. Dimensional Fund Advisors
LP furnishes investment advice to four investment companies registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 and serves as investment manager to certain other commingled group trusts and separate
accounts (such investment companies, trusts and accounts, collectively referred to as the “Funds”). In
certain cases, subsidiaries of Dimensional Fund Advisors, LP may act as an adviser or sub-adviser to
certain Funds. In its role as investment advisor, sub-adviser, and/or manager, neither Dimensional Fund
Advisors, LP or its subsidiaries possess voting and/or investment power over the securities of the Issuer
that are owned by the Funds, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of the Issuer held
by the Funds. However, all securities reported in this schedule are owned by the Funds. Dimensional
disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities.

(4) Beneficial ownership information is based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC
on January 29, 2010 by BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock, Inc. has sole voting and dispositive power as to
3,361,252 shares of common stock.

(5) Beneficial ownership information is based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

February 16, 2010 by Third Avenue Management LLC. Third Avenue Management LLC has sole voting power
as to 4,085,849 shares of common stock and sole dispositive power as to 4,211,440 shares of common stock.
Includes 430,389 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Gecht under
the 2004 and 2007 equity incentive plans, which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within 60
days of April 16, 2010.
Includes 351,533 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Rosenzweig
under the 1999, 2004, and 2007 equity incentive plans, which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable
within 60 days of April 16, 2010.
Includes 97,997 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Ritchie under
the 1999, 2004, and 2007 equity incentive plans, which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within
60 days of April 16, 2010.
Includes 121,168 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Cogan
under the 1999, 2004 and 2007 equity incentive plans, which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable
within 60 days of April 16, 2010.
Includes 69,123 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Greene under
the 1999, 2004, and 2007 equity incentive plans, which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within
60 days of April 16, 2010. On April 1, 2010, Mr. Greene notified the Company of his intention to not stand
for re-election at the Annual Meeting.
Includes 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Maydan under the
2007 equity incentive plan, which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 2010.
Includes 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Georgens
under the 2007 equity incentive plan, which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within 60 days of
April 16, 2010.
Includes 20,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Kashnow
under the 2007 equity incentive plan, which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within 60 days of
April 16, 2010.
Includes an aggregate of 1,122,710 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted
to executive officers and directors collectively under the 1999, 2004, and 2007 equity incentive plans,
which are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 2010.

17

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s officers, directors and persons who beneficially

own more than ten percent of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to file reports of security
ownership and changes in such ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors and greater than ten percent
beneficial owners are also required by rules promulgated by the SEC to furnish the Company with copies of all
Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely upon a review of the copies of such forms furnished to the Company, or written representations

that no Form 5 filings were required, the Company believes that during the period from January 1, 2009 to
December 31, 2009, all Section 16(a) filing requirements were timely met.

18

y
x
o
r
P

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table lists certain information regarding the Company’s executive officers as of March 31,

2009.

Name

Guy Gecht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Rosenzweig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Ritchie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Age

44
54
44

Position

Chief Executive Officer
President
Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Gecht was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company on January 1, 2000. From July 1999 to
January 2000, he served as President of the Company. From January 1999 to July 1999, he was Vice President
and General Manager of Fiery products of the Company. From October 1995 through January 1999, he served as
Director of Software Engineering. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gecht was Director of Engineering at
Interro Systems, a technology company, from 1993 to 1995. From 1991 to 1993, he served as Software Manager
of ASP Computer Products, a networking company and from 1990 to 1991, he served as Manager of Networking
Systems for Apple Israel, a technology company. From 1985 to 1990, he served as an officer in the Israeli
Defense Forces, managing an engineering development team, and later was an acting manager of one of the IDF
high-tech departments. Mr. Gecht currently serves as a member of the board of directors, audit committee and
compensation committee of Check Point Software Technologies Ltd., a global information technology security
company. Mr. Gecht holds a B.S. in Computer Science and Mathematics from Ben Gurion University in Israel.

Mr. Rosenzweig was appointed President of the Company as of January 1, 2000. From July 1999 to January

2004, he served as Chief Operating Officer of the Company. From August 1998 to July 1999, Mr. Rosenzweig
served as Executive Vice President of the Company. From January 1995 to August 1998, Mr. Rosenzweig served as
Vice President, Manufacturing and Support of the Company. From May 1993 to January 1995, Mr. Rosenzweig
served as Director of Manufacturing of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, from July 1992 to May 1993,
he was a plant general manager at Tandem Computers Corporation, a computer company. From October 1989 to
July 1992, Mr. Rosenzweig served as a systems and peripheral test manager at Tandem Computers Corporation.
Mr. Rosenzweig holds a B.S. in Metallurgical Engineering from Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from
University of California at Berkeley.

Mr. Ritchie was appointed Chief Financial Officer on April 1, 2006. From January 2001 to March 31, 2006,
Mr. Ritchie served as the Company’s Vice President of Finance. From March 1996 to January 2001, Mr. Ritchie
served in a variety of capacities at Splash Technology Holdings, Inc., a leading developer and supplier of digital
imaging software and hardware, most recently as Chief Financial Officer. Prior to Splash, Mr. Ritchie held
various accounting and finance positions at Western Waste Industries, Inc., an environmental services company
focused on technology applications to recover high value materials from the waste stream, Océ, Inc., a Dutch-
headquartered, multi-national based developer and manufacturer of imaging equipment, and Mariani Packing
Company, an agricultural company. Mr. Ritchie holds a B.A. in Business Administration from San Jose State
University.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

The Company’s compensation objectives and philosophy provide the guiding principles for decisions made
by the Compensation Committee for compensation to be paid to the Company’s named executive officers (below
also referred to as the “executives”), which, during fiscal year 2009, included Guy Gecht, Chief Executive
Officer; Fred Rosenzweig, President; and John Ritchie, Chief Financial Officer.

The Compensation Committee believes that compensation paid to the named executive officers should be
closely aligned with the performance of the Company on both a short-term and long-term basis, and linked to

19

specific, measurable results intended to create value for stockholders. In establishing compensation programs for
the named executive officers for fiscal year 2009, the Compensation Committee considered the following
principles and objectives:

•

•

•

•

attract and retain individuals of superior ability and managerial talent;

help ensure compensation is closely aligned with the Company’s corporate strategies, business and
financial objectives and the long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders;

create incentives to achieve key strategic and financial performance goals of the Company by linking
executive incentive award opportunities to the achievement of these goals; and

help ensure that the total compensation is fair, reasonable and competitive.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors

The Compensation Committee, serving under a charter adopted by the Board of Directors, is composed

entirely of outside directors who have never served as officers of the Company. Under the charter, the
Compensation Committee has responsibility for approving and evaluating matters relating to the overall
compensation philosophy, compensation plans, policies and programs of the Company. This includes
periodically reviewing and approving the Company named executive officers’ annual base salaries, incentive
bonus programs, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control
agreements or provisions, as well as any other benefits or compensation arrangements for the named executive
officers. In certain circumstances, the Compensation Committee may solicit input from the full Board of
Directors before making final decisions relating to compensation of the named executive officers (below also
referred to as “executive compensation”). In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Compensation Committee may
consider, among other things, industry and general best practices, benchmark data and marketplace
developments. Messrs. Cogan and Maydan served on the Compensation Committee during 2009 and continue to
serve as of the date of this Proxy Statement.

Role of Management in Assisting Compensation Decisions

Members of the executive management team of the Company, such as the named executive officers and the

Vice President of Human Resources (“Executive Management”), may assist and support the Compensation
Committee in determining compensation for the named executive officers. Members of Executive Management
may provide recommendations and information to the Compensation Committee to consider, analyze and review
in connection with any compensation proposal for the named executive officers. Members of Executive
Management do not have any final decision-making authority in regards to named executive officer
compensation. The Compensation Committee reviews any recommendations and information provided by
Executive Management, and approves the final executive compensation package. During fiscal year 2009,
members of Executive Management provided the Compensation Committee with recommendations and
proposals relating to each element of executive compensation described below. These recommendations and
proposals for fiscal year 2009 considered the impact of the economic downturn on the Company’s revenue and
operating results, planned 2009 proxy proposals related to our equity plans, reduction in base salaries volunteered
by the named executive officers and anticipated changes to the bonus program as well as competitive factors,
individual compensation histories, prior equity awards, and anticipated and projected operating results of the
Company for fiscal year 2009.

Use of Outside Advisors

The Compensation Committee may use consultants to assist in the evaluation of compensation for the
named executive officers. The Compensation Committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate any
compensation consultant engaged to perform these services. The Compensation Committee also has authority to
obtain advice and assistance from internal or external legal, accounting, or other advisers.

20

The Compensation Committee retained Mercer (US) Inc. (“Mercer”) to provide information, analyses, and

advice regarding executive and director compensation, as described below. Mercer was selected as the consultant
to the Compensation Committee in 2007 after an interview process with several compensation consulting firms.
The Compensation Committee evaluates Mercer on an annual basis and has found its performance to be
satisfactory. In 2009, Mercer advised the Compensation Committee on a variety of compensation-related issues,
including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

compensation strategy development;

pay levels;

incentive program;

short-term incentive pay;

long-term incentive pay;

peer group analysis applicability;

emerging compensation trends;

outside directors’ compensation, subsequently recommended by the Compensation Committee to the
Board of Directors for approval; and

the Compensation Committee agenda and annual calendar.

y
x
o
r
P

In 2010, Mercer also assisted the Compensation Committee in its assessment of the potential relationship

between the Company’s compensation program and risk taking by management.

In the course of conducting its activities, Mercer attended meetings of the Compensation Committee and
presented its findings and recommendations for discussion. During the course of the year, Mercer worked with
management to obtain and validate data, review materials and recommend potential changes. Mercer received
approximately $80,000 in fees from the Company in connection with the Compensation Committee’s
determination of a variety of components of executive compensation during fiscal year 2009. Mercer is a
subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (“MMC”), a diversified conglomerate of companies that
provide insurance, security and human resources consulting services. During 2009, affiliates of MMC other than
Mercer received approximately $181,000 in fees for their services. The Compensation Committee has reviewed
the services provided by the MMC affiliates and has determined that these services do not constitute a conflict of
interest or prevent Mercer from being objective in its work for the Compensation Committee. Other than
providing the services described above in its role as consultant to the Compensation Committee, Mercer provided
no other services to either the Company or the Compensation Committee in fiscal year 2009.

Review of External Compensation Data

The Compensation Committee does not apply a formulaic approach to setting individual elements of the
named executive officers’ compensation or their total compensation amounts and does not set compensation
levels at any specific level or percentile against the peer group data described below (i.e., the Compensation
Committee does not “benchmark” the Company’s executive compensation levels). However, the Compensation
Committee periodically reviews market compensation levels to determine whether the total compensation
opportunity for the Company’s named executive officers is appropriate in light of factors such as the
compensation arrangements for similarly situated executives in the market and may make adjustments when the
Compensation Committee determines they are appropriate.

21

As previously disclosed, for 2008, the Company used the following peer group to provide market reference

information as part of its review of executive compensation:

Palm, Inc.
3Com Corp.
Arris Group, Inc.
Zebra Technologies Corp.
Hutchinson Technology Inc.
QLogic Corp.
Zoran Corp.
Ariba Inc.

ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Moduslink Global Solutions (formerly CMGI, Inc.)
Komag Inc.
Savvis Inc.
Avocent Corp.
Emulex Corp.
MRV Communications, Inc.
Openwave Systems Inc.

The peer group was not used in 2009 as the Compensation Committee determined that publicly available data

on the peers was not likely to be indicative of the rapidly changing market, given the economic environment
prevailing through most of 2009. The Compensation Committee’s decisions for 2009 were primarily based on the
Company’s business performance and economic environment as well as a review of executive compensation trends.

Executive Compensation Elements

For the fiscal year 2009, the principal elements or components of compensation for the named executive

officers were: (1) base salary; (2) short-term incentives; and (3) long-term incentives.

During 2009, for each element of executive compensation, the Compensation Committee considered a
number of factors, such as the executive’s employment experience, performance of the executive during the year,
performance of the Company during the year, achievement of Company performance targets set by the Board of
Directors as identified below, demonstrated leadership, potential to enhance long-term stockholder value,
information relating to marketplace competitiveness, executive compensation trends, current compensation
levels, compensation history, prior equity awards and the economic environment. Since there are no static or
fixed policies regarding the amount and allocation for each component or element of executive compensation, the
determination and composition of total compensation is up to the discretion of the Compensation Committee and
is decided on a year by year basis.

The measurement or assessment of performance of the named executive officers, and their demonstrated

leadership and potential to enhance long-term stockholder value during 2009 was qualitative in nature, and was
determined using the judgment and discretion of the Compensation Committee. During 2009, the measurement or
assessment of the Company’s performance and the achievement of Company performance targets were primarily
quantitative with respect to the elements of incentive-based compensation, and are addressed in greater detail below.
The factors relating to current compensation levels, compensation history and prior equity awards for each of the
named executive officers were primarily used to assist in evaluating the appropriate levels of compensation for each
element of compensation for the 2009 fiscal year and any potential increase or decrease from the prior year levels.
In 2009, the Compensation Committee also considered the economic downturn, including but not limited to the
severe impact of the economy on the printing industry, depressed stock market, uncertain labor markets, collapse of
certain financial institutions, etc., and its implications on the named executive officers’ compensation levels.

The disparity in the levels of compensation for each element of compensation between the named executive

officers reflects consideration of the executive’s roles and responsibilities, the executive’s tenure with the
Company as well as the other factors mentioned above. The Compensation Committee evaluates these factors as
part of establishing compensation for each named executive officer.

The Compensation Committee considers the value of the entire compensation package when establishing the

appropriate levels of compensation for each element. As noted above, however, the Company does not apply a
formulaic approach to the allocation of specific elements within the total compensation package. The Compensation
Committee exercises its judgment and discretion when approving the amount and allocation of each element of the
total compensation package.

22

Base Salary

The Company provides the named executive officers with a base salary, which is comprised of a fixed
amount of annual cash compensation. In setting base salaries for the named executive officers, the Compensation
Committee considers a number of factors, including the executive’s prior salary history, current compensation
levels, individual and the Company’s performance and marketplace competitiveness for named executive
officers.

The Compensation Committee considers changes to base salaries for the named executive officers on an
annual basis. There are no formulaic increases, instead, the Compensation Committee exercises its judgment and
discretion when determining and approving increases to the annual base salary of each named executive officer.

y
x
o
r
P

On April 3, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved and accepted the voluntary reduction of the
annual base salaries of each of Messrs. Gecht, Rosenzweig and Ritchie by fifteen percent (15%) for Messrs.
Gecht and Rosenzweig, to equal $527,000 and $450,500, respectively, and by ten percent (10%) for Mr. Ritchie,
to equal $279,000. This reduction was volunteered by the named executive officers in support of the Company’s
cost reduction activities due to deteriorating global economic and industry conditions provided that such
voluntarily reduced base annual salaries would not be used in the calculation of any other benefits set forth in
each named executive officer’s current employment agreement. The temporarily reduced base annual salaries of
each of the named executive officers became effective as of April 16, 2009. The named executive officers’
salaries prior to and after the reductions volunteered by them are set forth in the following table:

Named Executive Officer

. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guy Gecht
Fred Rosenzweig . . . . . . . .
John Ritchie . . . . . . . . . . . .

Annual Salary Rate Prior to
Voluntary Reduction

$620,000
$530,000
$310,000

Voluntary
Salary
Reduction

15%
15%
10%

Annual Salary Rate After
Voluntary Reduction

$527,000
$450,500
$279,000

Short-Term Incentive Compensation

The Company believes that a significant portion of executive compensation should be directly related to the
Company’s overall financial performance, stock price performance and other relevant financial factors that affect
stockholder value. Accordingly, the Company sets goals designed to link executive compensation to the
Company’s overall performance and reserves the largest potential compensation awards for incentive-based
programs, which may include both cash and equity awards. The executive incentive program allows named
executive officers to receive short-term incentive compensation in the event certain specified corporate and
individual performance measures are achieved. Payments under the executive incentive plan are contingent upon
the executive’s continued employment, subject to the terms of their employment agreements, and are determined
by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee believes that the payment of bonuses, whether
in cash or equity, provides incentives necessary to retain the named executive officers and reward them for short-
term Company performance.

The total potential short-term incentive for each of the named executive officers is calculated as a

percentage of his base salary. The Compensation Committee sets the percentage of base salary for each named
executive officer’s target bonus based on its review of each executive’s total compensation package and the
short-term incentive programs at the Company’s peer group or emerging executive compensation trends, as the
case may be, and its assessment of the past and expected future contributions of the named executive officers.
Each executive’s target short-term incentive opportunity for the 2009 fiscal year remained unchanged from the
prior fiscal year, with the target bonus opportunities for Mr. Gecht, Mr. Rosenzweig and Mr. Ritchie being set at
105%, 95% and 55% of annual base salary amounts in place before voluntary salary reductions effective
April 16, 2009, respectively. The difference in short-term incentive percentages between Mr. Gecht,
Mr. Rosenzweig and Mr. Ritchie correlate with their roles and level of responsibility within the Company.

23

For fiscal year 2009, 60% of each named executive officer’s performance bonus was determined based on

the Company’s achievement of financial targets relating to the Company’s non-GAAP operating income and
revenue presented and agreed by the Board of Directors early that year and approved by the Compensation
Committee, and 40% of such bonus was based upon the successful completion of strategic growth objectives as
approved by the Compensation Committee.

Information regarding financial targets determined by the Compensation Committee for the performance

bonus program for fiscal year 2009 (the “2009 Program”) is set forth in the table below:

Goals

% of Target Bonus Payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revenue (in millions)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(% of Performance Target) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-GAAP operating income (in millions)
(% of Performance Target) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Threshold

Target Maximum

0%

$473

94%
$10
38%

100%
$502
100%
$26
100%

200%
$530
106%
$42
162%

The Company performance financial targets for determining bonuses for 2009 were equally weighted

between the Company’s total annual revenue and non-GAAP operating income. For fiscal year 2009, the
Compensation Committee approved total revenue and non-GAAP operating income targets of $502 million and
$26 million, respectively. Additionally, the 2009 Program provided that no bonuses would be paid with respect to
the Company performance component unless the Company achieves at least 94% of the total revenue target and
at least 38% of the non-GAAP operating income target. In the event the threshold performance levels were
exceeded, the named executive officers would receive between 0% and 200% of the portion of their target
bonuses linked to the Company’s performance, with 100% of the target bonus being payable if the target
performance levels were achieved and the award being proportionately increased or decreased if actual
performance was above or below target. Bonus payouts for performance results between threshold and target and
between target and maximum would be interpolated between these points.

For fiscal year 2009, the Compensation Committee set strategic growth objectives for the named executive
officers as a group, as follows: (i) quarterly revenue for the Company equal to or exceeding $100 million prior to
the end of the fiscal year, (ii) quarterly revenue for the Inkjet business segment equal to or exceeding $50 million
prior to the end of the fiscal year, and (iii) successful launch of four or more new products for the Inkjet business
segment.

The Compensation Committee has also retained discretion to award bonuses based on the Compensation

Committee’s overall evaluation of the named executive officers’ contributions and the Company’s performance
at any time, including year-end.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Compensation Committee reviewed the total 2009 fiscal year revenue
and non-GAAP operating income of the Company as compared to the respective total revenue and non-GAAP
operating income threshold and target amounts established by the Compensation Committee and determined that
the threshold levels were not achieved. Accordingly, no bonus payout was made under the executive incentive
plan with respect to achievement of Company’s financial targets.

During the second quarter of 2010, the Compensation Committee also reviewed the performance of the
named executive officers as compared to the strategic growth objectives set forth in 2009. While the fourth
quarter revenue of the Company objective was exceeded by $14 million, the remaining strategic growth
objectives identified above were not fully achieved. Accordingly, upon the recommendation of the Executive
Management, in light of these results and the Company’s overall financial performance, the Compensation
Committee determined that no bonuses based on strategic growth initiatives are payable to the named executive
officers for fiscal year 2009.

As a result, similar to 2008, no bonuses were paid for fiscal year 2009.

24

y
x
o
r
P

Long-Term Equity Incentive Program

As indicated by its performance-based approach to compensation, the Company believes that equity
ownership in the Company is important to closely align the interests of named executive officers with those of
Company stockholders and thereby promote incentives to achieve sustained, long-term revenue growth,
profitability and creation of stockholder value. The Company’s named executive officers may receive an annual
award of stock options, restricted stock and/or restricted stock units at the discretion of the Compensation
Committee. The number of stock options, restricted stock and/or restricted stock unit awards granted to each
executive officer is determined and approved by the Compensation Committee based upon several factors,
including the individual’s performance, the Company’s performance and the value of the award at the time of
grant. Additional grants other than the annual award may be made in the event there are significant changes in
the performance of the Company or the individual performance of the executive during the evaluation period.
The Compensation Committee considers the same factors as described throughout this discussion when
evaluating these long-term discretionary equity awards.

In order to provide an incentive for continued employment, restricted stock units granted to named
executive officers typically have a three-year annual vesting schedule, and stock options granted to named
executive officers typically have a three and a half year vesting schedule. Stock options generally expire seven
years from the date of the grant so as to provide a reasonable time frame for the named executive officer to
benefit from appreciation of the Company’s stock price, while managing the potential dilution to stockholders
more effectively, as compared to a ten-year option term. The Company sets the exercise price of options
granted under the Company’s stock plans equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on
the date of grant.

To provide additional incentives for performance, the Company has also granted restricted stock and

options that vest based upon the Company achieving specified levels of stock price appreciation or the
achievement of pre-established financial performance goals. The Compensation Committee believes these
performance-based equity awards further align the interests of the named executive officers with those of
stockholders while also providing incentives to achieve specified financial performance goals established by
the Compensation Committee.

In August 2009, the Compensation Committee approved an award composed of four different grants to each

named executive officer under the Company’s 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “2009 Equity Plan”), as
follows: one per share closing price performance-based stock option grant, one annual return on equity
percentage performance-based stock option grant, one time-based stock option grant and one time-based
restricted stock unit grant, as set forth in the following table:

Type of Security

Type of Vesting

Vesting Measure

Vesting Schedule

Stock Options

Performance-based Price of the Company’s common stock,

as measured by the average per-share
closing price over a period of 20
consecutive trading days, attaining
specified levels of appreciation over the
per-share closing stock price on the date
of grant, or $10.77.

Stock Options

Performance-based Annual return on equity percentage, on a

non-GAAP basis, (the “Annual ROE
Percentage”), as compared with the
Company’s annual return on equity
percentage for its 2008 fiscal year (the
“2008 ROE Percentage”).

25

Vesting will occur in 25%
increments if the Company’s
stock price equals or exceeds:
$16.16, $18.85, $21.54,
$24.23.

Vesting will occur in 20%
increments if future years’
Annual ROE Percentage is
equal or exceeds the 2008
ROE Percentage by: 2%, 4%,
6%, 8%, 10%.

Type of Security

Type of Vesting

Vesting Measure

Vesting Schedule

Stock Options

Time-based

See Vesting Schedule.

Restricted Stock
Unit

Time-based

See Vesting Schedule.

This award will vest and
become exercisable with
respect to 25% of the award
on the first anniversary of the
date of grant and thereafter
with respect to an additional
2.5% of the award each
month, with full vesting in
42 months.

This award will vest with
respect to one-third of the
award on the first, second and
third anniversaries of the date
of grant.

As set forth in the table above, the vesting of one performance-based option grant is to be determined based

on the price of the Company’s common stock, as measured by the average per share closing price over a period
of 20 consecutive trading days (the “average stock price”), attaining specified levels of appreciation over the per
share closing stock price on the date of grant, or $10.77 (the “grant date stock price”), according to the following
schedule: 25% of these options will vest when the average stock price equals or exceeds $16.16 (150% of the
grant date stock price); 25% of these options will vest when the average stock price equals or exceeds $18.85
(175% of the grant date stock price); 25% of these options will vest when the average stock price equals or
exceeds $21.54 (200% of the grant date stock price); and 25% of these options will vest when the average stock
price equals or exceeds $24.23 (225% of the grant date stock price).

The vesting of the other performance-based option grant is to be determined based on the Company’s annual

return on equity percentage, on a non-GAAP basis, (the “Annual ROE Percentage”), as compared with the
issuer’s annual return on equity percentage for its 2008 fiscal year (the “2008 ROE Percentage”) according to the
following schedule: 20% of these options will vest when the Annual ROE Percentage is equal to or greater than
two percentage points more than the 2008 ROE Percentage; 20% of these options will vest when the Annual
ROE Percentage is equal to or greater than four percentage points more than the 2008 ROE Percentage; 20% of
these options will vest when the Annual ROE Percentage is equal to or greater than six percentage points more
than the 2008 ROE Percentage; 20% of these options will vest when the Annual ROE Percentage is equal to or
greater than eight percentage points more than the 2008 ROE Percentage; and 20% of these options will vest
when the Annual ROE Percentage is equal to or greater than ten percentage points more than the 2008 ROE
Percentage. For these purposes, non-GAAP return on equity is defined as non-GAAP net income divided by
stockholders’ equity. Non-GAAP net income is defined as net income determined in accordance with GAAP
adjusted to remove the impact of recurring amortization of acquisition-related intangibles, recurring stock-based
compensation expense, as well as restructuring related and non-recurring charges and gains and the tax effect of
these adjustments. Such non-recurring charges and gains include project abandonment costs, goodwill and asset
impairment charges, costs related to our stock option review completed in 2008, certain legal settlements, and
our sale of certain real estate assets. The 2008 ROE Percentage was 7.1%.

The time-based restricted stock units granted to each named executive officer in August 2009 vest annually

over three years, and the time-based stock options will vest and become exercisable with respect to 25% of the
award on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter with respect to an additional 2.5% of the award
each month, with full vesting in 42 months.

The Compensation Committee believes that the structure of the performance-based option grants create

additional incentives for the named executive officers to help increase our stock price and create value for our
stockholders. In addition, the grant related to Annual ROE Percentage creates continued incentives for executives

26

y
x
o
r
P

to increase our net income over 2008 levels. Each of these grants also provides a retention incentive as the
vesting of the grant in each case is contingent on the executive’s continued employment with the Company
through the vesting date and further aligns the interests of executives with those of our stockholders (as the value
of the grant depends on our stock price).

At the time of the grant of the award, the Compensation Committee determined that the performance-based
option grants would constitute approximately 50% of the total number of shares subject to each named executive
officer’s equity incentive award for fiscal year 2009, with the time-based option and time-based restricted stock
units constituting approximately 30% and approximately 20% of the total number of shares subject to each
executive’s equity incentive award, respectively. The Compensation Committee believes that such allocation of
shares among different types of awards balances the goals of retention and performance and approximates certain
stockholders’ of the Company preference for 80/20 ratio of options to restricted stock units. In determining the
value of each named executive officer’s total equity award, the Compensation Committee reviewed certain
equity award ranges provided by Mercer, based on comparisons against market benchmarks and the executives
historic long terms incentive equity. The Compensation Committee considered, among other things, the desired
pay positioning and market competitiveness of total compensation, financial and operational performance of the
Company, individual performance of each named executive officer, retention value of outstanding equity awards
and associated retention risk, the amount of shares remaining under the 2009 Equity Plan and their planned use
for purposes other than executive compensation (such us equity needed for the Company’s stock options
exchange offer launched in August 2009 or equity needed for future grants to employees and directors of the
Company), probability of achievement of performance-based awards and the implied total direct compensation.
After review, the Committee approved the program design and the award values. The number of shares granted
as a result was determined accordingly based on the Company’s stock price and valuation of the equity vehicles.

In January 2009, the Compensation Committee also approved an award to Mr. Ritchie of 20,000 restricted
stock units. The restricted stock units vest in equal installments on each of the first two anniversaries of the date
of grant. The Compensation Committee granted the restricted stock units to Mr. Ritchie in recognition of his
efforts and performance in the completion of a material real estate transaction. The Compensation Committee
determined the number of Mr. Ritchie’s restricted stock units based on its subjective evaluation of the benefit to
the Company of the real estate transaction and Mr. Ritchie’s efforts in completing the transaction.

As previously described in the Company’s prior proxy statements, the Company granted the named executive

officers restricted stock awards during 2005 and 2006 that would vest upon the achievement of financial
performance goals established by the Compensation Committee or, if the financial targets are not met, on the
seventh anniversary of the grant date if the executive’s employment with the Company continues through that date.
Based on Company performance since the awards were granted, the 2005 restricted stock awards have fully vested.

The 2006 restricted stock awards are scheduled to vest 25% on the first, second, third and fourth

anniversaries of the grant, provided that the Company achieves at least 85% of its performance plan for the fiscal
year preceding each vesting date. In the event the financial targets, as determined for each relevant fiscal year,
are not met, the financial targets are measured in each subsequent year through 2012 and the shares underlying
the unvested award will vest in full on March 15, 2013. Any restrictions on vesting that has been deferred due to
failure to achieve the applicable performance targets will lift upon achievement of 85% of the performance target
in any future year. The financial targets for the 2006 restricted stock awards were met for the fiscal years of 2006
and 2007, so that 25% of the restricted stock awards vested on each of March 15, 2007 and March 15, 2008.
Performance objectives were not met for the fiscal years of 2008 and 2009. The financial targets related to the
remaining 50% of the restricted stock award will be measured again for the fiscal years 2010 and 2011.

Severance Arrangements

Each named executive officer has entered into an employment agreement with the Company which provides

for severance benefits under certain events, such as a termination without cause or the executive resigning for good
reason. The employment agreements are designed to promote stability and continuity of senior management.

27

In addition, the Company recognizes that the possibility of a change of control may exist from time to time,

and that this possibility, and the uncertainty and questions it may raise among management, may result in the
departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its stockholders.
Accordingly, the Compensation Committee has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to encourage
the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management to their assigned duties
without the distraction that may arise from the possibility of a change of control. As a result, the employment
agreements include provisions relating to the payment of severance benefits under certain circumstances in the
event of a change of control. Under the change of control provisions, in order for severance benefits to be
triggered, an executive must be involuntarily terminated without cause or the executive must leave for good
reason within 24 months after a change of control. The Compensation Committee approved the employment
agreements during 2006, which contain the severance benefits described below. The Compensation Committee
considered information provided by Executive Management in concert with data from Mercer and used its
discretion when approving each element and amount of the potential severance benefits payable to the named
executive officers.

Information regarding the severance benefits for the named executive officers under their employment

agreements is provided under the headings “Employment Agreements” and “Potential Payments upon
Termination or Change of Control” on pages 35 through 38 of this Proxy Statement.

Other Elements of Compensation and Perquisites

There are no other material elements of compensation that the named executive officers receive. The named

executive officers may not defer any component of any annual incentive bonus earned and do not participate in
another deferred compensation plan. Likewise, the Company does not maintain any defined benefit pension plans
for its employees. However, named executive officers are eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) savings
plan on the same terms and conditions as other Company employees. In May 2009, the Company temporarily
suspended its matching of employee contributions to 401(k) savings plan. In addition, the named executive
officers are eligible to participate in the Company’s group health and welfare plans on the same terms and
conditions as other Company employees.

The Company also provides the Chief Executive Officer and the President with an automobile allowance

during the term of their employment with the Company, as the Company in its sole discretion may from time to
time make available.

Subsequent Committee Actions

For fiscal year 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a performance-based equity bonus program
(the “2010 Program”) in lieu of a cash bonus program. For 2010, each named executive officer is eligible to be
paid a bonus based on a target percentage of such named executive officer’s 2010 annual base salary excluding
the voluntary salary reductions implemented in 2009. The 2010 bonus target amounts of Messrs Gecht,
Rosenzweig and Ritchie were set at 105%, 95% and 75%, respectively, of their base salary. Based upon the
Company’s performance against the 2010 revenue and non-GAAP operating income targets, the 2010 bonus will
be paid through the vesting of performance-based restricted stock units awarded in execution of the 2010
Program. Each named executive officer’s 2010 performance-based equity bonus will be 60% based on the
achievement of targets relating to the Company’s non-GAAP operating income and 40% based on the
achievement of Company revenue targets, subject in each case to the Company achieving a minimum threshold
for non-GAAP income determined by the Compensation Committee.

In execution of this program, the Compensation Committee also approved the grants of restricted stock unit

awards to each named executive officer under the Company’s 2009 Equity Plan, with the aggregate number of
units subject to each named executive officer’s award being determined by dividing such officer’s target bonus
by the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the trading day immediately preceding the grant date.
The awards will vest in full or on a pro-rata basis, if and as applicable, upon confirmation that the vesting
conditions set forth therein have been satisfied.

28

y
x
o
r
P

Tax Considerations

As part of its performance-based compensation program, the Company aims to compensate the named
executive officers in a manner that is tax effective for the Company. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code generally disallows a tax deduction to public corporations for compensation over $1 million paid for any
fiscal year to each of the corporation’s named executive officers, other than the chief financial officer, as of the
end of the fiscal year. However, Section 162(m) exempts qualifying performance-based compensation from the
deduction limit if certain requirements are met. Although the Compensation Committee considers the impact of
Section 162(m) when developing and implementing executive compensation programs, the Compensation
Committee believes that it is important and in the best interests of stockholders to preserve flexibility in
designing compensation programs. Accordingly, the Compensation Committee has not adopted a policy that all
compensation must qualify as deductible under Section 162(m). In practice, a portion of the Company’s annual
incentive program and many of the Company’s equity award grants (including the performance-based equity
bonus program for fiscal year 2010 described above) are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation
exempt from Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Compensation Committee has from time to time
approved, and may in the future approve, compensation arrangements for certain named executive officers that
are not fully deductible. Further, because of ambiguities and uncertainties as to the application and interpretation
of Section 162(m) and the regulations issued thereunder, no assurance can be given, notwithstanding the
Compensation Committee’s efforts, that compensation intended to satisfy the requirements for deductibility
under Section 162(m) does in fact do so.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the Compensation Committee has at any time been one of the Company’s named

executive officers or employees or had any relationships requiring disclosure by the Company under the SEC
rules requiring disclosure of certain relationships and related party transactions. None of the Company’s named
executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or
compensation committee of any entity that has one or more named executive officers serving on the Board of
Directors or Compensation Committee.

Compensation Risk Assessment

The Compensation Committee, with the assistance of Mercer, reviewed the elements of executive

compensation to determine whether any portion of the program encouraged excessive risk taking. Following that
assessment, the Compensation Committee believes that the mix and design of the elements of our executive
compensation program do not encourage management to take excessive risks, based on the following factors:

•

•

compensation is allocated among base salaries and short and long-term compensation in a way as to not
encourage excessive risk taking. The base salaries are fixed in order to provide the executives with a
cash income, which allows them to focus on the Company’s issues and objectives as a whole, without
being solely concerned about the stock price performance. The short and long-term compensation are
designed to both reward Company’s overall performance and align the named executive officers’
interest with those of our stockholders;

our annual bonus program is intended to balance risk and encourage our named executive officers to
focus on specific short-term goals important to our success. While our annual bonus program is based
on achievement of short-term or annual goals, and short-term goals, such as successful launch of four
or more new products for the Inkjet business segment, may encourage the taking of short-term risks at
the expense of long-term results, our named executive officers’ annual bonuses are determined based
on a combination of objective performance criteria as described above and are subject to reduction by
the Compensation Committee based on the named executive officers’ performance. In addition, our
approach to setting of thresholds and targets with payouts at multiple levels of performance, and
evaluation of performance based on objective measures is intended to assist in mitigating excessive risk
taking. Finally, the bonus payable under our annual bonus program is subject to a maximum payout,
which limits the overall payout potential;

29

•

•

•

the majority of equity-based compensation provided to our named executive officers is in the form of
performance-based awards that are important to help further align named executive officers’ interests
with those of our stockholders. The ultimate value of the awards is tied to the Company’s stock price,
and because grants are subject to long-term vesting schedules to help ensure that executives always
have significant value tied to long-term stock price performance;

the Company’s current practice is to grant our named executive officers both options and restricted
stock units. This mixture is designed to provide a balance between the goals of increasing the price of
our common stock (as stock options only have value if the stock price increases after the option is
granted) and avoiding risks that could threaten our growth and stability (as restricted stock units are
exposed to decreases in our stock price);

the performance measures used to determine the payment of awards to our named executive officers
are Company-wide measures only, as opposed to measures linked to the performance of a particular
business segment. Applying Company-wide performance measures is designed to encourage our
named executive officers to make decisions that are in the best long-term interests of the Company and
our stockholders.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Compensation Committee of the Company has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion

and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and
discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis be included in this Proxy Statement.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Gill Cogan
Dan Maydan

30

Compensation of Executive Officers

Summary Compensation Table for 2009

The following table sets forth compensation paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal years ended

December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007:

Name and principal
position
(a)

Guy Gecht,

Year
(b)

Salary
(c)(1)

Bonus
(d)(1)(4)

Stock
awards
(e)(2)

Option
awards
(f)(2)(3)

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
(g)(1)(4)

Change in
pension
value and
nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
(h)

All other
compensation
(i)(1)(5)

Total
(j)

y
x
o
r
P

Chief Executive
Officer . . . . . . . . . . 2009 $554,125 $ — $ 836,829 $1,546,708
— 1,952,196 1,852,672
—
—

2008 607,500
2007 570,000 478,800

$ —
—
—

$ —
—
—

$28,714
9,172
22,786

$2,966,376
4,421,540
1,071,586

Fred Rosenzweig,

President . . . . . . . . 2009 473,687
2008 525,000
2007 510,000 385,560

—
562,349
— 1,058,672 1,115,541
—
—

304,253

John Ritchie,

Chief Financial
—
Officer . . . . . . . . . . 2009 288,042
2008 310,000
—
2007 310,000 143,220

444,358
794,000
—

492,677
557,771
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

29,139
10,272
10,172

1,369,428
2,709,485
905,732

2,889
5,472
18,095

1,227,966
1,667,243
471,315

(1) All cash compensation earned by each executive officer for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 is reflected in the Salary,

(2)

Bonus, or All other compensation columns of this table. There were no deferred salaries or other compensation in 2009,
2008, or 2007. The amounts indicated for 2009 reflect voluntary salary reductions of 15% for Guy Gecht and Fred
Rosenzweig and 10% for John Ritchie, all effective on April 1, 2009.
In accordance with the new SEC rules adopted on December 16, 2009, the amounts reported in the Stock Awards and
Option Awards columns represent the aggregate grant date fair value determined in accordance with ASC 718 of equity-
based awards granted during the applicable year. See Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements in our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity
awards. Amounts for 2008 and 2007 have been recomputed under the same methodology in accordance with new rules.
As a result, each named executive officer’s total compensation amounts for 2008 and 2007 also differ from the amounts
previously reported in our Summary Compensation Table for these years. In previous years, the amounts included in
Stock Awards and Option Awards columns represented the compensation cost, except disregarding estimated forfeitures,
that was recognized by us in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-based Payments (currently codified as ASC 718) and the
SEC rules then applicable.

(3) The amounts reported in the Stock Awards and Option Awards columns of the table above for 2009 include the grant date
fair value of performance-based awards granted to the named executive officers in each of these years based on the
probable outcome (determined as of the grant date) of the performance-based conditions applicable to the awards. The
probable grant date fair value was determined assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved.

(4) As a result of Company and individual performance and economic conditions during fiscal years 2009 and 2008, no
bonuses were payable to the named executive officers under the executive bonus programs. Amounts listed for fiscal
year 2007 represent cash bonuses accrued in 2007 under the executive incentive plan and paid in February 2008.

(5) For fiscal year 2009, includes reimbursement of tax advisory fees, auto allowances, 401(k) employer matching

contributions and life insurance premiums, in the amounts indicated below:

Guy Gecht

Fred
Rosenzweig

Tax advisory fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
401(k) matching contribution(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Life insurance premiums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$20,000
4,800
3,042
872
$28,714

$20,000
4,800
3,467
872
$29,139

(a)

In May 2009, the Company temporarily suspended matching of employee contributions to 401(k) plan.

John
Ritchie

$ —
—
2,041
848
$2,889

31

2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and non-equity incentive plan-based awards

were granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 to each of the Company’s named executive officers:

All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)

All
Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)

116,550

77,700

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/
Share)

Grant
Date
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($)(2)

$10.77 $993,880
$10.77 $ 79,060
$10.77 $473,768
$836,829

Name and Grant Date

Grant Type

Threshold
($)

Target
($)

Maximum
($)

Threshold
(#)

Target
(#)

Maximum
(#)

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)

43,707
3,885

174,825 174,825
19,425
19,425

Guy Gecht

8/28/2009(3) Stock Options
8/28/2009(4) Stock Options
8/28/2009(5) Stock Options
8/28/2009(6) Restricted Stock Units
6/5/2009(1) Annual Target Bonus
6/5/2009(1) Annual Target Bonus

Fred Rosenzweig

8/28/2009(3) Stock Options
8/28/2009(4) Stock Options
8/28/2009(5) Stock Options
8/28/2009(6) Restricted Stock Units
6/5/2009(1) Annual Target Bonus
6/5/2009(1) Annual Target Bonus

John Ritchie

8/28/2009(3) Stock Options
8/28/2009(4) Stock Options
8/28/2009(5) Stock Options
8/28/2009(6) Restricted Stock Units
6/5/2009(1) Annual Target Bonus
6/5/2009(1) Annual Target Bonus
1/30/2009(7) Restricted Stock Units

$ — $332,010 $664,020
$ — $221,340 $442,680

$ — $256,785 $513,570
$ — $171,190 $342,380

$ — $ 92,070 $184,140
$ — $ 61,380 $122,760

15,891
1,413

63,563
7,062

63,563
7,062

42,375

28,250

$10.77 $361,356
$10.77 $ 28,742
$10.77 $172,252
$304,253

13,922
1,238

55,688
6,187

55,688
6,187

37,125

$10.77 $316,586
$10.77 $ 25,180
$10.77 $150,911
$266,558

$177,800

24,750

20,000

(1) “Threshold,” “Target,” and “Maximum” columns in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” column represent
amounts payable under our 2009 annual target bonus program. As described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above, attainment of
60% of the annual threshold, target, and maximum bonus payouts will be determined based on attainment of financial objectives and 40% of the
potential payout will be based on attainment of strategic growth objectives. Threshold achievement results in no bonus payout, target achievement
results in 100% bonus payout, and the maximum payable under the annual bonus program is 200% of a participant’s target bonus, with pro rata
payouts for achievement between these levels. No bonuses were paid to the named executive officers for 2009 under the annual bonus program.
Estimated Future Payouts under Equity Incentive Plan Awards represents performance-based awards granted to the named executive officers on
August 28, 2009.

(2) Grant Date Fair Value of Stock or Option Awards represents the grant date fair value of the applicable award calculated in accordance with ASC

718. See Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 regarding
assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards.

(3) Each option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject thereto when the average closing stock price over a period of 20 consecutive trading

days equals or exceeds $16.16, $18.85, $21.54, and $24.23, respectively.

(4) Each option vests with respect to 20% of the shares subject thereto when non-GAAP return on equity for the year then ended exceeds non-GAAP
return on equity for the year ended December 31, 2008 by 2%, 4%, 6%, 8%, and 10%, respectively. Non-GAAP return on equity is defined as
non-GAAP net income divided by stockholders’ equity. See the “Long-Term Equity Incentive Program” section of the Compensation Discussion
and Analysis above for more information on the calculation of non-GAAP performance measures used for these options.

(5) Each option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter with respect to an

additional 2.5% of the shares each month, with full vesting in 42 months from the date of grant.

(6) Each restricted stock unit award vests with respect to one-third of the units on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant.
(7) This restricted stock unit award vests with respect to one-half of the units on the first and second anniversaries of the date of grant.

32

Description of Plan-Based Awards

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards. The material terms of the non-equity incentive plan awards reported in

the above table are described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section above under the heading
“Short-Term Incentive Compensation.”

Equity Incentive Plan Awards. Each of the equity incentive awards reported in the above table was granted

under, and is subject to, the terms of the Company’s 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “2009 Plan”). The
2009 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has authority to
interpret the plan provisions and make all required determinations under the plan. Awards granted under the plan
are generally only transferable to a beneficiary of a named executive officer upon his death or, in certain cases, to
family members for tax or estate planning purposes.

y
x
o
r
P

Under the terms of the 2009 Plan, if there is a change in control of the Company, each named executive

officer’s outstanding awards granted under the plan will generally become fully vested and, in the case of
options, exercisable, unless the Compensation Committee provides for the substitution, assumption, exchange or
other continuation of the outstanding awards. Any options that become vested in connection with a change in
control generally must be exercised prior to the change in control, or they will be cancelled in exchange for the
right to receive a cash payment in connection with the change in control transaction.

In addition, each named executive officer may be entitled to accelerated vesting of his outstanding equity-based
awards upon certain terminations of his employment with the Company and/or a change in control of the Company.
The terms of this accelerated vesting are described in the Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
section below.

Options. Each option reported in the table above was granted with a per-share exercise price equal to the

fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. For these purposes, and in
accordance with our 2009 Plan and our option grant practices, the fair market value is equal to the closing price
of a share of our common stock on the applicable grant date.

The vesting requirements applicable to each option granted to the named executive officers in 2009 are

described in the footnotes to the table above and in the “Long-Term Equity Incentive Program” section of the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Once vested, each option will generally remain exercisable until its
normal expiration date. Each of the options granted to our named executive officers in 2009 has a term of seven
years. However, vested options may terminate earlier in connection with a change in control transaction or a
termination of the named executive officer’s employment. The named executive officer will generally have three
months to exercise the vested portion of the option following a voluntary termination of his employment. This
period is extended to twelve months if the termination is due to the named executive officer’s death or disability.
The options granted to the named executive officers during 2009 do not include any dividend rights.

Restricted Stock Units. Each grant of restricted stock units reported in the table above is scheduled to vest
on an annual basis over a three-year period following the grant date, except that the grant made to Mr. Ritchie in
January 2009 is scheduled to vest in two annual installments following the grant date. Restricted stock units are
payable on vesting in an equal number of shares of the Company’s common stock. The named executive officer
does not have the right to vote or dispose of the restricted stock units and does not have any dividend rights with
respect to the restricted stock units.

33

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents certain information with respect to unexercised options and unvested stock awards

previously granted to the named executive officers as of the fiscal year end December 31, 2009:

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
exercisable
(b)

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
unexercisable
(c)

Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
(d)

Number
of
shares
or units
of stock
that
have
not
vested
(#) (g)

Market
value of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested
($)
(h)

Option
exercise
price
per
share
($)
(e)

Option
expiration
date
(f)

Name
(a)

Vesting
Commencement
Date

Guy Gecht . . . . . . . . . .

Fred Rosenzweig . . . .

John Ritchie . . . . . . . .

197,639

$17.00 4/11/2012

193,666

156,334

$15.88 2/26/2015

43,707
3,885

$10.77 8/28/2016
$10.77 8/28/2016
$10.77 8/28/2016

116,550

51,866
166,667

$17.50 4/24/2012
$17.00 4/11/2012

110,666

89,334

$15.88 2/26/2015

15,891
1,413

$10.77 8/28/2016
$10.77 8/28/2016
$10.77 8/28/2016

42,375

13,372
18,125

$19.98 8/21/2010
$16.42 4/18/2012

55,333

44,667

$15.88 2/26/2015

13,922
1,238

$10.77 8/28/2016
$10.77 8/28/2016
$10.77 8/28/2016

37,125

4/11/2005(1)
3/15/2006(2)
2/26/2008(3)
2/26/2008(4)
8/28/2009(5)
8/28/2009(6)
8/28/2009(7)
8/28/2009(8)

4/25/2002(1)
4/11/2005(1)
3/15/2006(2)
2/26/2008(3)
2/26/2008(4)
8/28/2009(5)
8/28/2009(6)
8/28/2009(7)
8/28/2009(8)

8/21/2003(1)
4/18/2005(1)
3/15/2006(2)
2/26/2008(3)
2/26/2008(4)
8/28/2009(5)
8/28/2009(6)
8/28/2009(7)
8/28/2009(8)
1/30/2009(9)

77,000 $ 998,690

77,700 $1,007,769

44,000 $ 570,680

28,250 $ 366,403

33,000 $ 428,010

24,750 $ 321,008
20,000 $ 259,400

Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
market
or
payout
value of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights
that have
not
vested
($)
(j)

Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number
of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights
that have
not
vested
(#)
(i)

36,110

$468,347

27,776

$360,255

8,000

$103,760

(1) Each option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject thereto on the vesting commencement date and then at a rate of 2.5% of the total

number of shares subject to the option per month over the next thirty months.

(2) Each restricted stock award vests at the rate of 25% of the number of shares underlying the award on each anniversary of the vesting

commencement date, provided that specified performance targets are achieved. In the event performance targets are not achieved in each
subsequent year through 2012, all remaining unvested shares underlying the restricted stock award will vest on March 15, 2013.

(3) Each option vests with respect to 33% of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter with respect to an

additional 2.23% of the shares each month, with full vesting in 42 months from the date of grant.

(4) Each restricted stock unit award vests with respect to one-third of the shares on the first, second and third anniversary of the date of grant.
(5) Each option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject thereto when the stock price equals $16.16, $18.85, $21.54, and $24.23, respectively.

The number of securities underlying unexercised options is based on achieving threshold performance goals.

34

(6) Each option vests with respect to 20% of the shares subject thereto when non-GAAP return on equity for the year then ended exceeds

non-GAAP return on equity for the year ended December 31, 2008 by 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 percent, respectively. Pursuant to the SEC rules,
the number of securities underlying unexercised options presented in the table above is based on achieving threshold performance goals.
(7) Each option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter with respect

to an additional 2.5% of the shares each month, with full vesting in 42 months from the date of grant.

(8) Each restricted stock unit award vests with respect to one-third of the shares on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of

grant.

(9) Each restricted stock unit award vests with respect to one-half of the shares on the first and second anniversaries of the date of grant.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2009 Table

The following table presents options exercised and restricted stock awards vested by the named executive

officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

y
x
o
r
P

Name
(a)

Guy Gecht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Rosenzweig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Ritchie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
During fiscal year 2009, no stock options were exercised by any

of our named executive officers.

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of
shares
acquired
on exercise
(#)(b)

Value
realized
on exercise
($)(c)

—
—
—

$ —
—
—

Number of
shares
acquired
on vesting
(#)(d)

39,667
22,667
17,000

Value
realized
on vesting
($)(e)(1)

$348,276
199,016
149,260

(1) The dollar amounts shown in Column (e) above for stock awards are determined by multiplying the number
of shares or units, as applicable, that vested by the per-share closing price of our common stock on the
vesting date.

Pension Benefits

The Company does not provide Pension Benefits to its employees.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The Company historically has not provided nonqualified deferred compensation to its employees.

Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into an employment agreement with each of its named executive officers. The

employment agreements, each effective as of August 1, 2006, have an initial term of three years and
automatically renew for additional one year periods unless terminated by either party upon sixty days written
notice prior to the expiration of the agreement. Each named executive officer’s employment with the Company is
at-will, and either party may terminate the employment relationship at any time for any reason, with or without
cause and with or without notice.

Each employment agreement provides, among other things, that:

•

•

the named executive officer shall be eligible for bonuses under the annual management bonus plan as
approved by the Compensation Committee;

the named executive officer is eligible to receive stock options and other equity awards based on the
named executive officer’s performance;

35

•

•

•

•

in the event that prior to or within two years following a change in control, the Company terminates the
named executive officer’s employment without cause or the named executive officer voluntarily
terminates his employment for good reason, the named executive officer is eligible for severance
benefits consisting of salary continuation, a pro-rata bonus based on salary levels prior to the voluntary
salary reduction instituted in April 2009, employer subsidized health benefit continuation under
COBRA, and outplacement services;

if the named executive officer becomes entitled to receive severance, the vesting of the named
executive officer’s outstanding and unvested stock options and other equity awards shall be either
partially or fully accelerated, performance conditions waived, and the post-termination exercise period
for stock options shall be extended;

if the named executive officer is required to pay tax penalties under Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code in connection with his receipt of severance benefits, the Company shall pay the named
executive officer a gross up payment to hold the named executive officer harmless, on an after-tax
basis, for any such penalties; and

the named executive officer is subject to a non-solicitation covenant during his employment and for
one year following termination of employment.

For more information on the severance provisions of these employment agreements, please see the

severance tables and related footnotes in the section below.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

Potential payments that may be made to the Company’s named executive officers upon a termination of
employment or a change of control, pursuant to their employment agreements or otherwise, are set forth below.

Quantitative benefits that would have accrued to each of the Company’s named executive officers employed
by the Company on December 31, 2009 are estimated below. These estimates of quantitative benefits assume that
the termination of employment and/or change in control triggering payment of these benefits occurred on
December 31, 2009, with benefits being valued using the closing sales price of the Company’s common stock on
such date ($12.97). Receipt of these benefits is subject to the Company’s receipt of an executed separation
agreement and full release of all claims from the named executive officer. The executive’s actual benefits upon a
termination or change of control may be different from those described below if such event were to occur on any
other date or at any other price, or if any assumption is not correct in fact.

Potential payments to the Company’s named executive officers upon termination by the Company without

cause or termination by the named executive officer for good reason, other than within the 24 month period
commencing on a change in control, are estimated as follows:

Name

Lump sum
severance
payment
($)(1)

Outplacement
benefits
($)(2)

Guy Gecht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Rosenzweig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Ritchie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,891,000
1,298,500
635,500

$35,000
35,000
35,000

Continued
health care
coverage
benefits
($)(3)

$29,976
30,284
30,284

Value of
accelerated
vesting of
stock options
and awards
($)(4)

$1,414,067
842,479
662,002

Total ($)

$3,370,043
2,206,263
1,362,786

(1) The amount shown is the lump sum severance payment that consists of 24 months of base salary for

Mr. Gecht and 18 months for each of Messrs. Ritchie and Rosenzweig based on salary levels prior to the
voluntary salary reduction instituted in April 2009, plus an amount equal to the bonus that the named
executive officer would have earned in 2009, also based on salary levels prior to the voluntary salary
reduction instituted in April 2009 and assuming that 100% of any performance targets applicable to the

36

bonus were attained. If the named executive officer is terminated during the year by the Company without
cause or by the executive for good reason, the bonus is prorated for the portion of the year that the named
executive officer was with the Company.

(2) Messrs. Gecht, Ritchie and Rosenzweig would be entitled to outplacement services up to a maximum of

$35,000.

(3) Messrs. Gecht, Ritchie and Rosenzweig would be entitled to premium reimbursement for health insurance

coverage under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA (COBRA) for up to 18 months.

(4) Messrs. Gecht, Ritchie and Rosenzweig would be entitled to accelerated vesting of options and restricted

stock or restricted stock unit awards with respect to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested
during the six month period following the termination date without giving any consideration to performance
conditions, if any. For options and other awards that vest on an annual basis, credit is given as if the vesting
accrued monthly. The value of the accelerated options and other awards is calculated based on the
Company’s closing stock price at December 31, 2009 of $12.97 per share, less the exercise price with
respect to accelerated options. The number of stock options and restricted shares/units subject to
acceleration for each named executive officer if a termination by the Company without cause or by the
named executive officer for good reason had occurred on December 31, 2009, are as follows:

y
x
o
r
P

Name

Guy Gecht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Rosenzweig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Ritchie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock
Options
(#)

46,900
26,800
13,400

Restricted
Stock
awards/units
(#)

109,026
64,956
51,041

The table below sets forth potential payments to the Company’s named executive officers upon termination

without cause by the Company or upon termination for good reason by the named executive officers, within 24
months following a change of control as follows:

Name

Lump sum
severance
payment
($)(1)

Outplacement
benefits
($)(2)

Guy Gecht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Rosenzweig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Ritchie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,511,000
1,563,500
790,500

$35,000
35,000
35,000

Continued
health care
coverage
benefits
($)(3)

$29,976
30,284
30,284

Value of
accelerated
vesting of
stock options
and awards
($)(4)

$3,158,566
1,545,937
1,199,008

Total ($)

$5,734,542
3,174,721
2,054,792

(1) The amount shown is the lump sum severance payment that consists of 36 months of base salary for

Mr. Gecht and 24 months for each of Messrs. Ritchie and Rosenzweig based on salary levels prior to the
voluntary salary reduction instituted in April 2009, plus an amount equal to the bonus that the named
executive officer would have earned in 2009, also based on salary levels prior to the voluntary salary
reduction instituted in April 2009 and assuming that 100% of any performance targets applicable to the
bonus were attained. If the named executive officer is terminated during the year by the Company without
cause or by the executive for good reason within 24 months after a change in control, the target bonus is
prorated for the portion of the year that the named executive officer was with the Company.

(2) Messrs. Gecht, Ritchie and Rosenzweig would be entitled to outplacement services up to a maximum of

$35,000.

(3) Messrs. Gecht, Ritchie and Rosenzweig would be entitled to premium reimbursement for health insurance

coverage under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA (COBRA) for up to 18 months.

(4) Messrs. Gecht, Ritchie and Rosenzweig would be entitled to accelerated vesting on 100% of all unvested
options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units as of their termination date without giving
consideration to performance conditions, if any. The value of the accelerated options and other awards is
calculated based on the Company’s closing stock price at December 31, 2009 of $12.97 per share, less the

37

exercise price with respect to accelerated options. The number of stock options and restricted stock awards/
units subject to acceleration for each named executive officer if a termination by the Company without
cause or by the executive for good reason had occurred on December 31, 2009 (assuming such termination
was within 24 months after a change of control) are as follows:

Name

Guy Gecht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Rosenzweig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Ritchie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock
Options
(#)

467,134
202,334
143,667

Restricted
Stock
awards/units
(#)

190,810
100,026
85,750

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2009 concerning securities that are authorized

under the Company’s equity compensation plans.

Plan category

Equity compensation plans approved by

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column 1)

stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,531,167(1)

$14.66

6,054,564(2)

Equity compensation plans not approved by

stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,531,167

—

$14.66

—

6,054,564

(1)

(2)

Includes options outstanding as of December 31, 2009, representing 15,097 shares with an average exercise
price of $95.33 per share, that were assumed in connection with business combinations.
Includes 3,109,019 shares available under the 2009 Plan and 2,945,545 shares available under the ESPP.

Compensation Risk Assessment

In 2010, the Compensation Committee, with the assistance of Mercer, reviewed the elements of the Company’s
compensation programs and practices for all employees. Following that assessment, the Compensation
Committee does not believe that our compensation programs and practices create risks that are reasonably likely
to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

38

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

As more fully described in its Charter, the Audit Committee oversees the accounting and financial reporting

processes of the Company and audits of the financial statements of the Company and assists the Board of
Directors in oversight and monitoring of the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent auditor’s qualifications, independence and
performance, and the Company’s systems of internal controls.

In the performance of its oversight function, the Audit Committee has reviewed the Company’s audited
financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, included in the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for that year.

y
x
o
r
P

The Audit Committee has discussed these audited financial statements and overall financial reporting

process, including the Company’s system of internal controls, with management of the Company.

The Audit Committee has discussed with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm,

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), the matters required to be discussed by SAS 61 (Codification of
Statements on Auditing Standards, AU Section 380) as amended, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) in Rule 3200T, which includes, among other items, matters related to the conduct
of the audit of the Company’s financial statements.

The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from PwC required by PCAOB
Rule 3526, “Communication with Audit Committees Concerning Independence,” as amended, and has discussed
with PwC the independence of PwC from the Company.

Based on the review and discussions referred to above in this Report, the Audit Committee recommended to

the Company’s Board of Directors that the audited financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 for filing with the SEC.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

Richard A. Kashnow
James S. Greene
Thomas Georgens

NO INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

In the Company’s filings with the SEC, information is sometimes “incorporated by reference.” This means

that the Company is referring you to information that has previously been filed with the SEC and the information
should be considered as part of the particular filing. As provided under SEC regulations, the “Audit Committee
Report” and the “Compensation Committee Report” contained in this Proxy Statement specifically are not
incorporated by reference into any other filings with the SEC and shall not be deemed to be “Soliciting
Material.” In addition, this Proxy Statement includes several website addresses. These website addresses are
intended to provide inactive, textual references only. The information on these websites is not part of this Proxy
Statement.

39

OTHER MATTERS

The Company knows of no other matters to be submitted at the meeting. If any other matters properly come
before the meeting, it is the intention of the persons named in the enclosed form of proxy to vote the shares they
represent as the Board of Directors may recommend.

By Order of the Board of Directors

/s/ BRYAN KO

Bryan Ko
Secretary

Dated: April 19, 2010

40

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
È ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
‘ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number: 000-18805

ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other Jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

94-3086355
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

303 Velocity Way, Foster City, CA 94404
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(650) 357-3500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

Name of Exchange on which Registered

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes ‘ No È
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes ‘ No È
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such
reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes È No ‘
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes ‘ No ‘
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. È
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Large accelerated filer ‘
Non-accelerated filer ‘

È
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act). Yes ‘ No È
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price
at which the common stock was last sold on June 30, 2009 was $422,932,281.**
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $.01 par value per share, as of February 18, 2010 was
44,889,463.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2010 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
** Based upon the last trade price of the Common Stock reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2009, the
last business day of the registrant’s second quarter of the 2009 fiscal year. Excludes approximately 9,553,836 shares of common
stock held by directors, executive officers and holders known to the registrant to hold 10% or more of the registrant’s outstanding
Common Stock in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of executive officer or affiliate status is not
necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. Exclusion of shares held by any person should not be construed to
indicate that such person possesses the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of
the registrant, or that such person is controlled by or under common control with the registrant.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 1
ITEM 1A Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 1B Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 2
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 3
Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 4

PART II

ITEM 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 6
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . . . .
ITEM 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 8
ITEM 9
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . .
ITEM 9A Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 9B Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III

ITEM 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 11 Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal Accountant Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 14

PART IV

ITEM 15 Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 10-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIGNATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT 12.1
EXHIBIT 18
EXHIBIT 21
EXHIBIT 23.1
EXHIBIT 31.1
EXHIBIT 31.2
EXHIBIT 32.1

2
14
29
30
30
31

32
35
36
64
66
120
120
120

121
121

121
122
122

123
129

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including without limitation,
statements made under this Part I, Item 1, “Business” and Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Market Risk” which are not historical facts, may include “forward-looking statements” within
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”) and is subject to risks and uncertainties and
actual results or events may differ materially. When used herein, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,”
“expect,” “intend,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “plan,” “potential,” “seek,” “continue” and similar expressions
as they relate to the Company or its management are intended to identify such statements as “forward-looking
statements.” Such statements reflect the current views of the Company and its management with respect to future
events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or
uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, the Company’s actual results,
performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-
looking statements. Important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from
those included in the forward-looking statements made herein include, without limitation, those factors discussed
in Item 1, “Business,” in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the
Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including the Company’s most
recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments thereto. The
Company assumes no obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect actual results,
events or changes in factors or assumptions affecting such forward-looking statements.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

1

PART I
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain registered trademarks, trademarks, and trade names of
Electronics For Imaging, Inc., its subsidiaries, and others. Digital StoreFront, DocStream, Electronics For
Imaging, Fiery, Inkware, Jetrion, and VUTEk are registered trademarks of the Company. EFI, the Fiery Prints
logo, Hagen, Logic, Monarch, Pace, PrintSmith, and Rastek, are trademarks of the Company. All other terms and
product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners, and are hereby
acknowledged. References to “EFI,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” mean Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
and its subsidiaries, unless the context means otherwise.

Item 1: Business

Filings

We file annual reports, quarterly reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the SEC under the
Exchange Act. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public
Reference Room at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information
on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains
an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
issuers, including EFI, that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that we file
with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

We also make available free of charge through our Internet website (http://www.efi.com) our Annual Report on
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy materials and, if applicable,
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable
after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

General

EFI was incorporated in Delaware in 1988 and commenced operations in 1989. In 1992, we made our initial
public offering of common stock. Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the
symbol EFII. Our corporate offices are located at 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California 94404.

We are a world leader in color digital print controllers, super-wide and wide format printers and inks, and print
management solutions. Our award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased
performance, cost savings, and productivity. Our robust product portfolio includes Fiery digital color print
servers (“Fiery”), Inkjet products (“Inkjet”) including VUTEk super-wide digital inkjet printers, Jetrion industrial
inkjet printing systems, Rastek wide format digital inkjet printers, and inks for each of these product lines, and
Advanced Professional Print Software (“APPS”) consisting of print production workflow and management
information software, and corporate printing solutions. Our integrated solutions and award-winning technologies
are designed to automate print and business processes, streamline workflow, provide profitable value-added
services, and produce accurate digital output.

Products and Services

Fiery

EFI’s Fiery brand consists of controller technologies, which transform digital copiers and printers into networked
printing devices. Once networked, EFI-powered printers and copiers can be shared across workgroups,
departments, the enterprise, and the Internet to quickly and economically produce high-quality color and black &
white documents. Our color digital print controllers provide solutions for production-level digital copiers. Our
color digital print controller line of products that is primarily sold to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”)
for sale to end-users, is comprised of (i) stand-alone print controllers connected to digital copiers and other
peripheral devices, (ii) embedded and design-licensed solutions used in digital copiers and multi-functional
devices, and (iii) optional software integrated into our controller solutions.

2

Our main controller platforms, primary OEMs, and user environments are as follows:

Platform

Fiery external print servers

Primary OEMs

Canon, Fuji Xerox,
Konica Minolta,
OKI Data, Ricoh,
Toshiba, Xerox

Fiery embedded and
design-licensed solutions

Splash

MicroPress

Canon, Fuji Xerox, Konica
Minolta,
OKI Data, Ricoh,
Toshiba, Xerox

Xerox

Canon, Konica Minolta, Ricoh

User environment

Print for Pay, Corporate
Reprographic Departments, Graphic
Arts, Advertising Agencies,
Transactional Printers, Commercial
Printers

Office Environments

Graphic Arts, Advertising Agencies

Corporate Reprographic
Departments, Commercial Printers

Inkjet Products—Vutek, Jetrion, and Rastek

Our industry-leading VUTEk super-wide format digital inkjet printers and inks are used by billboard graphics
printers, commercial photo labs, large sign shops, graphic screen printers, and digital graphics providers to print
billboards, building wraps, banners, art exhibits, point of purchase signage, and other large displays. VUTEk
printers use either solvent inks or ultra-violet (“UV”) curable inks. In 2009, we introduced the GS series of high-
speed, high-resolution super-wide printers.

Our Jetrion products specialize in industrial label digital printing and provide a wide array of industrial inkjet
systems, custom high-performance integration solutions, and specialty inks to the converting, packaging, and
direct mail industries. In 2008, we launched our Jetrion 4000 Full Color Digital Label printer focused on short
run, on-demand, color label printing. Our Jetrion 4830 printer was launched in 2009 and accommodates wider
printing requirements and significantly increases throughput.

To further expand our current market segment and Inkjet line of products, we acquired Raster Printers, Inc.
(“Raster”) in December 2008, which was re-branded as Rastek post-acquisition. Rastek develops, manufacturers,
and markets our early stage hybrid and flatbed UV wide format graphics printers in the mid-range inkjet printer
market.

We also manufacture and market the inks used in our inkjet printers. Each of our inks is customized for each of
our printers to provide optimum performance on that printer. In addition, we manufacture and sell private label
inks to third party inkjet printer manufacturers. Our inks provide a recurring revenue stream generated from sales
to our existing customer base as well as sales to third parties.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

3

Some of our printers and their related features are as follows:

Printer Type

Models

Capabilities

Application Examples

VUTEk

UltraVU Series
VUTEk 3360
PressVu Series
GS and QS Series

Printing widths of 1.5 to 5.0
meters; 4, 6, 7, and 8 colors;
Flexible and rigid substrates; UV
curable and solvent inks

Banners, Billboards, Signage,
Building Wraps, Flags, Point of
purchase and exhibition signage,
Backlit displays, and Photo-
quality graphics

Jetrion

4000 Series

Rastek

H Series
T Series

Print resolutions up to 1000 dpi; 4
or 6 colors; Precise color-color
registration

Primary and secondary Label
applications, Industrial label or
Flexible packaging markets

Speeds up to 29.7 square meters
per hour and up to 1,200 dpi;
Handles media of thicknesses up
to 5 centimeters

Indoor and outdoor graphics with
photographic image quality

Advanced Professional Print Software

To provide our customers with print solutions, we have developed technology that enhances printing workflow
and makes printing operations more powerful, productive and easier to manage from one centralized user
interface. Most of our software solutions have been developed with the express goal of automating print
processes and streamlining workflow via open, integrated, and interoperable EFI products, services, and
solutions. The APPS operating segment includes our management systems software, including Monarch
(formerly Hagen), Pace, PSI, Logic, PrintSmith, and PrintFlow, our web-based order entry, order management,
and web-based print management information systems, and our proofing software.

Our enterprise resource planning and collaborative supply chain software print management solutions are
designed to enable printers and print buyers to improve productivity and customer service while reducing costs.
Procurement applications for print buyers and print producers facilitate web-based collaboration across the print
supply chain. Customers recognize that print management information systems (“PMIS”) are essential to
improving their business practices and profitability and we continue to focus on making our PMIS solutions the
global industry standard.

To further strengthen our APPS business, we acquired Pace Systems Group, Inc. (“Pace”) in 2008. Pace is a print
management software company, which provides practical PMIS and e-commerce solutions that make printing
and graphic art companies more efficient and profitable. We reorganized our PMIS product lines after the
acquisition of Pace to better leverage our investment in this segment and concentrate our resources on fewer
products. We currently sell PrintSmith to small print-for-pay and small commercial print shops, Pace to medium
and large commercial print shops, and Monarch to large commercial, publication, and digital print shops.

4

Our software offerings currently include:

Product Name

Description

User

Proofing software: ColorProof XF,
Fiery XF, ColorProof eXpress, and
Xflow

Print management information
systems: Monarch (previously
Hagen), PSI, PrintSmith, and
PrintFlow

Web-based order entry and order
management systems: Digital
StoreFront, PrinterSite , PrintSmith
Site, and XMPie

Web-based print management
system: EFI Pace

Growth and Expansion Strategies

Digital color proofing and inkjet
production print solutions offering
fast, flexible workflow, power, and
expandability

Digital, commercial and hybrid
printers, prepress providers,
publishers, creative agencies and
photographers, and super-wide &
wide format print providers

Collect, organize, and present
critical information to improve
process control and profit potential

Commercial, publishing, digital, in-
plant, print for pay, large format and
specialty printers

Web interface to manage print
transactions between customer and
printer

Commercial, publishing, digital, in-
plant, print for pay, large format and
specialty printers

Software modules for: estimating,
scheduling, print production,
accounting, and e-commerce

Commercial, Digital, Display
Graphics, In Plant, and Print for Pay

Our overall objective is to continue to introduce new generations of digital print controllers and expand and
improve our offerings in inkjet, professional printing software applications, and other new product lines related
to digital printing, workflow, and print management. With respect to our current products, our primary goal is to
offer best of breed solutions that are interoperable and conform to open standards, which will allow customers to
configure the most efficient solution for their business. Our strategy to accomplish these goals consists of four
key elements: proliferate and expand product lines; develop and expand relationships with key industry
participants; establish enterprise coherence and leverage industry standardization; and leverage technology and
industry expertise to expand the scope of products, channels and markets. Each of these items is discussed below.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Proliferate and Expand Product Lines

We intend to continue to develop new digital print controllers that are “scalable,” meaning products that continue
to meet the changing needs of the user as their business grows. Our products offer a broad range of features and
functionality when connected to, or integrated with, digital color and black & white copiers.

We intend to continue our development of platform enhancements that advance the performance and usability of
our software applications in order to provide cohesive, integrated solutions for our customers.

In 2009, we introduced our next generation Fiery hardware along with new versions of our Fiery workflow
solutions, document scanning solutions, and production management application, “Command
Workstation 5.”Also in 2009, we added the 4830 UV Inkjet System with a wider web width (8.3 inches) and
faster linear speeds. The Jetrion 4830 increases throughput compared to the market leading Jetrion 4000.

In 2009, we introduced the GS series of super-wide format printers. The GS2000 is a 2-meter printer that delivers
photorealistic quality at high speeds. The GS3200 3.2 meter printer also delivers photorealistic quality and higher
speed, while expanding the reach of the super-wide format printer into new industries and innovative
applications. The GS5000r printer will offer higher quality and speed that focuses on markets that demand
point-of-purchase-quality graphics.

5

We continue to explore acquisition possibilities as a way to expand our product line-up and customer base.
Although there can be no assurance that acquisitions will be successful, acquisitions have allowed us to broaden
our product lines. Examples include the acquisition of Pace within the APPS product line and the addition of
Rastek to the Inkjet product line in 2008. In 2009, the launch of the H650 and T660 Rastek wide format printers
offered high image quality to mid-size print companies.

Develop and Expand Relationships with Key Industry Participants

Our customer relationships are one of our most important assets. We have established relationships with leading
printer and copier industry companies, including Canon, Fuji Xerox, Konica Minolta, OKI Data, Ricoh, Toshiba,
and Xerox, which we collectively refer to as our OEM customers.

Our relationships with our OEM customers are based upon business relationships we have established over time.
Our agreements with our OEM customers generally do not require them to make any future purchases from us,
and they are generally free to purchase products from our competitors or build their own products and cease
purchasing our products at any time, for any reason, or no reason.

Our Inkjet and APPS products are sold both direct and via distribution arrangements to all sizes of print
providers.

We have established relationships with many leading distribution companies in the office, graphic arts, and
commercial print industries such as IKON Office Solutions, Fujifilm Graphic Systems, Pitman, Nazdar, and 3M.

We have also established global relationships with many of the leading print providers, such as R.R. Donnelley,
Fedex Kinkos, Tetra Pak, and Staples. These direct sales relationships, along with dealer arrangements, are
important for our understanding of the end markets for our products and serve as a source of future product
development ideas. In many cases, our products are customized for the needs of large customers, yet maintain the
common intuitive interfaces that we are known for around the world.

Establish Enterprise Coherence and Leverage Industry Standardization

In developing new products and platforms, we establish coherence across our entire product line by designing
products that provide a consistent “look and feel” to the end-user. We believe cross-product coherence creates
higher productivity levels as a result of shortened learning curves. We believe the integrated coherence that
end-users can achieve using our products for all of their digital printing and imaging needs leads to a lower total
cost of ownership. We advocate open architecture utilizing industry-established standards to provide
interoperability across a range of digital printing devices and software applications, ultimately providing
end-users more choice and flexibility in their selection of products. For example, integration between our
web-based Digital StoreFront application, our Monarch OA (formerly Hagen) PMIS application, and our Fiery
XF Production Color RIP including integration to our Fiery or VUTEk product lines, is achieved by leveraging
the industry standard Job Definition Format (“JDF”).

Leverage Technology and Industry Expertise to Expand the Scope of Products, Channels, and Markets

We have assembled, organically and through acquisitions, an experienced team of technical support and sales and
marketing personnel with backgrounds in color reproduction, digital pre-press, image processing, management
information systems, networking, and software and hardware engineering, as well as market knowledge of
enterprise printing, graphic arts, and commercial printing. By applying our expertise in these areas, we expect to
continue to expand the scope and sophistication of our products and gain access to new markets and channels of
distribution.

6

Significant Relationships

We have established and continue to build and expand relationships with our OEMs and distributors of digital
printing technology in order to benefit from their products, distribution channels, and marketing resources. Our
customers include domestic and international manufacturers, distributors, and sellers of color and black & white
digital copiers and wide format printers. We work closely with our OEM customers to develop solutions that
incorporate leading technology and that work optimally in conjunction with their products. The top revenue-
generating OEMs or distributors, in alphabetical order, that we sold products to in 2009 were Canon, Fuji Xerox,
Konica Minolta, OKI Data, Ricoh, Toshiba, and Xerox. Together, sales to Canon and Xerox accounted for
approximately 26% of our 2009 revenue, with sales to each of these two customers accounting for more than
10% of our revenue. Because sales of our printer and copier-related products constitute a significant portion of
our Fiery revenues and there are a limited number of OEMs producing copiers and printers in sufficient volume
to be attractive customers for us, we expect to continue to depend on a relatively small number of OEM
customers for a significant portion of our revenues in future periods. Accordingly, if we experience reduced sales
or lose an important OEM, we will have difficulty replacing the revenue traditionally generated from such OEM
with sales to new or existing OEMs and our revenues may decline.

We customarily enter into development and distribution agreements with our OEM customers. These agreements
can be terminated under a range of circumstances and often upon relatively short notice. The circumstances
under which an agreement can be terminated vary from agreement to agreement and there can be no assurance
that our OEM customers will continue to purchase products from us in the future, despite such agreements.
Furthermore, our agreements with our OEM customers generally do not commit such customers to make future
purchases from us and they could decline to purchase products from us in the future and could purchase products
from our competitors, or build the products themselves. We recognize the importance of, and work hard to
maintain, our relationships with our customers. However, our relationships with our customers are affected by a
number of factors including, among others: competition from other suppliers, competition from internal
development efforts by the OEMs themselves, and changes in general economic, competitive, or market
conditions such as changes in demand for our products, changes in demand for our OEMs’ products, industry
consolidation, or fluctuations in currency exchange rates. There can be no assurance that we will continue to
maintain or build the relationships we have developed to date. See Item 1A—We face competition from other
suppliers as well as our own OEM customers if we are not able to compete successfully our business may be
harmed.

We have a continuing relationship pursuant to a license agreement with Adobe Systems, Inc. (“Adobe”). We
license PostScript® software from Adobe for use in many of our Fiery solutions under the OEM Distribution and
License Agreement entered into in September 2005. Under our agreement with Adobe, we have a non-exclusive,
non-transferable license to use the Adobe deliverables (including any software, development tools, utilities,
software development kits, fonts, drivers, documentation, or related materials). The scope of additional licensing
terms varies depending on the type of the Adobe deliverables. The initial term of the agreement is five years,
unless either party gives written notice of termination for cause at least 180 days prior to September 19, 2010.
Thereafter, the agreement will renew automatically on each anniversary date for additional one year periods and
can be terminated by either party for any or no cause upon 120 days prior written notice. All royalties due to
Adobe under the agreement are payable within 45 days after the end of each calendar quarter.

Each Fiery solution requires page description language software such as that provided by Adobe in order to
operate. Adobe’s PostScript® software is widely used to manage the geometry, shape, and typography of hard
copy documents. Adobe is a leader in providing page description software. After September 19, 2010, Adobe can
terminate our current PostScript® software license agreement without cause. Although to date we have
successfully obtained licenses to use Adobe’s PostScript® software when required, Adobe is not required to, and
we cannot be certain that Adobe will, grant future licenses to Adobe PostScript® software on reasonable terms, in
a timely manner, or at all. In addition, to obtain licenses from Adobe, Adobe requires that we obtain quality
assurance approvals from them for our products that use Adobe software. If Adobe does not grant us such

7

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

licenses or approvals, if the Adobe licenses are terminated, or if our relationship with Adobe is otherwise
materially impaired, we would likely be unable to sell products that incorporate Adobe PostScript® software. If
that occurred, we would have to license, acquire, develop, or re-establish our own competing software as a viable
alternative for Adobe Postscript® and our financial condition and results of operations could be significantly
harmed for a period of time.

Our inkjet printers are constructed with inkjet print heads, which are manufactured by a limited number of
suppliers. If we were to experience difficulty obtaining print heads, our production of inkjet printers would be
limited and our revenues would be harmed. In addition, we manufacture inks for use in our printers and rely upon
a limited number of suppliers for certain pigments used in our inks. Our ink sales would decline significantly if
we were unable to obtain the pigments as needed. See Item 1A—We depend upon a limited group of suppliers
for key components in our products. The loss of any of these suppliers, the inability of any of these suppliers to
meet our requirements, or the delays or shortages of supply of these components could adversely affect our
business.

Human Resources

As of December 31, 2009, we employed 1,827 full time employees. Approximately 340 were in sales and
marketing, 167 were in customer service, 220 were in general and administrative, 280 were in manufacturing,
and 820 were in research and development. Of the total number of employees, we had approximately 1,267
employees located in the Americas (primarily the U.S.) and 560 employees located in offices outside of the
Americas.

Distribution and Marketing

Our primary distribution method for our Fiery products is to sell them to our OEMs. Our OEMs in turn sell these
products to OEM-affiliated and independent distributors/dealers/resellers and end-users for use with our OEMs’
copiers or printers as part of an integrated printing system. See Item 1A—We rely on sales to a relatively small
number of OEM customers and the loss of any of these OEM customers could substantially decrease our
revenues.

Our PMIS solutions are primarily sold directly to the end-user by our own sales force. Our Inkjet products are
sold by a direct sales force in North America and Europe and by distributors in every region. Any interruption of
either of these distribution methods could negatively impact us in the future.

Our primary distribution method for our APPS software products is to utilize a mix of distributors and our own
sales force. We sell directly to our authorized distributors, dealers, and resellers who in turn sell the solutions to
end-users either stand alone or bundled with other solutions they offer. Primary customers with whom we have
established distribution agreements include Canon, Ricoh, Konica Minolta, Heidelberg, Esko, Hewlett-Packard,
and other sales companies. There can be no assurance that we will continue to successfully distribute our
products through these channels.

We promote all of our products through public relations, direct mail, advertising, promotional material, trade
shows, and ongoing customer communication programs. The majority of the sales leads for inkjet printer sales
are generated from trade shows and any interruption in our trade show participation could materially impact our
revenue and profitability.

Research and Development

Research and development costs for 2009 were $110.8 million. As of December 31, 2009, 820 of our 1,827 full-
time employees were involved in research and development. We believe that development of new products and

8

enhancement of existing products are essential to our continued success, and management intends to continue to
devote substantial resources to research and new product development. We expect to make significant
expenditures to support our research and development programs in the foreseeable future.

We are developing products to support additional color and black & white printing devices including high-end
color copiers, digital black & white copiers, and multi-functional devices. We are also developing new software
applications designed to maximize workflow efficiencies and to meet the needs of the graphic arts and
commercial print professional, including proofing solutions and PMIS solutions. We also expect to continue to
develop new platforms of inkjet print technologies to meet the needs of existing and future markets. We have
research and development sites in twelve U.S. locations, as well as in Israel, India, Japan, and Europe. See
“Growth and Expansion Strategies—Proliferate and Expand Product Lines” above. Substantial additional
expense is required to complete and bring to market each of the products currently being developed by us.

Manufacturing

We utilize subcontractors to manufacture our Fiery products and, to a lesser extent, our Inkjet products. These
subcontractors work closely with us to promote low costs and high quality in the manufacture of our products.
Subcontractors purchase components needed for our products from third parties. We are completely dependent
on the ability of our subcontractors to produce products sold by us. Although we supervise our subcontractors,
there can be no assurance that such subcontractors will perform efficiently or effectively. In 2008, a significant
amount of our Fiery line of products was manufactured at a single subcontractor: Celestica Inc. We transferred
outsourced Fiery production to Bell Microproducts, Inc. in 2009. We also initiated outsourced production of
certain solvent inks with Nazdar Company during 2009. Should our subcontractors experience inability or
unwillingness to manufacture or deliver our products, then our business, financial condition, and operations
could be harmed. Since we generally do not maintain long-term agreements with our subcontractors and such
agreements may be terminated with relatively short notice, any of our subcontractors could terminate their
relationship with us and/or enter into agreements with our competitors that might restrict or prohibit them from
manufacturing our products or could otherwise lead to an inability or unwillingness of such subcontractor to fill
our orders in a timely manner or at all. See Item 1A—We are dependent on a limited number of subcontractors,
with whom we do not have long-term contracts, to manufacture and deliver products to our customers and the
loss of any of these subcontractors could adversely affect our business.

Our VUTEk printers are manufactured at our Meredith, New Hampshire facility. Meredith is not located in a
major metropolitan area, and we have encountered difficulties in hiring and retaining adequate skilled labor and
management. Most of the components used in manufacturing the printers and inks are available from multiple
suppliers, except for inkjet print heads and pigments for our inks. Although typically in low volumes, many key
components are sourced from single vendors. If we were unable to obtain the print heads currently used, we
would be required to redesign our printers to use different print heads. If we were to change pigments, we would
be required to reformulate and test the inks. In two of our locations, we use hazardous materials to formulate
solvent-based inks. The storage, use, and disposal of those materials must meet the requirements of various
environmental regulations. See Item 1A—If we are not able to hire and retain skilled employees, we may not be
able to develop products or meet demand for our products in a timely fashion; We depend upon a limited group
of suppliers for key components in our product. The loss of any of these suppliers, the inability of any of these
suppliers to meet our requirements, or the delays or shortages of supply of these components could adversely
affect our business; and We may be subject to environmental-related liabilities due to our use of hazardous
materials and solvents.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

9

A significant number of the components necessary for manufacturing our Fiery and Inkjet products are obtained
from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. We depend largely on the following sole and limited source
suppliers for our components and manufacturing services:

Supplier

Intel
Toshiba

Open Silicon
Altera
Tundra
Bell Microproducts
Nazdar
Seiko
Fuji
Xaar
Dimatix

Components

Central processing units (“CPUs”); chip sets
Application-specific integrated
circuits (“ASIC”) & Inkjet print heads
ASICs
ASICs & Programmable devices
Chip sets
Contract manufacturing (Fiery)
Contract manufacturing (solvent ink)
Inkjet print heads
Inkjet print heads
Inkjet print heads
Inkjet print heads

We generally do not maintain long-term agreements with our component suppliers. We primarily conduct
business with such suppliers solely on a purchase order basis. If any of our sole or limited source suppliers were
unwilling or unable to supply us with the components for which we rely on them, we may be unable to continue
manufacturing our products utilizing such components.

The absence of agreements with most of our suppliers also subjects us to pricing fluctuations, which is a factor
we believe is partially offset by our suppliers benefitting from selling as many components to us as possible.
Many of our components are similar to those used in personal computers; consequently, the demand and price
fluctuations of personal computer components could affect our component costs. In the event of unanticipated
volatility in demand for our products, we may be unable to manufacture certain products in a quantity sufficient
to meet end-user demand or we may hold excess quantities of inventory because the purchase of key components
involves long lead times. We maintain an inventory of components for which we are dependent upon sole or
limited source suppliers and of components with prices that fluctuate significantly. We cannot ensure that at any
given time we will have sufficient inventory to enable us to meet demand for our products, which would harm
our financial results. See Item 1A—We depend upon a limited group of suppliers for key components in our
products. The loss of any of these suppliers, the inability of any of these suppliers to meet our requirements, or
delays or shortages of supply of these components could adversely affect our business.

Competition

Competition in our markets is intense and involves rapidly changing technologies and frequent new product
introductions. To maintain and improve our competitive position, we must continue to develop and introduce on
a timely and cost-effective basis new products and features that keep pace with the evolving needs of our
customers. The principal competitive factors affecting the markets for our Fiery solutions include, among others,
customer service and support, product reputation, quality, performance, price, and product features such as
functionality, scalability, ability to interface with OEM products, and ease of use. We believe we have generally
competed effectively in the past against product offerings of our competitors on the basis of such factors;
however, there can be no assurance that we will continue to compete effectively in the future based on these or
any other competitive factors.

Our primary competitors for third party stand-alone color controllers, embedded controllers, and design-licensed
solutions are our OEM customers. Our market position vis-à-vis internally developed controllers is small;
however, we are the largest third party controller vendor. We believe that our advantages include our
continuously advancing technology, time-to-market, brand recognition, end-user loyalty, sizable installed base,

10

number of products supported, price driven by lower development costs, and market knowledge. We intend to
continue to develop new digital print controllers with capabilities that continue to meet the changing needs of our
OEM customers’ product development roadmaps. A significant disadvantage is our lack of control of the
distribution channels and direct connections with our end-users. We do, however, provide a variety of features as
well as a unique “look and feel” to our OEMs’ products to differentiate our customers’ products from those of
their competitors.

The VUTEk line of super-wide format inkjet printers competes with printers produced by Agfa, Durst, Hewlett-
Packard, Oce, and Inca throughout most of the world. There are Chinese and Korean printer manufacturers in the
marketplace, but their products are typically sold in their domestic markets and are not perceived as alternatives
in most other markets. Although we recommend that our inks be used in our VUTEk printers, users can purchase
solvent-based inks from other ink manufacturers. Third party inks are typically priced at a lower price than our
proprietary inks; however, third party inks may not provide the same quality. In addition, the use of third party
inks with our printer products may void the ink delivery system warranty on the printer. We believe that our
broad product line and leading technology provide a competitive advantage.

Our APPS category, which includes our workflow, proofing, PMIS, and web-based order entry and order
management systems, faces competition from software application vendors that specifically target the printing
industry. These vendors are typically small, privately-owned companies. We also face competition from larger
vendors that currently offer or are seeking to develop printer-focused enterprise resource planning products. We
believe the principal competitive factor affecting our markets is the market acceptance rates for new printing
technology.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to advance our technology and products or compete
effectively against other companies’ product offerings. Any failure to do so could have a material adverse affect
on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Sale of Building and Land

On January 29, 2009, we sold a portion of our Foster City campus to Gilead Sciences, Inc. (“Gilead”) for a total
price of $137.3 million. The property sold included approximately thirty acres of land, which is entitled for
development, the office building at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately
163,000 square feet, and certain other assets related to the property. We retain ownership of the remaining
approximately five acres of land and remain obligated under a synthetic lease with respect to the office building
at 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, where our headquarters are located. As more fully disclosed in
Note 8—Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, both buildings
were subject to synthetic lease agreements. The 301 Velocity Way synthetic lease agreement was terminated in
conjunction with the sale. The 303 Velocity Way synthetic lease agreement remains outstanding as of
December 31, 2009.

As a result of the sale to Gilead, the carrying value of assets held for sale of $55.4 million as of December 31,
2008 included land, building, other improvements, and restricted cash related to the 301 Velocity Way facility.

Intellectual Property Rights

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements, and
other contractual provisions to establish, maintain, and protect our intellectual property rights. Although we
believe that our intellectual property rights are important to our business, no single patent, copyright, trademark,
or trade secret is solely responsible for the development and manufacturing of our products.

We are currently pursuing patent applications in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions to protect various inventions.
Over time, we have accumulated a portfolio of issued patents in these jurisdictions. We own or have rights to the

11

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

copyrights to the software code in our products, as well as rights to the trademarks under which our products are
marketed. We have registered certain trademarks in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions and will continue to
evaluate the registration of additional trademarks as appropriate.

Certain of our products include intellectual property licensed from our partners. We have also granted and may
continue to grant licenses under our intellectual property, when and as we deem appropriate.

For a discussion of risks relating to our intellectual property, see Item 1A—We may be unable to adequately
protect our proprietary information and may incur expenses to defend our proprietary information.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we changed our annual goodwill impairment testing date from September 30
to December 31 of each year. This change is being made to better align impairment testing procedures with
year-end financial reporting and the annual business planning and budgeting process, which commences during
the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, the goodwill impairment testing will reflect the result of input from
business and other operating personnel in the development of the budget. Accordingly, management considers
this accounting change preferable. This change does not accelerate, delay, avoid, or cause an impairment charge,
nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements. The annual goodwill
impairment testing was initially completed as of September 30, 2009 in accordance with our previously
established annual testing timeline. As a result of this accounting change, we also completed the impairment
testing procedures as of December 31, 2009.

A two-step impairment test of goodwill is required pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification
(“ASC”) 350-20-35, Goodwill—Intangibles and Other—Subsequent Measurement. In the first step, the fair
value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value,
goodwill is not impaired and further testing is not required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value,
then the second step of the impairment test is required to determine the implied fair value of the reporting
unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible
and intangible net assets of the reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit
as determined in the first step. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair
value, then an impairment loss must be recorded that is equal to the difference.

Based on our valuation results, we have determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their
carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of
September 30, 2009.

Based on the outcome of the conditions existing during the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined there was a
triggering event that required an interim impairment analysis had occurred relating to the Inkjet reporting unit.
The resulting impairment analysis resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $104 million during the
fourth quarter of 2008. The goodwill valuation analysis was performed based on our respective reporting units—
Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS—which are consistent with our operating segments identified in Note 15—Segment
Information, Geographic Data, and Major Customers of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We determined the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit as of December 31, 2009 by equally weighting the
market and income approaches. The fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units were determined based on
the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimated fair value based on market multiples of revenues
or earnings of comparable companies. Under the income approach, we measured fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be
commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Based on our valuation results, we have
determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Fiery, Inkjet, and
APPS fair values are $186, $177, and $61 million, respectively, which exceeds carrying value by 93%, 9%, and
33%, respectively.

12

To identify suitable comparable companies under the market approach, consideration was given to the financial
condition and operating performance of the reporting unit being evaluated relative to companies operating in the
same or similar businesses, potentially subject to corresponding economic, environmental, and political factors
and considered to be reasonable investment alternatives. Consideration was given to the investment
characteristics of the subject company relative to those of similar publicly traded companies (i.e., guideline
companies). Guideline company stocks are actively traded.

Two applications of the market approach are the Public Company Market Multiple Method (“PCMMM”) and the
Similar Transaction Method (“STM”). In applying the PCMMM, valuation multiples were derived from
historical and projected operating data of guideline companies and applied to the appropriate operating data of
our reporting units to arrive at an indication of fair value. Four suitable guideline companies were identified for
the Inkjet reporting unit. Suitable guideline companies could not be identified for the Fiery and APPS reporting
units. Consequently, the STM was employed based on actual majority acquisition transactions in the Fiery and
APPS respective reporting unit’s industry to arrive at an indication of the fair value of these reporting units.

Because the fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values as of
December 31, 2009 as indicated by the internal market-based analysis, management did not deem it necessary to
further supplement the bases for this judgment. While the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit exceeded its
carrying value based on our internal market-based valuation, management determined to further examine whether
an impairment had occurred given the recent Inkjet impairment recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008. We
reviewed the factors that could trigger an impairment charge and completed an income-based impairment
analysis, consistent with the approach taken during the third quarter of 2009.

We engaged a third party valuation firm to aid management in its analysis during the third quarter of 2009. All
estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by us. While we chose to utilize a
third party valuation firm at that time, the impairment analysis and related valuations represented the conclusions
of management and not the conclusions or statements of any third party. We did not engage a third party to aid
management in the current quarter analysis.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the income approach to assess the fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit, we made the following assumptions:

•

•

•

A difficult economic climate will continue through 2010 with Inkjet results generally below 2008
results, substantially mitigated by new product introductions, which occurred in 2009 and will continue
in 2010, allowing Inkjet results to improve,

followed by a recovery period between 2011 and 2014, and

long-term industry growth past 2014.

Our discounted cash flow projections for the Inkjet reporting unit were based on five-year financial forecasts,
which were based on annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our
business and through discussions with the independent valuation firm engaged by us during the preceding
quarter. The significant assumptions utilized in these five-year forecasts included annual revenue growth rates
ranging from 6% to 32% for the Inkjet reporting unit, which equates to a compound annual growth rate of 14%.
Future cash flows were discounted to present value using a mid-year convention and a discount rate of 16%.
Terminal values were calculated using the Gordon growth methodology with a long-term growth rate of 4.5%.
The sum of the fair values of the Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS reporting units was reconciled to our current market
capitalization (based on our stock price) plus an estimated control premium. Significant assumptions used in
determining fair values of the reporting units include the determination of appropriate market comparables,
estimated multiples of revenue and EBITDA that a willing buyer is likely to pay, estimated control premium a
willing buyer is likely to pay, and gross profits. Inkjet gross profits are expected to increase as fixed production
costs are absorbed by increased Inkjet volumes.

13

To assess the reasonableness of the estimated control premium of 19%, we examined the most similar
transactions in relevant industries and determined the average premium indicated by the transactions deemed to
be most similar to a hypothetical transaction involving our reporting units. We examined the weighted average
and median control premiums offered in these industries, industry specific control premiums, and specific
transaction control premiums to conclude that our estimated control premium is reasonable.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the life of the asset may need to be
revised. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

significant negative industry or economic trends,

significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period,

our market capitalization relative to net book value,

significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall
business, and

our assessment of growth and profitability in each reporting unit over the coming years.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be
no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or
the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing at December 31, 2009
will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross profit
rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods
relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the fourth
quarter of 2010 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes an interim triggering event. It is not possible to
determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be
material.

Financial Information about Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

See Note 15—Segment Information, Geographic Data, and Major Customers and Note 11—Income Taxes of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. See also Item 1A—We face risks from our international operations
and We face risks from currency fluctuations.

Item 1A: Risk Factors

We rely on sales to a relatively small number of OEM customers and the loss of any of these OEM
customers could substantially decrease our revenues.

A significant portion of our revenues are and have been generated by sales of our printer and copier related
products to a relatively small number of OEMs. For example, Canon and Xerox each contributed over 10% of
our revenues and together accounted for approximately 26%, 29%, and 31% of our revenues for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Because sales of our printer and copier-related products
constitute a significant portion of our revenues and there are a limited number of OEMs producing copiers and
printers in sufficient volume to be attractive customers for us, we expect that we will continue to depend on a
relatively small number of OEM customers for a significant portion of our controller revenues in future periods.

In addition, our OEM customers have developed, and may continue to develop, their own controller products,
which may compete directly with our Fiery products. Accordingly, if we lose or experience reduced sales to an
important OEM customer, we will have difficulty replacing the revenue previously generated from such
customers with sales to new or existing OEM customers and our Fiery revenue will likely decline significantly.

14

We do not typically have long-term purchase contracts with our OEM customers and our OEM customers
have in the past, and could at any time in the future, reduce or cease purchasing products from us,
harming our operating results and business.

With the exception of certain minimum purchase obligations, we typically do not have long-term volume
purchase contracts with our OEM customers, including Canon, Xerox and Konica Minolta, and they are not
obligated to purchase products from us. Accordingly, our customers could at any time reduce their purchases
from us or cease purchasing our products altogether. In the past, some of our OEM customers have elected to
develop products on their own, rather than rely, solely or partially, on our products and we expect that customers
will continue to make such elections in the future.

Because our OEM customers incorporate our products into products they manufacture and sell, any decline in
demand for copiers or laser printers or any other negative developments affecting our major customers or the
computer industry in general, including reduced demand for the products sold by our OEM customers, would
likely harm our results of operations. For example, certain customers have in the past experienced serious
financial difficulties, which led to a decline in sales of our products to these customers. If any significant
customers face such difficulties in the future, our operating results could be harmed through, among other things,
decreased sales volumes and write-offs of accounts receivables and inventories related to products we have
manufactured for these customers’ products.

A significant portion of our operating expenses are fixed in advance based on projected sales levels and margins,
sales forecasts from our OEM customers, and product development programs. A substantial portion of our
shipments are scheduled for delivery within 90 days or less and our customers may cancel orders and change
volume levels or delivery times for product they have ordered from us without penalty. Accordingly, if sales to
our OEM customers are below expectations in any given quarter, the adverse impact of the shortfall in revenues
on operating results may be, and has been in the past, increased by our inability to adjust spending in the short
term to compensate for this shortfall.

The market for our super-wide format printers is very competitive.

The printing equipment industry is extremely competitive. Our VUTEk products compete against several
companies that market digital printing systems based on electrostatic, drop-on-demand, and continuous
drop-on-demand inkjet, airbrush, and other technologies and printers utilizing UV curable and solvent ink.
Certain competitors have greater resources to develop new products and technologies and market those products,
as well as acquire or develop critical components at lower costs, which would provide them with a competitive
advantage. They could also exert downward pressure on product pricing to gain market share.

We have witnessed the recent growth of local Chinese and Korean markets where local competitors are
developing, manufacturing, and selling inexpensive printers, mainly to the local Chinese and Korean markets.
These Chinese and Korean manufacturers have begun penetrating the international market and have partnered
with other super-wide format printer manufacturers. Our ability to compete depends on factors both within and
outside of our control, including the price, performance, and acceptance of our current printers and any products
we develop in the future.

We also face competition from existing conventional wide format and super-wide format printing methods,
including screen printing and offset printing. Our competitors could develop new products, with existing or new
technology, that could be more competitive in our market than our printers. We cannot assure you that we can
compete effectively with any such products.

We face competition from other suppliers as well as our own OEM customers. If we are not able to
compete successfully our business may be harmed.

The digital printing marketplace is highly competitive and is characterized by rapid technological changes. We
compete against a number of other suppliers of imaging products and technologies, including our OEM

15

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

customers themselves. Although we attempt to develop and support innovative products that end-users demand,
products or technologies developed by competing suppliers, including our own OEM customers, could render our
products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive.

While many of our OEM customers incorporate our technologies into their end products on an exclusive basis,
we do not have any formal agreements that prevent these OEM customers from offering alternative products that
do not incorporate our technologies. If, as has occurred in the past, an OEM customer offers products
incorporating technology from alternative suppliers instead of, or in addition to, products incorporating our
technologies, our market share could decrease, which would likely reduce our revenue and adversely affect our
financial results.

Many OEMs in the printer and copier industry, including most of our OEM customers, internally develop and
sell products that compete directly with our current products. These OEMs have significant investments in their
existing solutions and have substantial resources that may enable them to develop or improve, more quickly than
us, technologies similar to ours that are compatible with their own products. Our OEM customers have in the past
marketed, and likely will continue in the future to market, their own internal technologies and solutions in
addition to ours, even when their technologies and solutions are less advanced, have lower performance, or cost
more than our products. Given the significant financial, marketing, and other resources of our larger OEM
customers and other significant OEMs in the imaging industry who are not our customers, we may not be able to
successfully compete against these OEMs selling similar products that they develop internally. If we cannot
compete successfully against the OEMs’ internally developed products, we will lose sales and market share in
those areas where the OEMs choose to compete and our business will be harmed.

We face strong competition in the market for printing supplies such as ink.

We compete with independent manufacturers in the ink market. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to
remain the exclusive or even principal ink supplier for our printers. The loss of ink sales to our installed base of
printers could adversely impact our revenues and gross profits.

We could experience an overall reduction in price within the ink markets, which would also adversely affect our
gross profits. Solvent inks are relatively easy to replicate and additional manufacturers could increase pricing
competition or divert customers away from us.

We rely on our OEM customers to develop and sell products incorporating our Fiery technology and if
they fail to successfully develop and sell these products, or curtail or cease the use of our technology in
their products, our business will be harmed.

We rely on our OEM customers to develop new products, applications and product enhancements utilizing our
controller technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our continued success in the controller industry
depends upon the ability of these OEM customers to utilize our technologies while meeting changing end-user
customer needs and responding to emerging industry standards and other technological changes. We cannot
provide assurance that our OEM customers will effectively meet these challenges. These OEM customers are
generally not obligated to purchase products from us and we cannot provide assurance that they will continue to
carry our products. For example, our OEM customers have incorporated into their products the technologies of
other companies or internally developed technologies in addition to, or instead of, our technologies and will
likely continue to do so in the future. If our OEM customers do not effectively and successfully market products
containing our technologies, our revenue will likely be materially and adversely affected.

Our OEM customers work closely with us to develop products that are specific to each OEM customer’s copiers
and printers. Many of the products and technologies we are developing require that we coordinate development,
quality testing, marketing, and other tasks with our OEM customers. We cannot control our OEM customers’
development efforts or the timing of these efforts and coordinating with our OEM customers may cause delays in

16

our own product development efforts that are outside of our control. If our OEM customers delay the release of
their products, our revenue and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, our revenue and
results of operations may be adversely affected if we cannot meet our OEM customers’ product needs for their
specific copiers and printers, as well as successfully manage the additional engineering and support effort and
other risks associated with such a wide range of products.

We face strong competition in the super-wide format printer market and in our APPS category.

The VUTEk lines of super-wide format inkjet printers compete with printers produced by Agfa, Durst, Hewlett-
Packard, Oce, and Inca throughout most of the world. There are Chinese and Korean printer manufacturers in the
marketplace, but their products are typically sold in their domestic markets and are not perceived as alternatives
in most other markets.

Our APPS category, which includes our workflow, proofing, PMIS, and web-based order entry and order
management systems, faces competition from software application vendors that specifically target the printing
industry. These vendors are typically small, privately-owned companies. We also face competition from larger
vendors that currently offer or are seeking to develop printer-focused enterprise resource planning products. We
believe the principal competitive factor affecting our markets is the market acceptance rates for new printing
technology.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to advance our technology and products or compete
effectively against other companies’ product offerings. Any failure to do so could have a material adverse affect
on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Ongoing economic uncertainty has had and may continue to have a negative effect on our business.

The revenue and profitability of our business depends significantly on the overall demand for information
technology products that enable printing of digital data, which in turn depends on a variety of macro- and micro-
economic conditions. In addition, our revenue growth and profitability in our Inkjet business depends on demand
and spending for advertising and marketing products and programs, which also depends on a variety of macro-
and micro-economic conditions.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Uncertainty about current global economic conditions poses a risk as our customers may delay purchases of our
products in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values. Any
financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial markets and the possibility that financial institutions
may consolidate or terminate their activities have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a low level of
liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit, currency and equity markets.
There could be a number of follow-on effects from the credit crisis on our business, including insolvency of key
suppliers resulting in product delays; inability of customers and distributors to obtain credit to finance purchases
of our products and/or customer and distributor insolvencies; increased difficulty in managing inventories; and
other financial institutions negatively impacting our treasury operations. Economic downturns can lead to
restructuring actions and associated expenses. Our financial performance could vary materially from expectations
depending on gains or losses realized on the sale or exchange of financial instruments or cash equivalents,
impairment charges on our assets, gains or losses related to equity and other investments, and interest rates. The
current volatility in the financial markets and overall economic uncertainty increases the risk that the actual
amounts realized in the future on our financial instruments could differ significantly from the fair values
currently assigned to them.

Our recent results reflected the continued weakness in the global economy, declines in the availability of credit,
increased unemployment, reduced levels of capital expenditures, and other challenges currently affecting the
global economy. Sustained uncertainty about current global economic conditions together with delays or

17

reductions in information technology spending could cause a decline in demand for our products and services and
consequently harm our business, operating results, financial condition, prospects, and continue to increase the
volatility of our stock price.

Our operating results may fluctuate based upon many factors, which could adversely affect our stock
price.

Stock prices of high technology companies such as ours tend to be volatile as a result of various factors,
including variations in operating results and, consequently, fluctuations in our operating results could adversely
affect our stock price. Factors that have caused our operating results and stock price to fluctuate in the past and
that may cause future fluctuations include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

varying demand for our products, due to seasonality, OEM customer product development and
marketing efforts, OEM customer financial and operational condition, OEM inventory management
practices, and general economic conditions;

shrinking OEM customer base due to business consolidation in the industry;

shifts in customer demand to lower cost products;

success and timing of new product introductions by us and our OEM customers and the performance of
our products generally;

success and timing of new inkjet product introductions;

volatility in foreign exchange rates, changes in interest rates, and/or financing credit to consumers of
digital copiers and printers;

price reductions by us and our competitors, which may be exacerbated by competitive pressures caused
by economic conditions generally;

substitution of third party inks for our own ink products by users of our super-wide format inkjet
printers;

delay, cancellation or rescheduling of orders or projects;

delays or shortages of supply of our key components, including without limitation, inkjet print heads,
ink components, and inability of our suppliers to meet our requirements;

availability of key components and licenses, including possible delays in deliveries from suppliers, the
performance of third party manufacturers and the status of our relationships with our key suppliers;

potential excess or shortage of employees and location of research and development centers;

shrinking customer base in our APPS segment due to business consolidations and shrinking installed
base due to print shops ceasing operations;

changes in our product mix such as shifts from higher revenue or gross profit products to lower revenue
or gross profit products such as our inkjet products;

costs associated with complying with any applicable governmental regulations;

cost associated with possible SEC and regulatory actions regarding our historical stock option granting
practices and remedial measures with respect to our historical stock option granting practices;

acquisitions and integration of new businesses;

costs related to our entry into new markets, such as commercial printing and office equipment service
automation;

18

•

•

•

general economic conditions, such as the current economic uncertainty;

commencement of litigation or adverse results in pending litigation; and

other risks described herein.

Price reductions for all of our products may affect our revenues in the future.

We have made, and may in the future make, price reductions for our products to drive demand and remain
competitive. Depending upon the price-elasticity of demand for our products, the pricing and quality of
competitive products and other economic and competitive conditions, such price reductions may have an adverse
impact on our revenues and profits. If we are not able to compensate for lower gross profits that may result from
price reductions with an increased volume of sales, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Entry into new markets or distribution channels could result in higher operating expenses that may not be
offset by increased revenue.

We continue to explore opportunities to develop or acquire additional product lines, such as print management
software, document scanning solutions, and inkjet printers. We expect to continue to invest funds to develop new
distribution and marketing channels for these and additional new products and services, which will increase our
operating expenses.

We do not know if we will be successful in developing these channels or whether the market will accept any of
our new products or services or if we will generate sufficient revenues from these activities to offset the
additional operating expenses we incur. Even if we are able to introduce new products or services, if customers
do not accept these new products or services, or if we are not able to price such products or services
competitively, our results of operations will likely be adversely affected.

We license software used in most of our products from Adobe Systems Incorporated and the loss of this
license would prevent us from shipping these products.

Many of our current products include software that we must license from Adobe. Specifically, we are required to
obtain separate licenses from Adobe for the right to use Adobe PostScript® software in each type of copier or
printer used with a Fiery controller. Although to date we have successfully obtained licenses to use Adobe’s
PostScript® software when required, Adobe is not required to, and we cannot be certain that Adobe will, grant
future licenses to Adobe PostScript® software on reasonable terms, in a timely manner, or at all. In order to
obtain licenses from Adobe, Adobe requires that we obtain from them quality assurance approvals for our
products that use Adobe software. Although to date we have successfully obtained such quality assurances from
Adobe, we cannot be certain Adobe will grant us such approvals in the future. If Adobe does not grant us such
licenses or approvals, if the Adobe licenses are terminated, or if our relationship with Adobe is otherwise
materially impaired, we would likely be unable to sell products that incorporate Adobe PostScript® software. Our
financial condition and results of operations would be significantly harmed.

We depend upon a limited group of suppliers for key components in our products. The loss of any of these
suppliers, the inability of any of these suppliers to meet our requirements, or delays or shortages of supply
of these components could adversely affect our business.

Certain components necessary for the manufacture of our products are obtained from a sole supplier or a limited
group of suppliers. These include processors from Intel and other related semiconductor components, inkjet print
heads for our wide and super-wide format printers, and ink. We generally do not maintain long-term agreements
with our component suppliers and conduct business with such suppliers solely on a purchase order basis. If we
are unable to continue to procure these sole-sourced components from our current suppliers in the required
quantities, we will have to qualify other sources, if possible, or design our products so that they no longer require
these components.

19

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

These suppliers may be concentrated within similar industries or geographic locations, which could potentially
exacerbate these risks. We cannot provide assurance that other sources of these components exist or will be
willing to supply us on reasonable terms or at all, or that we will be able to design around these components.
Therefore, any unavailability, delays or shortages of supply of these components or any inability of our suppliers
to meet our requirements could harm our business. Because the purchase of certain key components involves
long lead times, in the event of unanticipated volatility in demand for our products, we have been in the past and
may in the future be unable to manufacture certain products in a quantity sufficient to meet demand. Further, as
has occurred in the past, in the event that anticipated demand does not materialize, we may hold excess quantities
of inventory that could become obsolete. In order to meet projected demand, we maintain an inventory of
components for which we are dependent upon sole or limited source suppliers and components with prices that
fluctuate significantly. As a result, we are subject to a risk of inventory obsolescence, which could adversely
affect our operating results and financial condition.

Market prices and availability of certain components, particularly memory and Intel-designed components, which
collectively represent a substantial portion of the total manufactured cost of our products, have fluctuated
significantly in the past. Such fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and
financial condition including a reduction in gross profits.

We are dependent on a limited number of subcontractors, with whom we do not have long-term contracts,
to manufacture and deliver products to our customers and the loss of any of these subcontractors could
adversely affect our business.

We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our products and we generally do not have long-term
agreements with these subcontractors. We rely on the ability of our subcontractors to produce products to be sold
to our customers and while we closely monitor our subcontractors’ performance we cannot assure you that such
subcontractors will continue to manufacture our products in a timely and effective manner. In the past, a
weakened economy led to the dissolution, bankruptcy, or consolidation of some of the subcontractors who are
able to manufacture our products, decreasing the available number of subcontractors. If the available number of
subcontractors were to again decrease, it is possible that we would not be able to secure appropriate
subcontractors to fulfill our demand in a timely manner or at all, particularly if demand for our products
increases.

The existence of fewer subcontractors may also reduce our negotiating leverage, potentially resulting in higher
product costs. Difficulties experienced by our subcontractors, including financial problems and the inability to
make or ship our products or fix quality assurance problems, could harm our business, operating results, and
financial condition. If we decide to change subcontractors, we could experience delays in finding, qualifying and
commencing business with new subcontractors which would result in both delay in delivery of our products and
also potentially the cancellation of orders for our products.

Since 2009, a high concentration of our Fiery controllers is manufactured at a single subcontractor location, Bell
Microproducts in San Jose, California. Certain solvent ink is manufactured by Nazdar. Certain Inkjet product
lines are manufactured by two subcontractors. Should our subcontractors experience any inability, or
unwillingness, to manufacture or deliver our products, then our business, financial condition, and operations
could be harmed. Since we generally do not maintain long-term agreements with our subcontractors, any of our
subcontractors could enter into agreements with our competitors that might restrict or prohibit such
subcontractors from manufacturing our products or could otherwise lead to an inability of such subcontractors to
fill our orders in a timely manner. In such event, we may not be able to find suitable replacement subcontractors,
in which case our financial condition and operations would likely be harmed.

We may face increased risk of inventory obsolescence, excess, or shortages related to our super-wide
format inkjet printers and ink.

We procure raw materials and build our super-wide printers and ink products based on our sales forecasts. If we
do not accurately forecast demand for our products we may end up with excess inventory, or we may lose sales

20

because we do not have the correct products available for sale. If we have excess printers, inks, or other products,
we may have to lower prices to stimulate demand. We may also run the risk that our inventory of raw materials
may become obsolete. Our ink products have a defined shelf life. If we do not sell the ink before the end of its
shelf life, it will no longer be sellable and will have to be expensed. In addition, we have experienced in the past
and may continue to experience in the future, UV ink shortages occasioned by increased demand that may
require that we incur additional costs to respond to increased demand and overcome the shortages.

If we are not able to hire and retain skilled employees, we may not be able to develop products or meet
demand for our products in a timely fashion.

We depend upon skilled employees, such as software and hardware engineers, quality assurance engineers and
other technical professionals with specialized skills. We are headquartered in the Silicon Valley and additionally
have research and development offices in India. Competition in both locations has historically been intense
among companies hiring engineering and technical professionals. In times of professional labor imbalances, it
has in the past and is likely in the future, to be difficult to locate and hire qualified engineers and technical
professionals and for us to retain these people. There are many technology companies located near our corporate
offices in the Silicon Valley and our operations in India that may try to hire our employees.

Our VUTEk printers are manufactured at our Meredith, New Hampshire facility. Meredith is not located in a
major metropolitan area, and we have encountered difficulties in hiring and retaining adequate skilled labor and
management.

The movement of our stock price may also impact our ability to hire and retain employees. If we do not offer
competitive compensation, we may not be able to recruit or retain employees, which may have an adverse effect
on our ability to develop products in a timely fashion, which could harm our business, financial condition and
operating results.

We offer a broad-based equity compensation plan based on granting options and restricted stock from
stockholder-approved plans in order to remain competitive in the labor market. Any difficulty relating to
obtaining stockholder approval of equity compensation plans could limit our ability to grant equity awards to
employees in the future. If we cannot offer equity awards when necessary to enable us to offer compensation
competitive with those offered by other companies seeking the same employees, it may be difficult to hire and
retain skilled employees.

Our acquisitions in the Inkjet and APPS operating segments increased the chance that we will experience
additional bad debt expense.

Our OEM customers are typically large profitable customers who present little credit risk to us. Our APPS and
Inkjet businesses sell primarily via a direct sales force to a broader base of customers, many of whom are smaller
and potentially less creditworthy. In addition, if we increase our percentage of revenues from our Inkjet
customers, many of whom are located overseas in many countries, it may be challenging to enforce our legal
rights should collection issues arise.

For some products, we sell our products to distributors and directly to the end-user. If we are unable to
effectively manage a direct sales force, revenues could decline.

We have traditionally sold our products to our OEM partners, who in turn sold the product to the end-user. Our
marketing focused on manufacturers and distributors of the manufacturers’ equipment, not on the end-user of the
product. We now sell our professional printing applications and our inkjet printers and ink to both distributors
and directly to the end-user. If we are unable to effectively manage a direct sales force and develop a marketing
program that can reach the end-users, we are likely to see a decline in revenues from those products.

21

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Acquisitions may result in unanticipated accounting charges or otherwise adversely affect our results of
operations and result in difficulties in assimilating and integrating the operations, personnel, technologies,
products, and information systems of acquired companies or businesses.

We seek to develop new technologies and products from both internal and external sources. As part of this effort,
we have in the past made, and will likely continue to make, acquisitions of other companies or other companies’
assets.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, such as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

if we issue equity securities in connection with an acquisition, the issuance may be dilutive to our
existing stockholders; alternatively, acquisitions made entirely or partially for cash (such as our recent
acquisitions of Pace and Raster) will reduce our cash reserves;

difficulties in integration of operations, employees, technologies, or products and the related diversion
of management time and effort to accomplish successful integration;

risks of entering markets in which we have little or no prior experience, or entering markets where
competitors have stronger market positions;

possible write-downs of impaired assets;

potential loss of key employees of the acquired company;

possible expense overruns;

an adverse reaction by customers, suppliers or partners of the acquired company or EFI;

the risk of changes in ratings by stock analysts;

potential litigation surrounding transactions or the prior actions of the acquired company or any
administrative proceedings;

the inability to protect or secure technology rights; and

increases in operating costs.

Mergers and acquisitions of companies are inherently risky and we cannot provide assurance that our previous or
future acquisitions will be successful or will not harm our business, operating results, financial condition, or
stock price.

We face risks relating to the impairment of our goodwill and long-lived assets.

We complete a review of the carrying value of our assets annually and, based on a combination of factors, we
may be required to perform an interim analysis. During the fourth quarter of 2008, our market capitalization
declined significantly as a result of declining worldwide economic conditions caused by the tightening of global
credit markets. Based on a combination of factors including the recent economic environment, the resulting
erosion in our market capitalization, and the degradation of our revenue forecast subsequent to the third quarter
of 2008, we performed an interim impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2008. Based on the outcome
of the interim impairment analysis, we concluded that an impairment had occurred relating to the Inkjet reporting
unit resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $111.9 million during the quarter related to both goodwill and
other long-lived assets. An additional asset impairment charge of $3.2 million was recognized during 2009
resulting from project abandonment costs related to equipment in the Inkjet operating segment. An additional
goodwill impairment charge was not required based on the results of the assessment completed during the fourth
quarter of 2009.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be
no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or

22

the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing as of December 31,
2009 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross
profit rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future
periods relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in
the fourth quarter of 2010 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event requiring an interim
goodwill impairment test to be performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future
impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

While impairment does not impact reported cash flows, it does result in a non-cash charge in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations and thus no assurance can be given that any future impairments would not affect our
financial performance and valuation of assets and, as a result, harm our business, operating results, financial
condition, or stock price.

We face risks from currency fluctuations.

Approximately $171.8 (43%), $262.5 (47%), and $293.4 million (47%) of our revenues for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, shipped to locations outside the Americas, primarily to
Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and Japan. We expect that sales shipped outside the Americas will
continue to represent a significant portion of total revenues. The majority of our revenues are invoiced in U.S.
dollars.

Given the significance of non-U.S. sales to our total revenues, we face a continuing risk from the fluctuation of
the U.S. dollar versus foreign currencies. When we invoice our customers in their respective local currencies, our
cash flows and earnings are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates between
the currency of the invoice and the U.S. dollar.

We have a substantial number of international employees, which creates material operating costs denominated in
foreign currencies. Changes in exchange rates, and in particular a weakening of the U.S. dollar, may adversely
affect our consolidated operating expenses and operating income (loss) as expressed in U.S. dollars. We have
attempted to limit these exposures through operational strategies where we have considered it appropriate in the
past, although no hedging activities occurred in prior years. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we began hedging
our operating expense exposure in Indian rupees for a notional amount of $1.4 million.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Our efforts to reduce the risk from our international operations and from fluctuations in foreign currencies or
interest rates may not be successful, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

We face risks from our international operations.

We are subject to certain risks because of our international operations. Changes to and compliance with a variety
of foreign laws and regulations may increase our cost of doing business. Our inability or failure to obtain
required approvals could harm our international and domestic sales. Trade legislation in either the U.S. or other
countries, such as a change in the current tariff structures, export compliance laws or other trade policies, could
adversely affect our ability to sell or manufacture in international markets. Some of our sales to international
customers are made under export licenses that must be obtained from the U.S. Department of Commerce
(“DOC”) and certain transactions require prior approval of the DOC. Changes in governmental regulation and
our inability or failure to obtain required approvals, permits, or registrations could harm our international and
domestic sales and adversely affect our revenues, business, and operations. Any violations could result in fines
and penalties, including prohibiting us from exporting our products to one or more countries, and could
materially and adversely affect our business.

Local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly from those in the U.S. We incur additional legal
compliance costs associated with our international operations and could become subject to legal penalties in

23

foreign countries if we do not comply with local laws and regulations, which may be substantially different from
those in the U.S. In many foreign countries, particularly those with developing economies, it may be common to
engage in business practices that are prohibited by U.S. regulations such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
Although we implement policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws, there can be no
assurance that all of our employees, contractors and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource
certain of our business operations, including those based in or from countries where practices which violate such
U.S. laws may be customary, will not take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if
prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Other risks include natural disasters and political or economic conditions in a specific country or region. In
addition, many countries in which we derive revenues do not currently have comprehensive and highly
developed legal systems, particularly with respect to the protection of intellectual property rights, which, among
other things, can result in a prevalence of infringing products and counterfeit goods in certain countries, which
could harm our business and reputation.

We may be unable to adequately protect our proprietary information and may incur expenses to defend
our proprietary information.

We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, and trade secret protection, nondisclosure agreements,
licensing, and cross-licensing arrangements to establish, maintain, and protect our intellectual property rights, all
of which afford only limited protection. We have patents and pending patent applications in the U.S. and various
foreign countries. There can be no assurance that patents will issue from our pending applications or from any
future applications, or that, if issued, any claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to protect our technology.
Any failure to adequately protect our proprietary information could harm our financial condition and operating
results. We cannot be certain that any patents that have been, or may in the future be issued to us, or which we
license from third parties, or any other of our proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated, or
circumvented. In addition, we cannot be certain that any rights granted to us under any patents, licenses, or other
proprietary rights will provide adequate protection of our proprietary information.

As different areas of our business change or mature, from time to time we evaluate our patent portfolio and
decide to either pursue or not to pursue specific patents and patent applications related to such areas. Choosing
not to pursue certain of our patents, patentable applications and failing to file applications for potentially
patentable inventions, may harm our business by, among other things, enabling our competitors to more
effectively compete with us, reducing potential claims we can bring against third parties for patent infringement
and limiting our potential defenses to intellectual property claims brought by third parties.

Litigation has been and may continue to be necessary to defend and enforce our proprietary rights. Such
litigation, whether or not concluded successfully, could involve significant expense and the diversion of our
attention and other resources, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

We face risks from third party claims of infringement and potential litigation.

Third parties have claimed in the past, and may claim in the future, that our products infringe, or may infringe,
their proprietary rights. Such claims have in the past resulted in lengthy and expensive litigation and could do so
in the future. Such claims and any related litigation, whether or not we are successful in the litigation, could
result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, which could harm our financial condition and operating
results. Although we may seek licenses from third parties covering intellectual property that we are allegedly
infringing, we cannot assure you that any such licenses could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all.

We may be subject to environmental-related liabilities due to our use of hazardous materials and solvents.

Our business operations involve the use of certain hazardous materials at three separate locations. At these
facilities, we manufacture and/or store ink used in some of our printers with solvents and other hazardous

24

materials. Those materials are subject to various governmental regulations relating to their transfer, handling,
packaging, use, and disposal. We store the ink at warehouses worldwide, including Europe and the U.S., and
shipping companies ship it at our direction. We face potential liability for problems such as large spills or fires
that may arise at the ink manufacturing locations. While we customarily obtain insurance coverage typical for
this kind of risk, such insurance may not be sufficient in amount. If we fail to comply with these laws or an
accident involving our ink waste or chemicals occurs, or if our insurance coverage is not sufficient, then our
business and financial results could be harmed. We continue to monitor environmental compliance regulations to
ensure that our products are made fully compliant prior to the implementation of any potential new requirements.
However, new unforeseen legislation could require us to reengineer our products, complete costly analyses, or
perform supplier surveys, which could harm our business and negatively impact our financial results. We could
also incur additional costs and liabilities in connection with non-compliant product recalls, regulatory fines, and
exclusion of non-compliant products from certain markets.

Future sales of our hardware products could be limited if we don’t comply with current and future
environmental/chemical content regulation in electrical and electronic equipment.

We believe that our products are currently compliant with RoHS, WEEE, REACH, and other regulations for the
European Union as well as with China RoHS, and other applicable international, U.S., state, and local
environmental regulations. We continue to monitor environmental compliance regulations to ensure that our
products are made fully compliant prior to the implementation of any potential new requirements. However, new
unforeseen legislation could require us to reengineer our products, complete costly analyses, or perform supplier
surveys, which could harm our business and negatively impact our financial results. We could also incur
additional costs, sanctions, and liabilities in connection with non-compliant product recalls, regulatory fines, and
exclusion of non-compliant products from certain markets.

Our products may contain defects, which are not discovered until after shipping, which could subject us to
warranty claims in excess of our warranty provisions.

Our products consist of hardware and software developed by ourselves and others. Our products may contain
undetected errors and we have in the past discovered software and hardware errors in certain of our products after
their introduction, resulting in warranty expense and other expenses incurred in connection with rectifying such
errors or, in certain circumstances, replacing the defective product, which may damage our relationship with our
customers. Errors could be found in new versions of our products after commencement of commercial shipment
and any such errors could result in a loss or delay in market acceptance of such products and thus harm our
reputation and revenues. Errors in our products (including errors in licensed third party software) detected prior
to new product releases could result in delays in the introduction of new products and the incurrence of additional
expense, which could harm our operating results. We generally provide a twelve month warranty for certain
products, which may cover both parts and labor. The warranty on our printers is generally 13 months from date
of shipment. Our standard warranties contain limits on damages and exclusions, including but not limited to
alteration, modification, misuse, mishandling, storage, or operation in improper environments. While we record
an accrual for estimated warranty costs when estimable and probable, based upon historical experience, we may
incur additional operating expenses if our warranty provision does not reflect the actual cost of resolving issues
related to defects in our products or if our liability limitations are declared enforceable, which could harm our
business, financial condition, and operating results.

Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our products could adversely affect our revenues.

Maintaining the security of our software and hardware products is an issue of critical importance to our
customers and for us. There are individuals and groups who develop and deploy viruses, worms, and other
malicious software programs that could attack our products. Although we take preventative measures to protect
our products, and we have a response team that is notified of high risk malicious events, these procedures may
not be sufficient to mitigate damage to our products. Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our products

25

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

could lead some customers to seek to return products, to reduce or delay future purchases, or to purchase
competitive products. Customers may also increase their expenditures to protect their computer systems from
attack, which could delay or reduce purchases of our products. Any of these actions or responses by customers
could adversely affect our revenues.

System failures, or system unavailability, could harm our business.

We rely on our network infrastructure, internal technology systems, and internal and external websites for our
development, marketing, operational, support, and sales activities. Our hardware and software systems related to
such activities are subject to damage from malicious code released into the public Internet through recently
discovered vulnerabilities in popular software programs. These systems are also subject to acts of vandalism and
to potential disruption by actions or inactions of third parties. Any event that causes failures or interruption in our
hardware or software systems could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

The location and concentration of our facilities subjects us to risk of earthquakes, floods, or other natural
disasters.

Our corporate headquarters, including most of our research and development facilities, are located in the San
Francisco Bay Area, an area known for seismic activity. This area has also experienced flooding in the past. In
addition, many of the components necessary to supply our products are purchased from suppliers based in areas
including the San Francisco Bay Area, Taiwan, and Japan and are therefore subject to risk from natural disasters.
A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, flood, tsunami, hurricane, typhoon, or other business
interruptions due, for example, to power shortages and other interruptions could harm our business, financial
condition, and operating results.

We are subject to numerous federal and state employment laws and may face claims in the future under
such laws.

We are subject to numerous federal and state employment laws and from time to time we face claims by our
employees and former employees under such laws. Although there are no pending or threatened claims under
wage and hour laws against us, we cannot assure you that claims under such laws or other employment-related
laws will not be attempted in the future against us, nor can we predict the likely impact of any such claims on us,
or that, if asserted, we would be able to successfully resolve any such claims without incurring significant
expenses.

We may be subject to risk of loss due to fire because materials we use in the manufacturing process of our
inks are flammable.

We use flammable materials in the manufacturing processes of our inks and may, therefore, be subject to the risk
of loss arising from fires. The risk of fire associated with these materials cannot be completely eliminated. We
own certain facilities that manufacture our inks, which increases our exposure to such risk if these facilities are
destroyed. We maintain insurance policies to reduce losses caused by fire, including business interruption
insurance. If one or more of these facilities is damaged or otherwise ceases operations as a result of a fire, it
would reduce manufacturing capacity and, consequently, may reduce revenues and adversely affect our business.

The value of our investment portfolio is subject to interest rate volatility.

We have an investment portfolio of mainly fixed income securities classified as available-for-sale securities. As a
result, our investment portfolio is subject to counterparty risk and volatility if market interest rates fluctuate. We
attempt to limit this exposure to interest rate risk by investing in securities with maturities of less than three
years; however, we may be unable to successfully limit our risk to interest rate fluctuations and this may cause
volatility in our investment portfolio value.

26

Our stock price has been volatile historically and may continue to be volatile.

The market price for our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile. During the twelve month
period ended December 31, 2009, the price of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select
Market ranged from a low of $7.75 to a high of $13.15. We expect our stock price to be subject to fluctuations as
a result of a variety of factors, including factors beyond our control. These factors include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

ability to complete share repurchase programs;

our failure to meet analyst expectations;

announcements of technological innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors;

announcements relating to strategic relationships, acquisitions or investments;

announcements by our customers regarding their businesses or the products in which our products are
included;

changes in financial estimates or other statements by securities analysts;

terrorist attacks and the affects of military engagements or natural disasters;

changes in the rating of our securities;

commencement of litigation or adverse results in pending litigation;

changes in the economic performance and/or market valuations of other software and high technology
companies; and

changes in general economic conditions.

Because of this volatility, we may fail to meet the expectations of our stockholders or of securities analysts from
time to time and the trading prices of our securities could decline as a result. In addition, the stock market has
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the trading prices of equity
securities of many high technology companies, including the economic uncertainty over the past year. These
fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Any
negative change in the public’s perception of high technology companies could depress our stock price regardless
of our operating results.

Our stock repurchase program could affect our stock price and add volatility.

On February 5, 2009, our Board of Directors approved a $100 million share repurchase program, including a $30
million accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) by utilizing the net proceeds from the sale of building and land to
Gilead. On February 18, 2009, we entered into an agreement with UBS AG, London branch (“UBS”) to
repurchase $30 million of our common stock under the ASR. We completed the ASR during the third quarter of
2009. On October 28, 2009, the Board of Directors approved a “modified Dutch auction” tender offer to
repurchase $70 million of our common stock. The tender offer commenced on November 20, 2009 and expired
on December 18, 2009. There is no remaining amount available for repurchase under the Board of Directors
authorization.

Any repurchases pursuant to future stock repurchase programs could affect our stock price and add volatility.
There can be no assurance that such repurchases will be made at the best possible price. Potential risks and
uncertainties also include, but are not necessarily limited to, the amount and timing of future share repurchases
and the original funds used for such repurchases. The existence of a stock repurchase program could also cause
our stock price to be higher than it would be in the absence of such a program and could potentially reduce the
market liquidity for our stock.

27

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Under regulations required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our internal controls over financial
reporting may be deemed to be ineffective and this could have a negative impact on our stock price.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we establish and maintain an adequate internal
control structure and procedures for financial reporting and assess on an ongoing basis the design and operating
effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. Although no known material
weaknesses are believed to exist at this time, it is possible that material weaknesses could be identified. If we are
unable to remediate the weaknesses, our management would be required to conclude that our internal controls
over financial reporting were not effective. In addition to their inherent limitations, internal controls over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements, errors, omissions, or fraud.

A reduction in our net income as reported in our financial statements could increase the likelihood of
identifying a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting.

The threshold for determining whether we have a material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting
and procedures as defined by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is, in part, based on our net income. Lowered net
income, with an associated lowered materiality threshold, may increase our risk that internal control weaknesses
may result in a material misstatement in the financial statements. For example, continued acquisitions, and the
associated amortization of intangibles, will increase our amortization expenses and in the future may lower our
net income, which would result in a lower materiality threshold for internal control testing.

Our remaining synthetic lease arrangement may adversely affect our cash flow.

As of December 31, 2008, we were a party to two synthetic leases (the “301 Lease” and the “303 Lease”, together
“Leases”) covering our Foster City facilities located at 301 and 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California. These
leases provided a cost effective means of providing adequate office space for our corporate offices.

Both Leases were scheduled to expire in July 2014. The leases included an option to purchase the facilities for
the amount expended by the lessor to purchase the facilities. We exercised our purchase option in January 2009
with respect to the 301 Lease in conjunction with the sale of building and land for a total price of $137.3 million.
The property sold included approximately thirty acres of land and the office building located on the land at 301
Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets
related to the property.

We guaranteed to the lessor a residual value associated with the buildings equal to 82% of their funding of the
respective Leases. Under the financial covenants, we must maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum
tangible net worth as of the end of each quarter. There is an additional covenant regarding mergers. We are liable
to the lessor for the financed amount of the buildings if we default on our covenants. Since we exercised our
purchase option with respect to the 301 Lease, our exposure under our remaining synthetic lease arrangement is
$56.9 million as of December 31, 2009. We were in compliance with all such financial and merger-related
covenants as of December 31, 2009.

Our remaining synthetic lease arrangement with respect to the 303 Lease could have significant negative
consequences. For example, it could:

•

•

•

•

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, as we are required to
maintain compliance with financial covenants regardless of external conditions;

limit our ability to obtain additional financing due to covenants and the existing leverage;

require the dedication of funds to comply with the financial covenants, thereby reducing the
availability of cash flow and/or ability to obtain financing to fund our growth strategy, working capital,
capital expenditures, and other general corporate purposes; and

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry by
restricting funds available to address such changes; and place us at a competitive disadvantage relative
to our competitors.

28

Our profitability may be affected by unanticipated changes in our tax provisions, the adoption of new U.S.
tax legislation, or exposure to additional income tax liabilities.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and many foreign countries. The amounts we charge for intercompany
transactions can impact our tax liabilities. We are potentially subject to tax audits in various countries and tax
authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges or other matters and assess additional taxes. We
regularly review the likely outcomes of these audits to determine whether our tax provisions are sufficient.
However, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the final
assessments of these audits can have a material impact on our net income. In addition, our effective tax rate in the
future may be impacted by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes
in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, and new information discovered during
the preparation of our tax returns. In addition, recently announced U.S. tax legislative proposals could adversely
affect our effective tax rate, if enacted. Any of these changes could negatively impact our net income.

Certain provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended
and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could delay or impair a change in control.

Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws
could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition of the Company deemed
undesirable by our Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation allows the Board of
Directors to issue preferred stock, which may include powers, preferences, privileges, and other rights superior to
our common stock, and which could limit our stockholders’ ability to transfer their shares and may affect the
price they are able to obtain. Our amended and restated bylaws do not allow stockholders to call special meetings
and include, among other things, procedures for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals,
which may have the effect of delaying or impairing attempts by our stockholders to remove or replace
management, to commence proxy contests, or to effect changes in control or hostile takeovers of the
Company. In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Delaware law, including Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which imposes restrictions on certain transactions between a corporation
and certain significant shareholders. These provisions could also have the effect of delaying or impairing the
removal or replacement of management, proxy contests, or changes in control. Any provision of our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that has the effect delaying or
impairing a change in control of the Company could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a
premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that certain investors may be
willing to pay for our common stock.

Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

29

Item 2: Properties

As of December 31, 2009 we owned or leased a total of approximately 1.1 million square feet of space worldwide. The
following table sets forth the location, size, and use of our principal facilities (square footage in thousands):

Location

Square
footage

(thousands)

Leased or
owned

Operating
Segment

Principal uses

Foster City, California

(303 Velocity Way) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Meredith, New Hampshire . . . . . . . . . . .

295

163

Ypsilanti, Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bangalore, India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Norcross, Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Minneapolis, Minnesota . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Scottsdale, Arizona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ratingen, Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lebanon, New Hampshire . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brussels, Belgium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Schiphol-Rijk, The Netherlands . . . . . . .

Parsippany, New Jersey . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Jacksonville, Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

San Jose, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70

69

52

44

29

27

26

18

17

17

12

8

6

Leased* Corporate

Corporate offices, design and engineering,
product testing, sales, customer service

Owned

Inkjet

Manufacturing (VUTEk printers), design and

engineering, sales, customer service

Leased

Inkjet

Manufacturing (ink), design and engineering,

sales, customer service

Leased

All

Design and engineering, sales, administrative

Leased

Owned

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

APPS

APPS

APPS

Fiery

APPS

APPS

Inkjet

Inkjet

APPS

APPS

Inkjet

services

Design and engineering

Design and engineering, customer service,

software engineering

Administrative services, customer service

Software engineering, sales, customer service

Software engineering, sales

Software engineering

Sales, customer service

European corporate offices, sales, support

services

Design and engineering

Software engineering

Manufacturing (Rastek printers), design and

engineering, customer service

* We have an option to purchase this facility during or at the end of the lease term for the amount expended by the lessor to

purchase the facilities. Please see Note 8—Commitment and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We lease eight additional domestic and international regional operations and sales offices, excluding facilities that have
been fully reserved. We believe that our facilities, in general, are adequate for our present needs. We do not expect that,
if the need arises, we would experience difficulties in obtaining additional space at fair market rates.

Item 3: Legal Proceedings

Legal Proceedings

We may be involved, from time to time, in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating to
contractual disputes, securities laws, intellectual property, employment matters, and other claims or litigation matters
relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of our business. We determine whether an estimated loss
from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably
estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our specific litigation and regulatory matters using available
information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves
a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and
settlement strategies. Because of the uncertainties related to both the amount and ranges of possible loss from pending
litigation matters, we are unable to predict with certainty the precise liability that could finally result from a range of

30

possible unfavorable outcomes. Taking all of the above factors into account, we reserve an amount that we could
reasonably expect to pay for the cases discussed. However, our estimates may be incorrect and we could pay
more or less than our current accrual. Litigation can be costly, diverting management’s attention and could,
upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and
cash flows.

As of December 31, 2009, we were subject to the various claims, lawsuits, investigations, or proceedings that
arose in the ordinary course of business.

Leggett & Platt, Inc. and L&P Property Management Company (“L&P”):

On November 6, 2007, EFI filed a complaint against Leggett & Platt, Inc. and its patent holding subsidiary, L&P
Property Management Company, in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri for declaratory
and injunctive relief challenging the validity and enforceability of U.S. Patent No. 7,290,874 (“‘874 patent”)
issued to L&P. The ‘874 patent is a continuation of U.S. Patent No. 6,755,518 (“‘518 patent”), which L&P
previously asserted against EFI in a prior court action. The court ultimately invalidated the ‘518 patent in the
prior court action on multiple grounds. In the present action, EFI filed a motion for summary judgment that the
‘874 patent is invalid for reasons similar to the ‘518 patent. After EFI filed its summary judgment motion, L&P
was issued US Patent No. 7,520,602 (“‘602 patent”) and filed an amended complaint asserting it against EFI as
well as asserting that EFI breached a non-disclosure agreement. In response, EFI challenged the validity and
enforceability of the ‘602 patent and denied any breach of contract. On July 14, 2009, the court granted EFI’s
motion for summary judgment and held that all of the claims in L&P’s ‘874 patent are invalid.

On November 10, 2009, after several successful summary judgment motions, one of which was affirmed by the
Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, EFI reached a settlement with L&P that does not require any payment
from EFI to L&P. L&P dismissed all of its claims against EFI and promised not to sue EFI or any of its
customers based on a claim that EFI products infringe any of the patents-in-suit or any related patent.

Durst Fototechnik Technology GmbH (“Durst”) v. Electronics for Imaging, GmbH (“EFI GmbH”) et al.:

On February 23, 2007, Durst brought a patent infringement action against EFI GmbH in the Mannheim District
Court in Germany. On May 10, 2007, EFI GmbH filed its Statement of Defenses. These defenses include lack of
jurisdiction, non-infringement, invalidity, and unenforceability based on Durst’s improper actions before the
German patent office. EFI filed its Statement of Defense on August 29, 2007. EFI’s defenses include those for
EFI GmbH, as well as an additional defense for prior use based on EFI’s own European patent rights. The
Mannheim court conducted a trial on November 30, 2007. At the conclusion of the trial, the court ordered the
parties to provide further briefing regarding issues raised by EFI regarding the validity of Durst’s patent. On
February 15, 2008, the Court appointed an expert to assist on questions related to the validity of the Durst utility
model right.

By a decision dated November 27, 2009, the Manheim court entirely dismissed Durst’s infringement actions
against EFI. Durst has appealed the decision and the appeal is currently pending at the court of appeal of
Karlsruhe.

Item 4: Reserved

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

31

PART II

Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock has traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (formerly The NASDAQ National
Market) under the symbol EFII since October 2, 1992. The table below lists the high and low sales price during
each quarter the stock was traded in 2009 and 2008.

2009

2008

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

High . . .
Low . . .

$10.40
$ 7.75

$12.00
$ 8.81

$12.93
$10.18

$13.15
$11.10

$22.44
$12.35

$16.85
$14.00

$17.16
$13.10

$13.96
$ 7.56

As of February 18, 2010 there were 162 stockholders of record, which does not include a substantially greater
number of “street name” holders or beneficial holders of our common stock, whose shares are held of record by
banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.

We did not declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock in either 2009 or 2008. We currently anticipate
that we will retain all available funds for the operation of our business and will not pay any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Information regarding our equity compensation plans may be found in Item 12 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Repurchases of Equity Securities

Purchases of equity securities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 were (in thousands except for
per share amounts) as follows:

Fiscal month

January 2009 . . . . . . . .
February 2009 . . . . . . .
March 2009 . . . . . . . . .
April, 2009 . . . . . . . . .
May, 2009 . . . . . . . . . .
June, 2009 . . . . . . . . . .
July, 2009 . . . . . . . . . .
August, 2009 . . . . . . . .
September, 2009 . . . . .
October 2009 . . . . . . . .
November 2009 . . . . . .
December 2009 . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . .

Total number
of shares
purchased

Average price paid
per share

Total number of
shares purchased
as part of publicly
announced plans

Approximate dollar
value of shares that
may yet be purchased
under the plans

6
17
2,757
1
2
*
—
91
1

—
—
5,532

8,407

$10.00
$ 8.78
$10.90
$ 9.77
$ 9.98
$11.63
$ —
$10.99**
$11.84
$ —
$ —
$12.86

—
—
2,755
—
—
—
—
87
—
—
—
5,490

8,332

$ 33,208
$100,000
$ 70,000
$ 70,000
$ 70,000
$ 70,000
$ 70,000
$ 70,000
$ 70,000
$ 70,000
$ 70,000
$ —

325 shares

*
** Upon the discretion of UBS, the final completion of the ASR occurred in August 2009 with the delivery of
87 thousand shares at no additional cost. Accordingly, the August 2009 average price paid per share
excludes the 87 thousand shares received under the ASR agreement.

32

(1)

(2)

In February 2009, the $33.2 million remaining for repurchase under the 2007 Board of Directors
authorization was canceled by the Board of Directors and replaced with a new authorization to purchase an
additional $100 million of outstanding common stock. During 2009, 2.8 million shares were acquired for
$30 million under the ASR agreement with UBS and 5.5 million shares were acquired under the “modified
Dutch auction” tender offer as explained in Note 9—Common Stock Repurchase Programs of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased a
total of 8.3 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $100 million under these publicly announced
plans, and $0.7 million of direct transaction costs. Our buyback program is limited by SEC regulations and
compliance with our insider trading policy.
Includes approximately 74 thousand shares purchased from employees to satisfy minimum tax withholding
obligations that arose on the vesting of shares of restricted stock units.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return among Electronics For Imaging, Inc., NASDAQ Composite, and
NASDAQ Computer Manufacturers Index

The stock price performance graph below includes information required by the SEC and shall not be deemed
incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference in this Annual Report into any
filing under the Securities Act or under the Exchange Act, except to the extent the Company specifically
incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed soliciting material or filed under
such Acts or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

33

The following graph demonstrates a comparison of cumulative total returns based upon an initial investment of
$100 in the Company’s Common Stock as compared with the NASDAQ Composite and the NASDAQ
Computers and Manufacturers Index. The stock price performance shown on the graph below is not indicative of
future price performance and only reflects the Company’s relative stock price for the five-year period ending on
December 31, 2009. All values assume reinvestment of dividends and are calculated at December 31 of each
year.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Electronics For Imaging, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The NASDAQ Computer Manufacturers Index

$180

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

12/04

12/05

12/06

12/07

12/08

12/09

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Computer Manufacturers

* $100 invested on 12/31/04 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

34

Item 6: Selected Financial Data

The following table summarizes selected consolidated financial data as of and for the five years ended
December 31, 2009. This information should be read in conjunction with Item 7: “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and
related notes thereto. For a more detailed description, see Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

For the years ended December 31,

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

Operations(1)
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$401,108

$ 560,380

$ 620,586

$ 564,611

$ 467,117

Gross profit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

211,483

317,417

361,147

335,170

288,452

Income (loss) from operations(2)(3) . . . . . . . . . . .

(67,017)

(145,015)

(2,231)

15,561

(13,948)

Net income (loss) (2)(3)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (2,171) $(113,444) $

26,843

$

(183) $

(5,180)

Earnings per share
Net income (loss) per basic common share . . . .

Net income (loss) per diluted common share . .

$

$

(0.04) $

(2.16) $

(0.04) $

(2.16) $

0.47

0.44

$

$

(0.00) $

(0.10)

(0.00) $

(0.10)

Shares used in basic per-share calculation . . . . .

49,682

Shares used in diluted per-share calculation . . .

49,682

52,553

52,553

56,679

68,102

56,559

56,559

54,425

54,425

Financial Position
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convertible senior debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$204,201
246,652
661,181
—
522,426

$ 189,351
293,830
751,948
—
601,218

$ 499,852
270,677
1,157,739
240,000
743,996

$ 510,171
261,774
1,144,651
240,000
751,578

$ 469,616
459,077
1,088,438
240,000
710,739

(1)

(2)

These results include acquired company results of operations beginning on the date of acquisition. See
Note 2—Acquisitions of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of recent
acquisitions.
Includes stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718, Stock Compensation, of $18.6, $33.4, $24.5,
and $23.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Because we
implemented ASC 718 as of January 1, 2006, prior periods do not reflect stock-based compensation expense
determined in accordance with ASC 718. See Note 12—Employee Benefit Plans of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3) Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $3.2 and $111.9 million for the years ended

December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Restructuring and other charges of $9.0, $11.0, $1.5, $1.0, and $2.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

Acquired in-process research & development costs of $2.7, $8.5, and $45.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

See Note 2—Acquisitions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information with respect to the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

35

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial
statements and related notes thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

All assumptions, anticipations, expectations, and forecasts contained herein are forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act that involve risks
and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include, among others, those statements including the words
“expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “believes,” and similar language. Our actual results could differ materially
from those discussed here. For a discussion of the factors that could impact our results, readers are referred to
Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to our other reports filed with the
SEC. We do not assume any obligation to update the forward-looking statements provided to reflect events that
occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they were made.

Overview

Key financial results for 2009 were as follows:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Our consolidated revenues decreased by approximately 28%, or $159.3 million, from $560.4 million
for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $401.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
consisting of decreased Fiery revenues of $94.3 million, Inkjet revenues of $60.2 million, and APPS
revenues of $4.8 million. The Fiery revenue decrease of 34% was primarily due to reduced demand
from our OEM customers throughout the world due to a slow global economy as well as customers
reducing their inventory levels. The Inkjet revenue decrease of 27% was primarily due to the tightened
credit markets and a slow global economy. The APPS revenue decrease of 8% was not as significant on
a percentage basis due to the benefits realized from the Pace acquisition, which closed during the third
quarter of 2008.

Gross profit percentages decreased to 53% of revenues in 2009, as compared with 57% of revenues in
2008, resulting primarily from relatively fixed Inkjet manufacturing costs spread over lower revenue
and, to a lesser extent, costs associated with the consolidation of our ink production into a single
facility to streamline the production process and reduce ink production costs. Inkjet fixed
manufacturing costs have decreased as compared with the prior year, but not by enough to offset the
revenue decline.

Operating expenses as a percent of revenues decreased from 82% in 2008 to 70% in 2009 primarily due
to impairment charges recorded on goodwill and certain long-lived assets as a result of the impairment
analysis conducted during the fourth quarter of 2008 and in-process research & development charges
related to our 2008 acquisitions of Pace and Raster.

Interest and other income decreased from 2% of revenue in 2008 to 1% of revenue in 2009, primarily
driven by lower interest income on our investments as a result of lower investment balances and
interest rates. We sold a substantial portion of our investment portfolio during the first five months of
2008 to generate cash for the redemption of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures, which occurred
on June 2, 2008.

During the first quarter of 2009, we sold a portion of the Foster City, California campus for $137.3
million. Under the agreement, we sold the approximately 163,000 square foot building at 301 Velocity
Way, as well as approximately 30 acres of related land and certain other assets related to the property.
The cost of the land, building, improvements, and direct transaction costs were included in the
determination of the $80 million gain on sale of building and land.

In 2009, we recorded a tax provision of $18.2 million on a pre-tax operating income of $16.0 million,
compared to a tax benefit of $19.6 million recorded in 2008 on pre-tax operating loss of $133.1
million. The change from 2009 to 2008 primarily related to the charge related to the sale of building
and land in 2009 compared with the non-deductible impact of the goodwill impairment charge in 2008.

36

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenue
for 2009, 2008, and 2007. These operating results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

Years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100% 100% 100%

Gross Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses:

Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of identified intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In-process research & development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill and asset impairment

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of building and land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

53

28
25
9
5
—
2
1

70

(17)
1
20

4
(5)

57

25
21
8
5
1
2
20

82

(25)
2
—

(23)
4

58

23
19
11
6
—
—
—

59

(1)
4
—

3
1

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1)% (19)%

4%

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Revenue

We classify our revenue into three operating segments.

•

•

•

The first segment, “Fiery,” includes products, services, and technology, which connect digital copiers
with computer networks, and is made up of stand-alone and embedded controllers, bundled solutions,
and design-licensed solutions primarily for the office market and commercial printing. This segment
includes our Fiery series (external print servers and embedded servers), Splash and MicroPress, color
and black & white server products, software options for Fiery products, and parts. The Fiery segment
also includes server-related revenue comprised of scanning solutions.

The second segment, “Inkjet,” consists of sales of super-wide and wide format inkjet printers,
industrial inkjet printers, ink, parts, and service revenues from the VUTEk, Jetrion, and Rastek
businesses.

The third segment, “APPS”, consists of software technology focused on printing workflow, PMIS,
proofing, e-commerce, and job tracking tools.

Our revenues by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 were as follows (in
thousands):

Revenue

2009

2008

2007(1)

Years ended December 31,

% change

2009
over
2008

2008
over
2007

Fiery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inkjet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$184,407
159,732
56,969

46% $278,738
40% 219,959
61,683
14%

50% $331,474
39% 229,253
59,859
11%

53% (34)% (16)%
37% (27)% (4)%
10% (8)% 3%

Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$401,108

100% $560,380

100% $620,586

100% (28)% (10)%

37

(1) Revenues in the Fiery and APPS operating segments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 have
been revised to reflect the reclassification of Fiery-related software revenue from the APPS operating
segment to the Fiery operating segment. Total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007
have not changed.

Overview

Revenue was $401.1, $560.4, and $620.6 million in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, resulting in a 28%
decrease in 2009 compared with 2008 and a 10% decrease in 2008 compared with 2007. The $159.3 million
decrease in 2009 compared with 2008 consisted of decreased Fiery revenues of $94.3 million, Inkjet revenues of
$60.2 million, and APPS revenues of $4.8 million. The $60.2 million decrease in 2008 compared to 2007
consisted of decreased Fiery revenues of $52.7 million and Inkjet revenues of $9.3 million, offset by increased
APPS revenues of $1.8 million.

Fiery Revenues

Fiery revenues declined by $94.3 million, or 34%, in 2009 compared with 2008, which was primarily driven by
reduced demand from our OEM customers due to a weak global economy in 2009, as well as customers reducing
their inventory levels. The tightening global credit markets also contributed to the revenue decline as it has
remained relatively more difficult for some of our customers to obtain financing.

Fiery revenues declined by $52.7 million, or 16%, in 2008 versus 2007, which was primarily driven by reduced
demand from our OEM customers throughout the world due to the slowing global economy. The tightening of
global credit markets also contributed to the decline as it had become relatively more difficult for some of our
customers to obtain financing.

Inkjet Revenues

Inkjet revenues declined by $60.2 million, or 27%, in 2009 compared with 2008, primarily due to global credit
markets remaining tight as it has remained relatively more difficult for some of our customers to obtain
financing. The impact of the slow global economy and tight credit markets were partially offset by several new
Inkjet product introductions.

Inkjet revenues declined by $9.3 million, or 4%, in 2008 compared with 2007, primarily due to lower printer
volumes in the fourth quarter of 2008. It had become relatively more difficult for customers to obtain financing
to purchase our products due to the tightening of global credit markets. In addition, the softening of the retail
sector and related demand for signs, billboards, and point of purchase displays impacted our customers’
businesses and their demand for ink, which resulted in a lower demand for our ink products in the fourth quarter
of 2008.

APPS Revenues

APPS revenues declined by $4.8 million, or 8% in 2009 compared with 2008, which was not as significant on a
percentage basis compared with our other operating segments due to the benefits realized from the Pace
acquisition, which closed during the third quarter of 2008, and the recurring nature of a portion of APPS
revenues. APPS recurring revenues include subscription revenue and maintenance fees.

APPS revenues increased by $1.8 million, or 3%, in 2008 compared with 2007, through new customers and the
acquisition of Pace during the third quarter of 2008, which strengthened our PMIS products.

The APPS operating segment includes our management systems software, including Monarch (formerly Hagen),
Pace, PSI, Logic, PrintSmith and PrintFlow; our web-based order entry and order management software; and our

38

color proofing software. In 2008, we reorganized our PMIS product lines after the acquisition of Pace to better
leverage our investment in this segment and concentrate our resources on fewer products. As a result, we are no
longer selling PSI and Logic to new customers and have reduced our investment in the development of these
products. We currently sell PrintSmith to small print-for-pay and small commercial print shops, Pace to medium
and large commercial print shops, and Monarch to large commercial, publication, and digital print shops.
Our revenues by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 were as follows (in
thousands):

Revenue

2009

2008

2007

For the years ended December 31,

% change

2009
over
2008

2008
over
2007

Americas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other international locations . . . . . . . . . .

$229,294
122,696
35,041
14,077

57% $297,896
30% 194,474
52,048
9%
15,962
4%

53% $327,232
35% 216,308
58,015
9%
19,031
3%

53% (23)% (9)%
35% (37)% (10)%
9% (33)% (10)%
3% (12)% (16)%

Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$401,108

100% $560,380

100% $620,586

100% (28)% (10)%

Revenues declined in 2009 across all regions. In the individual regions, Fiery and Inkjet declined in the Americas
and EMEA, while Fiery declined in Japan. Americas revenues increased from 53% of total revenues in 2008 to
57% of total revenues in 2009 and EMEA revenues decreased from 35% of total revenues in 2008 to 30% of total
revenues in 2009, as a result of stronger sales in the Americas, as compared with EMEA, in 2009 as compared
with 2008.

In 2008, revenues in the Americas, EMEA, Japan, and other international locations represented 53%, 35%, 9%,
and 3% of revenues, respectively, with no change from 2007. Revenues declined in 2008 across all regions
primarily driven by Fiery.

In the individual regions, Fiery revenues represented 41%, 44%, 91%, and 35% of 2009 revenue in the Americas,
EMEA, Japan and other international locations, respectively, compared with 47%, 43%, 94%, and 41% of 2008
revenue.

Inkjet revenues represented 39%, 49%, 8%, and 55% of 2009 revenue in the Americas, EMEA, Japan, and other
international locations, respectively, compared with 37%, 52%, 5%, and 49% of 2008 revenue.

Americas revenues decreased by 23% in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily due to weakness in Fiery sales caused
by reduced demand from our OEM customers due to the slow economy and weak Inkjet sales due to the tight
global credit markets and the decline in global marketing spending. Likewise, the soft retail sector and the related
demand impacted our customers’ businesses. EMEA revenues decreased 37% also due to the slow economy and
tight credit markets in Europe. Japan revenues decreased 33% as a result of reduced Fiery demand. Other
international location revenues decreased by 12% mainly driven by lower sales due to the impact of macro-
economic conditions. New Fiery and Inkjet product launches are beginning to mitigate the impact of the
economic environment.

Shipments to some of our OEM customers are made to centralized purchasing and manufacturing locations,
which in turn ship to other locations, making it more difficult to obtain accurate geographical shipment data.
Accordingly, we believe that export sales of our products into each region may differ from what is reported. We
expect that sales outside of the U.S. will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue.

A substantial portion of our revenue over the years has been attributable to sales through our OEM customers and
independent distributor channels. Canon and Xerox each contributed over 10% of our revenues individually and
together accounted for approximately 26%, 29%, and 31% of our revenues for the years ended December 31,

39

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. We have shown decreasing dependency on our OEM customers. In 2009,
2008, and 2007, 57%, 56%, and 54%, respectively, of revenues were from non-OEM sources. Over time, we
expect the OEM percentages to continue to decline. Because sales of our printer and copier-related products
constitute a significant portion of our revenues and there is a limited number of OEMs producing copiers and
printers in sufficient volume to be attractive customers for us, we expect that we will continue to depend on a
relatively small number of OEM customers for a significant portion of our controller revenues in future periods.

Our decreasing revenue reliance on our major OEM partners is attributable to the increase in the Inkjet operating
segment where most revenue is generated from sales to distributors and direct customers. No assurance can be
given that our relationships with these and other significant OEM customers will continue or that we will be
successful in increasing the number of our OEM customers or the size of our existing OEM relationships. Several
of our OEM customers have reduced their purchases from us at various times in the past and any customer could
do so in the future as there are no contractual obligations with most of our OEMs to purchase our products at all,
or in significant amounts. Such reductions have occurred in the past and could in the future have a significant
negative impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. We expect that if we increase
our revenues from Inkjet and APPS products, the percentage of our revenue that comes from individual OEMs
will decrease.

We intend to continue to develop new products and technologies for each of our product lines including new
generations of server and controller products, super-wide and wide format printers, and other new product lines,
and to distribute those new products to or through current and new OEM customers, distribution partners, and
end-users in 2010 and beyond. No assurance can be given that the introduction or market acceptance of current or
future products will be successful.

If sales of our products do not grow over time in absolute terms, or if we are not able to meet demand for higher
unit volumes, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. There can be no assurance that any
products that we introduce in the future will successfully compete, be accepted by the market, or otherwise
effectively replace the volume of revenue and/or income from our older products. Market acceptance of our
software products, products acquired through acquisitions, and other products cannot be assured. In addition, we
may experience potential loss of sales, unexpected costs, or adverse impact on relationships with customers or
suppliers as a result of acquisitions.

We also believe that in addition to the factors described above, price reductions for our products will affect
revenues in the future. We have previously reduced, and in the future will likely change, prices for our products.
Depending on the price elasticity of demand for our products, the pricing and quality of competitive products,
and other economic and competitive conditions, price changes have had, and may in the future have, an adverse
impact on our revenues and profits.

Gross Profit

Gross profits by operating segment, excluding stock-based compensation, for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008, and 2007 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31, 2009

Fiery

Inkjet

APPS

Stock-based
Compensation
Expense

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$184,407
62,875

$159,733
108,985

$56,968
16,691

$ —
1,073

Total

$401,108
189,624

Gross profit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$121,532

$ 50,748

$40,277

$(1,073)

$211,484

Gross profit percentages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65.9%

31.8%

70.7%

52.7%

40

Year Ended
December 31, 2008

Fiery

Inkjet

APPS

Stock-based
Compensation
Expense

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$278,738
90,389

$219,959
130,282

$61,683
19,821

$ —
2,471

Total

$560,380
242,963

Gross profit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$188,349

$ 89,677

$41,862

$(2,471)

$317,417

Gross profit percentages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

67.6%

40.8%

67.9%

56.6%

Year Ended
December 31, 2007

Fiery

Inkjet

APPS

Stock-based
Compensation
Expense

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$331,474
111,005

$229,253
127,850

$59,859
18,675

$ —
1,909

Total

$620,586
259,439

Gross profit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$220,469

$101,403

$41,184

$(1,909)

$361,147

Gross profit percentages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66.5%

44.2%

68.8%

58.2%

Our gross profit percentages were 52.7%, 56.6%, and 58.2% for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. The decrease in gross profit percentages in 2009, as compared with 2008, was primarily due to
reduced Inkjet gross profit percentages from 40.8% in 2008 to 31.8% in 2009, which resulted from relatively
fixed manufacturing costs spread over lower revenue and, to a lesser extent, costs associated with the
consolidation of our ink production into a single facility to streamline the production process and reduce ink
production costs. Inkjet fixed manufacturing costs have decreased as compared with the prior year, but not by
enough to offset the revenue decline.

Inkjet revenues were 40%, 39%, and 37% of total revenues in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Our Inkjet
operating segment is growing as a percentage of revenue, which decreases the gross profit percentage. Inkjet
gross profit percentages are lower than Fiery gross profit percentages. Our ink sales represent a continuing
revenue stream to existing customers that will increase if our Inkjet customers’ production increases. Ink margins
are typically higher than overall Inkjet margins.

The decrease in Fiery gross profit percentages from 67.6% in 2008 to 65.9% in 2009 was primarily mix-related
as embedded servers have lower margins than stand alone servers, along with costs to launch new products. Fiery
revenues decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 50% in 2008 to 46% in 2009.

The increase in APPS gross profit percentages from 67.9% in 2008 to 70.7% in 2009 was primarily due to
operating efficiencies, which continue to be achieved through the Pace acquisition, which closed during the third
quarter of 2008. Our overall gross profit percentages were also aided by increased APPS revenues as a
percentage of total revenues from 11% in 2008 to 14% in 2009.

The decrease in gross profit percentages in 2008 of 56.6%, as compared with 58.2% in 2007, was primarily due
to an increased percentage of lower margin Inkjet revenues and lower Inkjet fixed manufacturing costs spread
over relatively fixed Inkjet revenues. Inkjet fixed manufacturing costs decreased as compared with the prior year,
but not by enough to offset the revenue decline.

If our product mix changes significantly, our gross profits will fluctuate. In addition, gross profits can be
impacted by a variety of other factors. These factors include market prices achieved on our current and future
products, availability and pricing of key components (including DRAM, processors, and print heads),
subcontractor manufacturing costs, product mix, channel, geographic mix, product transition results, new product

41

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

introductions, competition, and general economic conditions in the U.S. and abroad. Consequently, gross profits
may fluctuate from period to period. In addition to the factors affecting revenue described above, if we reduce
prices, gross profits for our products could be lower.

Many of our products and sub-assemblies are manufactured by subcontract manufacturers that purchase most of
the necessary components. If our subcontract manufacturers cannot obtain necessary components at favorable
prices, we could experience increased product costs. We purchase certain components directly, including
processors, memory, certain ASICs, and software licensed from various sources, including Adobe PostScript®
software.

Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expenses were $18.6, $33.4, and $24.5 million respectively for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense of $14.8 million, or
44%, from 2008 to 2009 and the increase in stock-based compensation expense of $8.9 million, or 36%, from
2007 to 2008 was primarily because no equity awards were issued during the first 10 months of 2007 as a result
of the stock option review conducted at that time. As explained below, amortization of stock-based compensation
expense under the graded vesting method results in more significant expense in the initial years of vesting.

We account for stock-based payment awards, in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation, which requires
stock-based compensation expense to be recognized based on the fair value of such awards on the date of grant.
We amortize compensation cost on a graded vesting basis over the vesting period. Stock-based compensation
cost is recognized over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche of the award as though the
award were, in substance, multiple awards. This has the impact of greater stock-based compensation expense
during the initial years of the vesting period. See Note 12—Employee Benefit Plans of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for more discussion of stock-based compensation.

Operating Expenses

The following table presents operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 (in
thousands):

Years ended
December 31,

2009

2008

2007

% change

2009
over
2008

2008
over
2007

Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of identified intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In-process research & development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill and asset impairment

$110,822
102,001
35,033
18,479
—
8,957
3,208

$140,437
119,400
47,685
29,367
2,680
11,005
111,858

$140,470
120,444
67,461
33,502

(21)% (0)%
(15)% (1)%
(27)% (29)%
(37)% (12)%
— (100)% 100%
(19)% 633%
(97)% 100%

1,501
—

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$278,500

$462,432

$363,378

(40)% 27%

Operating expenses decreased by $183.9 million in 2009, as compared with 2008, and increased by $99.1 million
in 2008, as compared with 2007.

Operating expenses as a percent of revenues decreased from 82% in 2008 to 70% in 2009 primarily due to
impairment charges recorded on goodwill and certain long-lived assets as a result of the impairment analysis
conducted during the fourth quarter of 2008 and in-process research & development charges related to our 2008
acquisitions of Pace and Rastek.

42

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs associated with personnel, consulting and
prototype materials. Research and development expenses were $110.8 million in 2009, or 28% of revenue,
$140.4 million in 2008, or 25% of revenue, and $140.5 million in 2007, or 23% of revenue.

Research and development expenses decreased by $29.6 million, or 21%, in 2009 as compared with 2008.
Personnel-related expenses decreased by $17.6 million primarily due to head count, salary, variable
compensation, consulting, and travel reductions. Prototypes and non-recurring engineering expenses decreased
by $0.4 million. Stock-based compensation expense decreased by $6.3 million due to the timing of equity awards
issued during the last twelve months amortized under the graded vesting method. The remaining $5.3 million
reduction in research and development expenses relates to facility downsizing achieved during the last year in the
APPS operating segment and cost reductions achieved by focused efforts on key initiatives in all areas.

The slight decrease in research and development expenses of $0.1 million in 2008, as compared with 2007, was
primarily due to a $6.3 million decrease in personnel-related expenses, including consulting, and a $2.7 million
decrease in prototypes and non-recurring engineering expenses, offset by a $0.9 million increase in depreciation
of fixed assets resulting from R&D equipment acquired during the year, a $3.1 million increase in facilities
expenses, and a $3.9 million increase in stock-based compensation expense.

Research and development head count was 820, 894, and 914 as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007,
respectively.

Cost reductions achieved during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the corresponding prior
periods are net of increased research and development spending due to the Pace and Raster acquisitions, which
closed during the latter half of 2008. We expect that if the U.S. dollar remains volatile against other currencies,
research and development expenses reported in U.S. dollars could fluctuate.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel expenses, costs of trade shows, marketing programs and
promotional materials, sales commissions, travel and entertainment, depreciation, and costs associated with sales
offices in the U.S., Europe, Asia, and other locations around the world. Sales and marketing expenses were
$102.0 million in 2009, or 25% of revenue, $119.4 million in 2008, or 21% of revenue, and $120.4 million in
2007, or 19% of revenue.

Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $17.4 million, or 15%, in 2009 as compared with 2008. Personnel-
related expenses decreased by $6.1 million primarily due to head count, salary, and variable compensation
reductions. Travel expenses decreased by $3.6 million due to reduced travel to trade shows in the current year.
Marketing and trade show expenses decreased by $4.4 million due to more efficient spending and the inclusion
of Drupa trade show expenses during the second quarter of 2008. Drupa is a European trade show that is held
once every four years. Stock-based compensation expense decreased by $1.8 million due to the timing of equity
awards issued during the last twelve months amortized under the graded vesting method. The remaining $1.5
million reduction in sales and marketing expenses relates to facility downsizing achieved during the last year and
a focused effort on cost reduction in all areas.

The $1.0 million decrease in sales and marketing expenses in 2008, as compared with 2007, was primarily
related to a $3.1 million decrease in marketing and travel-related expenses, offset by a $2.1 million increase in
stock-based compensation expense.

Sales and marketing head count was 507 (including 167 in customer service), 515, and 519 of December 31,
2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

43

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Over time, our sales and marketing expenses may increase in absolute terms, if revenues increase in future
periods, as we continue to actively promote our products and introduce new products and services. We expect
that if the U.S. dollar remains volatile against other currencies, sales and marketing expenses reported in U.S.
dollars could fluctuate.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs associated with administrative personnel, legal,
and finance expenses. General and administrative expenses were $35.0 million in 2009, or 9% of revenue, $47.7
million in 2008, or 8% of revenue, and $67.5 million, or 11% of revenue, in 2007.

General and administrative expenses decreased $12.7 million, or 27%. Personnel-related expenses decreased by
$1.8 million primarily due to head count, salary, variable compensation, and travel reductions. Consulting
expenses decreased by $1.9 million, including additional costs associated with our fair value stock option
exchange program. Expenses associated with the stock option review decreased by $1.8 million as the review
was concluded in 2008. Legal expenses decreased by $4.4 million due to the settlement of certain cases and more
efficient spending. Stock-based compensation expense decreased by $5.4 million due to the timing of equity
awards issued during the last twelve months amortized under the graded vesting method. These decreases were
partially offset by a $3.6 million legal reserve reduction, net of settlements. The remaining $1.0 million reduction
in general and administrative expenses is due to focused effort on cost reduction in all areas.

The $19.8 million decrease in general and administrative expenses in 2008, as compared with 2007, was
primarily related to a decrease of $17.7 million in legal and accounting expenses related to the stock option
review completed in 2007 and U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A tax payments made to the U.S.
government on behalf of employees, a decrease of acquisition costs of $1.4 million, and a $3.6 million legal
reserve reversal, net of settlements, offset by a $2.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expense.

The remaining $0.6 million reduction in general and administrative expenses is due to focused effort on cost
reduction in all areas.

In-Process Research & Development

In 2008, we incurred in-process research & development expenses of $2.7 million as a result of our acquisitions
of Pace and Rastek during the third and fourth quarters, respectively. No in-process research & development
expenses were incurred in 2009 or 2007.

Restructuring and Other

Restructuring and other costs for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 totaled $9.0, $11.0, and
$1.5 million, respectively. Restructuring and other charges include severance costs of $8.1, $8.3, and $1.5 million
related to head count reductions of 227, 166, and 4 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007,
respectively. Severance costs include severance payments, related employee benefits, retention bonuses, and
outplacement or relocation costs. Restructuring and other charges includes charges to downsize three facilities
during 2009 and charges to downsize five facilities and integrate our Pace and Raster acquisitions and related
employees during 2008.

Throughout 2008 and during each of the first three quarters of 2009, we announced restructuring plans to better
align our costs with revenue levels due to the current economic environment. These reductions are one of many
cost reduction actions that we have taken to lower our quarterly operating expense run rate.

Amortization of Identified Intangibles

Amortization of identified intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 totaled $18.5
million, or 5% of revenue, $29.4 million, or 5% of revenue, and $33.5 million, or 6% of revenue, respectively.

44

The decrease of $10.9 million in 2009, as compared with 2008, is due to several intangible assets becoming fully
amortized in 2009, partially offset by a full year of amortization of intangible assets identified as components of
the Pace and Raster acquisitions, which closed during the third and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively, and
accelerated useful lives of certain trademarks primarily within the Inkjet operating segment.

The decrease of $4.1 million in 2008, as compared with 2007, is due to several intangible assets becoming fully
amortized in 2008, partially offset by amortization of intangible assets identified as components of the Pace and
Raster acquisitions, which closed during the third and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively.

Interest and Other Income, Net

Interest and other income, net

Interest and other income, net, includes interest income, net, gains from sales from our cash and short-term
investments, and net foreign currency transaction gains and losses on our operating activities. Interest and other
income, net, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $3.1, $13.5, and $29.5 million,
respectively. Interest income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $3.8, $13.9, and $29.5
million, respectively. The decrease of $10.1 million from 2008 to 2009 and $15.6 million from 2007 to 2008 was
driven by lower interest income on our investments as a result of lower investment balances and interest rates as
we sold a substantial portion of our investment portfolio during the first five months of 2008 to generate cash for
the redemption of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures, which occurred on June 2, 2008. We had net realized
gains on our marketable securities of $0.6 million in 2009, net realized gains of $3.9 million in 2008, and net
realized losses of $0.3 million in 2007.

Interest expense consists of interest and debt amortization costs related to our 1.50% convertible senior
debentures. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $1.5 million compared to $5.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease of $3.5 million from 2007 to 2008 was driven by the
redemption of the outstanding balance of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures on June 2, 2008, which totaled
$240.0 million.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

The remaining fluctuation in expense between 2009, 2008, and 2007 was primarily due to realized and unrealized
foreign exchanges gains and losses.

Gain on Sale of Building and Land

During the first quarter of 2009, we sold a portion of the Foster City, California campus for $137.3 million.
Under the agreement, we sold the approximately 163,000 square foot building at 301 Velocity Way, as well as
approximately 30 acres of related land and certain other assets related to the property. The cost of the land,
building, improvements, and direct transaction costs were included in the determination of the $80 million gain
on sale of building and land.

Goodwill Impairment

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we changed our annual goodwill impairment testing date from September 30
to December 31 of each year. This change is being made to better align impairment testing procedures with
year-end financial reporting and the annual business planning and budgeting process, which commences during
the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, the goodwill impairment testing will reflect the result of input from
business and other operating personnel in the development of the budget. Accordingly, management considers
this accounting change preferable. This change does not accelerate, delay, avoid, or cause an impairment charge,
nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements. The annual goodwill
impairment testing was initially completed as of September 30, 2009, in accordance with our previously
established annual testing timeline. As a result of this accounting change, we also completed the impairment
testing procedures as of December 31, 2009.

45

A two-step impairment test of goodwill is required pursuant to ASC 350-20-35. In the first step, the fair value of
each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not
impaired and further testing is not required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the second step of
the impairment test is required to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied
fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets of the
reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the
carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss must be
recorded that is equal to the difference.

Based on our valuation results, we had determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their
carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of
September 30, 2009.

Based on the outcome of the conditions existing during the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined there was a
triggering event that required an interim impairment analysis had occurred relating to the Inkjet reporting unit.
The resulting impairment analysis resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $104 million during the
fourth quarter of 2008. The goodwill valuation analysis was performed based on our respective reporting units—
Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS—which are consistent with our operating segments identified in Note 15—Segment
Information, Geographic Data, and Major Customers of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We determined the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit as of December 31, 2009 by equally weighting the
market and income approaches. The fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units were determined based on
the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimated fair value based on market multiples of revenues
or earnings of comparable companies. Under the income approach, we measured fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be
commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Based on our valuation results, we have
determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Fiery, Inkjet, and
APPS fair values are $186, $177, and $61 million, respectively, which exceeds carrying value by 93%, 9%, and
33%, respectively.

To identify suitable comparable companies under the market approach, consideration was given to the financial
condition and operating performance of the reporting unit being evaluated relative to companies operating in the
same or similar businesses, potentially subject to corresponding economic, environmental, and political factors
and considered to be reasonable investment alternatives. Consideration was given to the investment
characteristics of the subject company relative to those of similar publicly traded companies (i.e., guideline
companies). Guideline company stocks are actively traded.

Two applications of the market approach are the Public Company Market Multiple Method (“PCMMM”) and the
Similar Transaction Method (“STM”). In applying the PCMMM, valuation multiples were derived from
historical and projected operating data of guideline companies and applied to the appropriate operating data of
our reporting units to arrive at an indication of fair value. Four suitable guideline companies were identified for
the Inkjet reporting unit. Suitable guideline companies could not be identified for the Fiery and APPS reporting
units. Consequently, the STM was employed based on actual majority acquisition transactions in the Fiery and
APPS respective reporting unit’s industry to arrive at an indication of the fair value of these reporting units.

Because the fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values as of
December 31, 2009 as indicated by the internal market-based analysis, management did not deem it necessary to
further supplement the bases for this judgment. While the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit exceeded its
carrying value based on our internal market-based valuation, management determined to further examine whether
an impairment had occurred given the recent Inkjet impairment recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008. We
reviewed the factors that could trigger an impairment charge and completed an income-based impairment
analysis, consistent with the approach taken during the third quarter of 2009.

46

We engaged a third party valuation firm to aid management in its analysis during the third quarter of 2009. All
estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by us. While we chose to utilize a
third party valuation firm at that time, the impairment analysis and related valuations represented the conclusions
of management and not the conclusions or statements of any third party. We did not engage a third party to aid
management in the current quarter analysis.

Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the income approach to assess the fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit, we made the following assumptions:

•

•

•

A difficult economic climate will continue through 2010 with Inkjet results generally below 2008
results, substantially mitigated by new product introductions, which occurred in 2009 and will continue
in 2010 allowing Inkjet results to improve,

followed by a recovery period between 2011 and 2014, and

long-term industry growth past 2014.

Our discounted cash flow projections for the Inkjet reporting unit were based on five-year financial forecasts,
which were based on annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our
business and through discussions with the independent valuation firm engaged by us during the preceding
quarter. The significant assumptions utilized in these five-year forecasts included annual revenue growth rates
ranging from 6% to 32% for the Inkjet reporting unit, which equates to a compound annual growth rate of 14%.
Future cash flows were discounted to present value using a mid-year convention and a discount rate of 16%.
Terminal values were calculated using the Gordon growth methodology with a long-term growth rate of 4.5%.
The sum of the fair values of the Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS reporting units was reconciled to our current market
capitalization (based on our stock price) plus an estimated control premium. Significant assumptions used in
determining fair values of the reporting units include the determination of appropriate market comparables,
estimated multiples of revenue and EBITDA that a willing buyer is likely to pay, estimated control premium a
willing buyer is likely to pay, and gross profits. Inkjet gross profits are expected to increase as fixed production
costs are absorbed by increased Inkjet volumes.

To assess the reasonableness of the estimated control premium of 19%, we examined the most similar
transactions in relevant industries and determined the average premium indicated by the transactions deemed to
be most similar to a hypothetical transaction involving our reporting units. We examined the weighted average
and median control premiums offered in these industries, industry specific control premiums, and specific
transaction control premiums to conclude that our estimated control premium is reasonable.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the life of the asset may need to be
revised. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

significant negative industry or economic trends,

significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period,

our market capitalization relative to net book value,

significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall
business, and

our assessment of growth and profitability in each reporting unit over the coming years.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be
no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or
the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing at December 31, 2009
will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross profit

47

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods
relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the fourth
quarter of 2010 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a interim triggering event. It is not possible to
determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be
material.

A 1% change in the revenue growth factor impacts Fiery and APPS fair values by 1.9% and 1.3%, respectively,
under the market approach. Because Inkjet fair value is determined using a weighting of the market and income
approaches, the impact of changes in the revenue growth factor of 1% result in either an increase in Inkjet fair
value of 2.2% or a decrease in Inkjet fair value of 1.5%. Likewise, the impact of changes in the discount rate of
1% result in either an increase in Inkjet fair value of 6.5% or a decrease in Inkjet fair value of 5.2%.
Consequently, we have concluded that no reasonably possible charges would reduce the fair value of the
reporting units to such a level that it would cause a failure in step one.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

Other investments, included within Other Assets, consist of equity and debt investments in privately-held
companies that develop products, markets, and services that are strategic to us. Investments in which we exercise
significant influence over operating and financial policies, but do not have a majority voting interest, are
accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

The process of assessing whether a particular equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost requires
a significant amount of judgment due to the lack of a mature and stable public market for these securities. In
making this judgment, we carefully consider the investee’s most recent financial results, cash position, recent
cash flow data, projected cash flows (both short and long-term), financing needs, recent financing rounds, most
recent valuation data, the current investing environment, management or ownership changes, and competition.
This process is based primarily on information that we request and receive from these privately-held companies
and is performed on a quarterly basis. Although we evaluate all of our privately-held equity investments for
impairment based on this criteria, each investment’s fair value is only estimated when events or changes in
circumstances have occurred that may have a significant effect on its fair value (because the fair value of each
investment is not readily determinable). Where these factors indicate that the equity investment’s fair value is
less than its carrying cost, and where we consider such diminution in value to be other than temporary, we record
an impairment charge to reduce such equity investment to its estimated fair value.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we assessed each remaining investment’s technology pipeline and market
conditions in the industry for the next several years and determined that it is no longer probable that they will
generate enough positive future cash flows to recover the full carrying amount of the investment. As such, we
recognized an impairment charge of $6.1 million.

Long-lived asset impairment for the year ended December 31, 2009 of $3.2 million consisted primarily of project
abandonment costs related to equipment charges in the Inkjet operating segment. Long-lived asset impairment
for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $1.8 million consisted primarily of certain Inkjet printer equipment.

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

The components of income from operations before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

U.S.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$24,470
(8,435)

$(153,597)
20,521

$(34,110)
56,319

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16,035

$(133,076)

$ 22,209

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

48

For the year ended December 31, 2009, pre-tax operating income of $16.0 million included $24.5 million of U.S.
pre-tax operating income and $8.5 million of foreign pre-tax operating loss. The pre-tax income attributable to
U.S. operations included the $80.0 million gain on sale of building and land, offset by the amortization of
identified intangibles of $18.1 million, stock-based compensation expense of $18.6 million, restructuring and
other costs of $6.8 million, and asset and goodwill impairment of $3.2 million. The pre-tax loss attributable to
foreign operations included restructuring and other costs of $2.2 million and amortization of identified
intangibles of $0.4 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, pre-tax operating loss of $133.1 million included $153.6 million of U.S.
pre-tax operating loss and $20.5 million of foreign pre-tax operating income. The pre-tax loss attributable to U.S.
operations included asset and goodwill impairment of $111.4 million, amortization of identified intangibles of
$31.7 million, stock-based compensation expense of $33.4 million, restructuring and other costs of $8.6 million,
stock review and related costs of $1.8 million, partially offset by legal reserve adjustments of $3.6 million. The
pre-tax income attributable to foreign operations included restructuring and other costs of $2.4 million,
amortization of identified intangibles of $0.3 million, and asset and goodwill impairment of $0.5 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, pre-tax operating income of $22.2 million included $34.1 million of U.S.
pre-tax operating loss and $56.3 million of foreign pre-tax operating income. The pre-tax operating loss
attributable to U.S. operations included stock review and related costs of $19.5 million, amortization of identified
intangibles of $32.8 million, stock-based compensation expense of $24.5 million, restructuring and other costs of
$1.5 million, and acquisition costs of $1.4 million. The pre-tax operating income attributable to foreign
operations included amortization of identified intangibles of $0.7 million.

Income Taxes

We recorded a tax provision in 2009 of $18.2 million on pre-tax operating income of $16.0 million, compared to
a tax benefit of $19.6 million recorded in 2008 on pre-tax operating loss of $133.1 million and a tax benefit of
$4.6 million recorded in 2007 on pre-tax operating income of $22.2 million. In each of these years, we benefited
from research and development credits. Our taxes also decreased due to lower taxes on foreign income in both
2008 and 2007. Our taxes increased due to non-deductible stock compensation charges in each of these years,
decreased profitability in low tax jurisdictions in 2009, and non-deductible goodwill impairment charges in 2008.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

As a result of discrete tax adjustments, our taxes in 2009 increased $32.0 million related to the gain on sale of the
Foster City building and land, $5.8 million related to tax shortfalls recorded pursuant to ASC 718-740, Stock
Compensation – Income Taxes, and $0.7 million due to interest accrued on prior year tax contingency reserves.
Discrete tax adjustments also reduced our 2009 taxes by $3.5 million due to restructuring and severance costs,
$1.3 million related to asset impairment charges, $1.1 million due to a reduction in tax reserves established in
prior years on income from foreign operations, $0.3 million as a result of the expiration of the statute of
limitations for federal and state income tax purposes, $0.5 million related to tax deductions resulting from our
Amended and Restated 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) dispositions, $0.6 million related to
interest established in prior years for tax contingency reserves.

As a result of discrete tax adjustments, our taxes in 2008 increased $0.7 million due to interest accrued on prior
year tax contingency reserves and $2.5 million related to tax shortfalls recorded pursuant to ASC 718-740.
Discrete tax adjustments also reduced our 2008 taxes by $0.5 million due to a reassessment of taxes resulting
from filing our 2007 federal and state income tax returns, $2.5 million due to the completion of our 2002-2004
IRS audits, $2.2 million due to one-time severance costs and $0.3 million due to a reduction in tax reserves
established in prior years on income from foreign operations.

As a result of discrete tax adjustments, our taxes in 2007 increased $0.3 million due to interest accrued on prior
year tax contingency reserves and $0.9 million due to our reassessment of taxes resulting from filing our 2006
federal and state income tax returns. Discrete tax adjustments also reduced our 2007 taxes by $1.6 million due to

49

a reassessment of our federal tax contingency reserves, $1.1 million due to a one-time bonus payment to
employees related to the temporary suspension of our ESPP, $0.4 million related to U.S. Internal Revenue
Section (“IRC”) 409A payments made on employees’ behalf, and $0.5 million valuation allowance release
related to compensation deductions that are no longer anticipated to be limited by U.S. Internal Revenue Code
Section 162(m).

Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted ASC 740-10-25-5 through 17, Income Taxes—Basic Recognition
Threshold. ASC 740-10-25-5 through 17 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by requiring a
tax position be recognized only when it is more likely than not that the tax position, based on its technical merits,
will be sustained upon ultimate settlement with the applicable tax authority. The tax benefit to be recognized is
the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement
with the applicable tax authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The cumulative effect of
adopting ASC 740-10-25-5 through 17 was recorded as an increase of $4.8 million to retained earnings, and a
decrease of $1.1 million and $5.9 million in goodwill and taxes payable, respectively.

In 2008, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) completed their examination of the 2002 through 2004 tax years. As
a result of the IRS audit settlement, we reduced our unrecognized tax benefits by $6.6 million, of which $2.5
million was recorded as a discrete tax benefit. In conjunction with the IRS audit settlement, we also reduced
deferred tax assets and equity by $4.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and expect to pay approximately
$2.0 million to federal and state tax authorities as a result of the closure of the audit. These adjustments are
primarily related to intercompany cost allocations and the research and development credits.

Unaudited Non-GAAP Financial Information

To supplement our GAAP consolidated financial results, we use non-GAAP measures of net income and
earnings per diluted share, which are GAAP net income and GAAP earnings per diluted share adjusted to
exclude certain recurring and non-recurring costs, expenses, and gains.

We believe that the presentation of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per diluted share provides
important supplemental information to management and investors regarding non-cash expenses and significant
recurring and non-recurring items that we believe are important to understand our financial and business trends
relating to our financial condition and results of operations. Non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per
diluted share are among the primary indicators used by management as a basis for planning and forecasting
future periods and by management and our Board of Directors to determine whether our operating performance
has met specified targets and thresholds. Management uses non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per
diluted share when evaluating operating performance because it believes that the exclusion of the items described
below, for which the amounts and/or timing may vary significantly depending upon our activities and other
factors, facilitates comparability of our operating performance from period to period. We have chosen to provide
this information to investors so they can analyze our operating results in the same way that management does and
use this information in their assessment of our business and valuation.

We compute non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per diluted share by adjusting GAAP net income
and GAAP earnings per diluted share to remove the impact of recurring amortization of acquisition-related
intangibles, recurring stock-based compensation expense, as well as restructuring-related and non-recurring
charges and gains and the tax effect of these adjustments. Such non-recurring charges and gains include project
abandonment costs, goodwill and asset impairment charges, costs related to our stock option review completed in
2008, certain legal settlements, and our sale of certain real estate assets. Examples of these excluded items are
described below:

•

•

Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles. Identified intangible assets acquired to date are being
amortized on a straight-line basis over one to twenty years.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation.

50

•

•

•

Restructuring-related charges. We have incurred restructuring, severance, and facility closure charges
as we reduce the number and size of our facilities and the size of our workforce.

Non-recurring charges and gains, including:

•

•

•

Asset impairment consists of costs related to equipment and non-cancellable purchase orders
incurred relating to a planned product that was cancelled.

On January 29, 2009, we sold a portion of the Foster City, California campus for a final amount of
$137.3 million to Gilead Sciences, Inc., resulting in a gain on sale of approximately $80 million.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of approximately $104
million.

Tax effect of these adjustments. After removing the non-GAAP items, we apply the principles of ASC
740, Income Taxes, to estimate the non-GAAP income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in
which we operate.

These non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with or an alternative for GAAP and may be materially
different from other non-GAAP measures, including similarly titled non-GAAP measures, used by other
companies. The presentation of this additional information should not be considered in isolation from, as a
substitute for, or superior to, net income or earnings per diluted share prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in that they do not reflect certain items that may have a material
impact on our reported financial results. We expect to continue to incur expenses of a nature similar to the
non-GAAP adjustments described above, and exclusion of these items from our non-GAAP net income and
non-GAAP earnings per diluted share should not be construed as an inference that these costs are unusual,
infrequent, or non-recurring.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Net Income (Loss)
(unaudited)

(millions, except per share data)

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (2.2)

$(113.4)

$ 26.8

Amortization of identified intangibles assets and in-process

R&D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option review costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legal reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill and asset impairment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of building and land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax effect of non-GAAP net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18.5
9.0
18.6
—
—
(0.1)
3.2
(80.0)
22.3

32.0
11.0
33.4
—
1.8
(3.6)
111.9
—
(31.9)

33.5
1.5
24.5
1.4
19.5
—
—
—
(29.3)

Non-GAAP net income (loss)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
After-tax adjustment of convertible debt-related expense . . . .

$(10.7)
—

$ 41.2
1.3

$ 77.9
3.0

Income for purposes of computing diluted non-GAAP net

income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(10.7)

$ 42.5

$ 80.9

Non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share . . . . . . . . . . .

$(0.22)

$ 0.74

$ 1.19

Shares for purposes of computing diluted non-GAAP net

income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49.7

57.2

68.1

51

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. We evaluate our estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, income
taxes, warranty obligations, purchase commitments, revenue recognition, and contingencies on an ongoing basis.
The estimates are based on historical and current experience, the impact of the current economic environment,
and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time of the estimate, the
results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are
not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.

The following are our critical accounting policies and estimates:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

revenue recognition;

estimating allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, and litigation accruals;

accounting for stock-based compensation;

accounting for income taxes;

valuation analyses for intangible assets and goodwill;

business combinations; and

determination of functional currencies for consolidating our international operations.

Revenue recognition. We derive our revenue primarily from product revenue, which includes hardware
(controllers, design-licensed solutions, including upgrades, inkjet printers, including components replaced under
maintenance agreements, and ink), software licensing and development, and royalties. We also receive service
revenue from software license maintenance agreements, customer support, training, and consulting. As described
below, significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with the revenue
recognized in any accounting period. Material differences could result in the amount and timing of revenue for
any period if our management made different judgments or utilized different estimates.

We recognize revenue in accordance with the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 “Revenue
Recognition” (“SAB 104”) and when applicable, ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element
Arrangements, for the sale of controllers, printers, and ink. As such, revenue is generally recognized when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered or services have been rendered, the
fee is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

Products generally must be shipped against written purchase orders. We use either a binding purchase order or
signed contract as evidence of an arrangement. Sales to some of our OEMs are evidenced by a master agreement
governing the relationship together with a binding purchase order. Sales to our resellers are also evidenced by
binding purchase orders or signed contracts and do not generally contain rights of return or price protection. Our
arrangements generally do not include product acceptance clauses. When acceptance is required, revenue is
recognized when the product is accepted by the customer.

Delivery for hardware generally is complete when title and risk of loss is transferred at point of shipment from
manufacturing facilities, or when the product is delivered to the customer’s local common carrier. We also sell
products and services using sales arrangements with terms resulting in different timing for revenue recognition as
follows:

•

•

if the title and/or risk of loss is transferred at a location other than our manufacturing facility, revenue is
recognized when title and/or risk of loss transfers to the customer, per the terms of the agreement;

if title is retained until payment is received, revenue is recognized when title is passed upon receipt of
payment;

52

•

•

if payment is contingent upon installation, the revenue related to the portion of the payment tied to
installation is deferred until installation is complete; or

if the sales arrangement is classified as an operating lease, revenue is recognized ratably over the lease term.

We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the terms of the contract or purchase order. We
assess collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the
creditworthiness of the customer. We may not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that
collection of a fee is not reasonably assured, we defer the fee and recognize revenue at the time collection
becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

We license our software primarily under perpetual licenses. Revenue from software consists of software
licensing, post-contract customer support, and professional consulting. We apply the provisions of ASC 985-605,
Software—Revenue Recognition, and if applicable, SAB 104 and ASC 605-25 to all transactions involving the
sale of software products and hardware transactions where the software is not incidental.

When several elements, including software licenses, post-contract customer support, and professional services,
are sold to a customer through a single contract, the revenue from such multiple-element arrangements are
allocated to each element using the residual method in accordance with ASC 985-605. Revenue is allocated to
the support elements and professional service elements of an agreement using vendor specific objective evidence
of fair value (“VSOE”) and to the software license portion of the agreements using the residual method. We have
established VSOE of the fair value of our professional services based on the rates charged to our customers in
stand alone orders. We have also established VSOE of fair value for post-contract customer support based on
substantive renewal rates. Accordingly, software license fees are recognized under the residual method for
arrangements in which the software is licensed with maintenance and/or professional services, and where the
maintenance and professional services are not essential to the functionality of the delivered software. Revenue
allocated to software licenses is recognized when the following four basic criteria are met: persuasive evidence of
an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.
Revenue allocated to post-contract support is recognized ratably over the term of the support contract assuming
the four basic criteria are met. We also have subscription arrangements where the customer pays a fixed fee and
receives services over a period of time. We recognize revenue from the subscriptions ratably over the service
period.

Allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, and litigation accruals. To
evaluate the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts, management must estimate the collectability of
accounts receivables. To do so, management analyzes accounts receivable and historical bad debts, customer
concentrations, customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment terms to
evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Our accounts receivable balance was $80.2
million, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $13.1 million, as of December 31, 2009.

Similarly, management must estimate potential future inventory obsolescence and purchase commitments to
evaluate the need for inventory reserves. Management analyzes current economic trends, changes in customer
demand, and the acceptance of our products to evaluate the adequacy of such allowances. Significant
management judgment and estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing the allowances and
reserves in any accounting period. Material differences may result in changes in the amount and timing of our net
income (loss) for any period if management made different judgments or utilized different estimates. Our
inventory balance was $48.8 million, net of inventory reserves of $9.8 million, as of December 31, 2009.

Management must estimate potential inventory return rates and replacement or repair costs to evaluate the need
for warranty reserves. Significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection
with establishing warranty reserves in any accounting period. Material differences may result in changes in the
amount and timing of our income for any period, if management made different judgments or utilized different
estimates. Warranty reserves were $6.8 million as of December 31, 2009.

53

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

We accrue for estimated litigation costs, including potential regulatory fines, when likelihood of incurrence of
the related cost is probable and management has the ability to estimate such costs. Until both of these conditions
are met, the related litigation costs are recorded as incurred. The material assumptions we use to estimate the
required litigation accrual include:

•

•

•

•

communication with our external attorneys regarding the expected duration of the lawsuit, the potential
outcome of the lawsuit, and the likelihood of settlement;

our strategy regarding the lawsuit;

deductible amounts under our insurance policies; and

past experiences with similar lawsuits.

The outcome of any particular lawsuit cannot be predicted and our income could be materially impacted, either
positively or negatively, if the outcome is different than expected.

We have from time to time established allowances or accruals for uncertainties related to revenues and for
potential unfavorable outcomes from disputes with customers or vendors. Management bases its estimates for the
allowances or accruals based on historical experience and various other assumptions believed to be applicable
and reasonable under the circumstances.

Accounting for stock-based compensation. We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with
ASC 718. We must use our judgment in determining and applying the assumptions needed for the valuation of
stock options, issuances of common stock under our ESPP, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards. We
are required to apply a forfeiture rate to reflect what we believe will be our final expense related to stock-based
compensation. The amounts to be recorded as stock-based compensation expense in the future are subject to
change if our assumptions for the variables used in determining the fair value of the instruments and the
forfeiture rates are revised. In adopting ASC 718, we elected to adopt the simplified method to establish our
beginning balance for the additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) pool related to the tax effects of employee stock-
based compensation. Tax shortfalls resulting from the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation
absorbed the remaining balance of the APIC pool in 2008.

Accounting for income taxes. We are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we
operate. We estimate our actual current tax expense and the temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and book accounting purposes. These differences result in
deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess
the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. If we believe that
recovery of these deferred assets is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we either
establish or increase a valuation allowance in a period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in
the statement of operations.

Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax
assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We have
maintained a valuation allowance of $3.0 million as of December 31, 2009 for foreign tax credits resulting from
the 2003 acquisition of Best and compensation deductions potentially limited by U.S. Internal Revenue Code
162(m). If actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need
to establish an additional valuation allowance that could materially impact our financial position and results of
operations.

Net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2009 were $56.4 million.

Significant management judgment is required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions. Our gross unrecognized
benefits total $37.0 million as of December 31, 2009. Our evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on

54

factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled
issues under audit, and new audit activity. If actual settlements differ from these estimates, or we adjust these
estimates in future periods, we may need to recognize a tax benefit or additional tax charge that could materially
impact our financial position and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2009, we have permanently reinvested $32.2 million of unremitted earnings. Should these
earnings be remitted to the U.S., the tax on these earnings would be $1.5 million.

Valuation analyses of intangible assets and goodwill. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we changed our
annual goodwill impairment testing date from September 30 to December 31 of each year. This change is being
made to better align impairment testing procedures with year-end financial reporting and the annual business
planning and budgeting process, which commences during the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, the
goodwill impairment testing will reflect the result of input from business and other operating personnel in the
development of the budget. Accordingly, management considers this accounting change preferable. This change
does not accelerate, delay, avoid, or cause an impairment charge, nor does this change result in adjustments to
previously issued financial statements. The annual goodwill impairment testing was initially completed as of
September 30, 2009, in accordance with our previously established annual testing timeline. As a result of this
accounting change, we also completed the impairment testing as of December 31, 2009.

A two-step impairment test of goodwill is required pursuant to ASC 350-20-35. In the first step, the fair value of
each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not
impaired and further testing is not required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the second step of
the impairment test is required to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied
fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets of the
reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the
carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss must be
recorded that is equal to the difference.

Based on our valuation results, we had determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their
carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of
September 30, 2009.

Based on the outcome of the conditions existing during the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined there was a
triggering event that required an interim impairment analysis had occurred relating to the Inkjet reporting unit.
The resulting impairment analysis resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $104 million during the
fourth quarter of 2008. The goodwill valuation analysis was performed based on our respective reporting units—
Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS—which are consistent with our operating segments identified in Note 15—Segment
Information, Geographic Data, and Major Customers of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We determined the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit as of December 31, 2009 by equally weighting the
market and income approaches. The fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units were determined based on
the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimated fair value based on market multiples of revenues
or earnings of comparable companies. Under the income approach, we measured fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be
commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Based on our valuation results, we have
determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Fiery, Inkjet, and
APPS fair values are $186, $177, and $61 million, respectively, which exceeds carrying value by 93%, 9%, and
33%, respectively.

To identify suitable comparable companies under the market approach, consideration was given to the financial
condition and operating performance of the reporting unit being evaluated relative to companies operating in the
same or similar businesses, potentially subject to corresponding economic, environmental, and political factors

55

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

and considered to be reasonable investment alternatives. Consideration was given to the investment
characteristics of the subject company relative to those of similar publicly traded companies (i.e., guideline
companies). Guideline company stocks are actively traded.

Two applications of the market approach are the Public Company Market Multiple Method (“PCMMM”) and the
Similar Transaction Method (“STM”). In applying the PCMMM, valuation multiples were derived from
historical and projected operating data of guideline companies and applied to the appropriate operating data of
our reporting units to arrive at an indication of fair value. Four suitable guideline companies were identified for
the Inkjet reporting unit. Suitable guideline companies could not be identified for the Fiery and APPS reporting
units. Consequently, the STM was employed based on actual majority acquisition transactions in the Fiery and
APPS respective reporting unit’s industry to arrive at an indication of the fair value of these reporting units.

Because the fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values as of
December 31, 2009 as indicated by the internal market-based analysis, management did not deem it necessary to
further supplement the bases for this judgment. While the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit exceeded its
carrying value based on our internal market-based valuation, management determined to further examine whether
an impairment had occurred given the recent Inkjet impairment recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008. We
reviewed the factors that could trigger an impairment charge and completed an income-based impairment
analysis, consistent with the approach taken during the third quarter of 2009.

We engaged a third party valuation firm to aid management in its analysis during the third quarter of 2009. All
estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by us. While we chose to utilize a
third party valuation firm at that time, the impairment analysis and related valuations represented the conclusions
of management and not the conclusions or statements of any third party. We did not engage a third party to aid
management in the current quarter analysis.

Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the income approach to assess the fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit, we made the following assumptions:

• A difficult economic climate will continue through 2010 with Inkjet results generally below 2008 results,
substantially mitigated by new product introductions, which occurred in 2009 and will continue in 2010,
allowing Inkjet results to improve,

•

•

followed by a recovery period between 2011 and 2014, and

long-term industry growth past 2014.

Our discounted cash flow projections for the Inkjet reporting unit were based on five-year financial forecasts,
which were based on annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our
business and through discussions with the independent valuation firm engaged by us during the preceding
quarter. The significant assumptions utilized in these five-year forecasts included annual revenue growth rates
ranging from 6% to 32% for the Inkjet reporting unit, which equates to a compound annual growth rate of 14%.
Future cash flows were discounted to present value using a mid-year convention and a discount rate of 16%.
Terminal values were calculated using the Gordon growth methodology with a long-term growth rate of 4.5%.
The sum of the fair values of the Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS reporting units was reconciled to our current market
capitalization (based on our stock price) plus an estimated control premium. Significant assumptions used in
determining fair values of the reporting units include the determination of appropriate market comparables,
estimated multiples of revenue and EBITDA that a willing buyer is likely to pay, estimated control premium a
willing buyer is likely to pay, and gross profits. Inkjet gross profits are expected to increase as fixed production
costs are absorbed by increased Inkjet volumes.

To assess the reasonableness of the estimated control premium of 19%, we examined the most similar
transactions in relevant industries and determined the average premium indicated by the transactions deemed to

56

be most similar to a hypothetical transaction involving our reporting units. We examined the weighted average
and median control premiums offered in these industries, industry specific control premiums, and specific
transaction control premiums to conclude that our estimated control premium is reasonable.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the life of the asset may need to be
revised. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

significant negative industry or economic trends,

significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period,

our market capitalization relative to net book value,

significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business,
and

our assessment of growth and profitability in each reporting unit over the coming years.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be
no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or
the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing at December 31, 2009
will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross profit
rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods
relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the fourth
quarter of 2010 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a interim triggering event. It is not possible to
determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be
material

Business combinations We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible
assets acquired, liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research & development, based on their estimated fair
values. Such a valuation requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with
respect to intangible assets.

Management estimates fair value based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable. These estimates are based
on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. Critical
estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to: future expected cash flows; acquired
developed technologies and patents; expected costs to develop in-process research & development into
commercially viable products and estimating cash flows from the projects when completed; the acquired
company’s brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the acquired
brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio; and discount rates. These estimates
are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated
events and circumstances may occur, which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or
other actual results.

Other estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions include severance costs and the costs of vacating
duplicate facilities, including the future costs to operate and eventually vacate duplicate facilities. These costs are
based on estimates made by management and are subject to refinement. Estimated costs may change as
additional information becomes available regarding assets acquired and liabilities assumed and as management
continues its assessment of the pre-merger operations.

On July 28, 2008, we acquired Pace for approximately $20.1 million in cash, plus an additional future cash earn
out, which is contingent on achieving certain performance targets. As of December 31, 2009, approximately
$2 million had been earned. We acquired Pace to further strengthen our APPS reporting unit. On December 2,
2008, we acquired Rastek, a mid-market, wide format graphics printer developer and manufacturer for

57

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

approximately $5.3 million, to further expand our Inkjet reporting unit. The Pace and Rastek acquisitions are
discussed more fully in Note 2—Acquisitions of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We apply the provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations, when accounting for acquisitions. We allocate the
purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, as well
as in-process research & development based on their estimated fair values. All acquisitions are included in our
financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Our financial projections may ultimately prove to be inaccurate and unanticipated events and circumstances may
occur. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the underlying assumptions used to forecast revenues and costs
to develop such projects will transpire as projected.

In December 2007, ASC 805 was issued, which retained the fundamental requirement that the acquisition method
of accounting be used for all business combinations while revising the accounting treatment for the fair values of
certain acquired assets, liabilities, and expenses. See Note 1—The Company and its Significant Accounting
Policies of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of this recent accounting
pronouncement and its impact on our accounting for business combinations. The amendments to ASC 805 apply
prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009.

Determining functional currencies for the purpose of consolidating our international operations. We have a
number of foreign subsidiaries, which together account for approximately 42% of our net revenues,
approximately 10% of our total assets and approximately 28% of our total liabilities as of December 31, 2009.
We typically quote and bill our international customers in U.S. dollars.

Based on our assessment of the factors discussed below, we consider the U.S. dollar to be the functional currency
for each of our international subsidiaries except for our German subsidiary, EFI GmbH, for which we consider
the Euro to be the subsidiary’s functional currency and our Japanese subsidiary, Electronics for Imaging Japan
KK, for which we consider the Japanese Yen to be the subsidiary’s functional currency.

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we must translate the financial statements of foreign
subsidiaries from the currency in which they maintain their accounting records, which is generally the local
currency, into U.S. dollars. This process results in exchange gains and losses which, when the transactions are
not denominated in the functional currency, are included within the statement of operations or, if the transactions
are denominated in the functional currency, are included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity under
the caption “Accumulated other comprehensive income.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1—The Company and Its Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of
adoption.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

(in thousands)

2009

2008

2007

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$106,067
98,134

$ 132,152
57,199

$165,636
334,216

Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$204,201

$ 189,351

$499,852

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash used for financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents . . . . . .

$ (19,668) $ 27,819
236,689
(297,903)
(89)

88,581
(95,019)
21

$ 69,625
(6,561)
(64,347)
(77)

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (26,085) $ (33,484) $ (1,360)

58

Overview

Cash and cash equivalents and short term investments increased $14.8 million to $204.2 million as of
December 31, 2009 from $189.4 million as of December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the receipt
of $135.8 million, net of the direct transaction costs that were paid in 2009, related to the sale of building and
land, offset by the repurchase of $100 million of common stock through the ASR and “modified Dutch auction”
tender offer, repurchase of $0.2 million of stock options in conjunction with our fair value stock option exchange,
net settlement of $0.9 million of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards for employee common stock
related tax liabilities, and cash used by operating activities of $19.7 million.

Cash and cash equivalents and short term investments decreased $310.5 million to $189.4 million as of
December 31, 2008 from $499.9 million as of December 31, 2007. The decrease is primarily due to the
redemption on June 2, 2008 of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures of $240.0 million, repurchases of our
common stock and net settlement of restricted stock units of $65.2 million, and costs associated with purchases
of Pace and Raster of $25.3 million, offset by cash generated by operations of $27.8 million. Accordingly, no
interest was paid during 2009. Interest paid during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $1.8 million.

Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents, short-term
investments, and cash generated from operations will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures,
investment requirements, stock repurchases, commitments (see Note 8—Commitments and Contingencies of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), and other liquidity requirements associated with our existing
operations through at least the next twelve months. We believe that the most strategic uses of our cash resources
include acquisitions, strategic investments to gain access to new technologies, repurchases of shares of our
common stock, and working capital. At December 31, 2009, cash and cash equivalents and short term
investments available for sale totaled $204.2 million. Despite the current economic environment, we believe that
our liquidity position and capital resources continue to remain sufficient to meet our operating and working
capital needs.

Operating Activities

Net cash used for operating activities in 2009 of $19.7 compares with net cash provided by operating activities in
2008 and 2007 of $27.8, and $69.6 million, respectively. Net cash used for operating activities in 2009 consists
primarily of net loss of $2.2 million, non-cash charges and credits of $8.1 million, and net change in operating
asset and liabilities of $9.4 million. Non-cash charges and credits consist primarily of $29.5 million in
depreciation and amortization, $18.6 million of stock-based compensation expense, and $23.8 million of other
non-cash charges, credits, and provisions offset by $80.0 million gain on sale of building and land. The net
change in operating assets and liabilities of $9.4 million consists primarily of decreases in accounts receivable of
$9.8 million and other current assets of $3.3 million, and increases in net taxes payable of $7.3 million, offset by
increases in inventories of $6.4 million and decreases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $23.4
million.

Accounts Receivable

Our historical and primary source of operating cash flow is the collection of accounts receivable from our
customers and the timing of payments to our vendors and service providers. One measure of the effectiveness of
our collection efforts is average days sales outstanding for accounts receivable (“DSO”). DSOs were 65 days,
66 days, and 62 days at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively. We calculate DSO by dividing net
accounts receivable at the end of the quarter by revenue recognized during the quarter, multiplied by the total
days in the quarter. The slight decrease in DSOs is due to effective collections during the year and a mix shift to
Fiery product lines, which typically have shorter payment terms. We expect DSOs to vary from period to period
because of changes in the mix of business between our direct and OEM customers, and the effectiveness of our
collection efforts. As the percentage of Inkjet and APPS related revenue increases, we expect DSOs may trend
higher. Our DSOs related to software and direct sales are traditionally higher than those related to OEM
customers as, historically, OEMs have paid on a more timely basis.

59

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Inventories

Our inventories are procured primarily in support of the Inkjet and Fiery product categories. Our inventories of
$48.8 million were comparable with the prior year. Finished goods increased by $2.4 million, while raw
materials decreased by a corresponding amount. This increase consisted primarily of finished goods driven by
UV ink, the Rastek acquisition, 2009 new product introductions, and inventories required for new product
introductions in future periods. We plan to carry increased UV ink inventories as revenues continue to increase as
a result of the ongoing transition from solvent to UV ink.

Accounts Payable, Accrued and Other Liabilities, and Income Taxes Payable

Our operating cash flows are impacted by the timing of payments to our vendors for accounts payable and by our
accrual of liabilities. The change in accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities, and income taxes payable
decreased our cash flows by approximately $16.1 million in 2009 and $4.4 million in 2008, and increased our
cash flows by $1.6 million in 2007. Our working capital, defined as current assets minus current liabilities, was
$246.7 and $293.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Investing Activities

A summary of our investing activities at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 is as follows:

(in thousands)

Purchases of short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term

2009

2008

2007

$(167,465)

$(170,732)

$(314,452)

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

127,163

461,929

326,395

Reclassification of funds from cash & cash equivalents to

short term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

(14,836)

—

Purchases, net of proceeds from sales, of property and

equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5,218)

(11,607)

(13,292)

Proceeds from sale of building and land, net of direct

transaction costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Businesses acquired, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of other investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

135,802
—
(1,701)

—
(25,283)
(2,782)

—
—
(5,212)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities . . . . . . . .

$ 88,581

$ 236,689

$

(6,561)

Acquisitions

Raster Printers, Inc. (“Raster”): On December 2, 2008, we acquired the remaining interest of Raster for
approximately $5.3 million in cash, including direct acquisition costs plus an additional cash earn out, which is
contingent upon achieving certain performance targets. The maximum additional earn-out is $1.7 million. The
first earn-out period ended December 31, 2009 with no additional consideration earned. Headquartered in San
Jose, California, Raster sells UV wide format printers primarily to mid-range customers in the display graphics
market.

Pace Systems Group, Inc (“Pace”): On July 28, 2008, we purchased Pace for approximately $20.1 million in
cash, including direct acquisition costs, plus an additional cash earn-out amount, which is contingent upon
achieving certain performance targets. The maximum additional earn-out is $9 million. The first earn-out period
ended December 31, 2009 with additional consideration earned of approximately $2 million, which has been
accounted for as an adjustment to the purchase price. Headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida, Pace is a print
management software company that provides PMIS and e-commerce software solutions.

60

Property and Equipment

Our net property and equipment purchases totaled $5.2, $11.6, and $13.3 million in 2009, 2008, and 2007,
respectively. Our property and equipment additions have been funded by cash from operations.

We anticipate that we will continue to purchase property and equipment necessary in the normal course of our
business. The amount and timing of these purchases and the related cash outflows in future periods is difficult to
predict and is dependent on a number of factors including our hiring of employees, the rate of change in
computer hardware/software used in our business, our business outlook, and decisions to further invest or expand
business sites.

On January 29, 2009, we completed the sale of building and land to Gilead for $137.3 million. All conditions
precedent to the receipt of the funds held in escrow were met during the second quarter of 2009, which resulted
in an adjustment to the purchase price of $0.2 million. Net proceeds from the sale of building and land, net of
direct transaction costs paid in 2009, were $135.8 million. The property sold included approximately thirty acres
of land and the office building located on the land at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of
approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets related to the property.

Investments

During 2009, we purchased, net of sales and maturities, marketable securities of $40.3 million. During 2008, we
received net proceeds from the sale and maturities of our marketable securities of $291.2 million, of which
$240.0 million was used to repay the 1.50% convertible senior debenture holders. During 2007, we received net
proceeds from the sale and maturities of our marketable securities of $11.9 million.

We have classified our investment portfolio as “available for sale.” Our investments are made with a policy of
capital preservation and liquidity as the primary objectives. We may hold investments in corporate bonds and
U.S. government agency securities to maturity; however, we may sell an investment at any time if the quality
rating of the investment declines, the yield on the investment is no longer attractive, or we have better uses for
the cash. Because we invest primarily in investment securities that are highly liquid with a ready market, we
believe the purchase, maturity, or sale of our investments has no material impact on our overall liquidity.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Restricted Investments

We have restricted investments that are required to be maintained by the synthetic lease of our Foster City
office. We are required to maintain cash in LIBOR-based interest-bearing accounts, which fully
collateralize our synthetic leases. We had $56.9 and $88.6 million of restricted investments at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, $56.9 million was accounted
for as a non-current asset as restricted investments. At December 31, 2008, the remaining $31.7 million
was accounted for as a current asset within Assets Held For Sale related to the sale of a portion of our
Foster City offices and accompanying real estate to Gilead. For further information on these transactions,
see the discussion at “Off-Balance Sheet Financing” herein and Note 13—Sale of Building and Land of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2009.

Financing Activities

The primary use of funds for financing activities in 2009, 2008, and 2007, was the use of $101.1, $65.2, and
$70.3 million, respectively, of cash to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock, which included our
$30 million accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) and our $70 million “modified Dutch auction” tender offer in
2009, repurchase of stock options from certain employees in conjunction with our fair value stock option
exchange, and the net settlement of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards for employee common stock
related tax liabilities. See Item 5—Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities for further discussion of our programs to repurchase our common stock.

61

Historically, our recurring cash flows provided by financing activities have been from the receipt of cash from
the issuance of common stock from the exercise of stock options and for ESPP shares. We received cash
proceeds from the issuance of ESPP shares of $5.9 in 2009 and we received proceeds from the exercise of stock
options and purchase of ESPP shares of $7.3 and $4.8 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. While we may
continue to receive proceeds from these plans in future periods, the timing and amount of such proceeds are
difficult to predict and are contingent on a number of factors including the price of our common stock, the
number of employees participating in the plans, and general market conditions. We anticipate that cash provided
from the exercise of stock options may decline over time as we shift to issuance of restricted stock awards and
units rather than stock option awards.

The synthetic lease agreements for our corporate headquarters at December 31, 2009 provide for residual value
guarantees. Under ASC 460, Guarantees, the fair value of a residual value guarantee in lease agreements entered
into after December 31, 2002, must be recognized as a liability in our consolidated balance sheet. We have
determined that the guarantees have no material value as of December 31, 2009 and therefore have not recorded
any liability.

On June 2, 2008, we exercised our option to redeem and paid in cash the outstanding balance of our 1.50%
convertible senior debentures, which totaled $240 million. The redemption price for the securities was 100% of
the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest amounts to, but not including, the
redemption date.

Other Commitments

Our inventory for our Fiery line of products consists primarily of raw and finished goods, memory subsystems,
processors, and ASICs, which are sold to third party contract manufacturers responsible for manufacturing our
products. Our inventories for our Inkjet products consist of raw and finished goods, print heads, frames, solvent
ink, and other components in support of our internal manufacturing operations and UV ink, which is purchased
from third party contract manufacturers responsible for manufacturing our UV ink. Should we decide to purchase
components and do our own manufacturing of controllers or ink, or should it become necessary for us to
purchase and sell components other than the processors, ASICs, or memory subsystems to our contract
manufacturers, inventory balances and potentially property and equipment would increase significantly, thereby
reducing our available cash resources. Further, the inventories we carry could become obsolete, thereby
negatively impacting our financial condition and results of operations. We are also reliant on several sole-source
suppliers for certain key components and could experience a further significant negative impact on our financial
condition and results of operations if such supplies were reduced or not available.

We may be required to compensate our subcontract manufacturers for components purchased for orders
subsequently cancelled by us. We periodically review the potential liability and the adequacy of the related
allowance. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted if we were required to
compensate our subcontract manufacturers in amounts in excess of the related allowance.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating
to contractual disputes, securities law, intellectual property, employment matters, and other claims or litigation
matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of our business. We determine whether an
estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be
reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our specific litigation and regulatory matters
using available information.

We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a
subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation

62

and settlement strategies. Because of the uncertainties related to both the amount and ranges of possible loss on
the pending litigation matters, we are unable to predict with certainty the precise liability that could finally result
from a range of possible unfavorable outcomes. However, taking all of the above factors into account, we reserve
an amount that we could reasonably expect to pay for the cases discussed. Our estimates could be incorrect, and
we could pay more or less than our current accrual. Litigation can be costly, diverting management’s attention
and could, upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial
condition, and cash flow.

Please refer to Item 3, Legal Proceedings, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding
our legal proceedings.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2009 and the effect such
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods. This table excludes amounts
already recorded on our balance sheet as current liabilities at December 31, 2009.

(in thousands)

Total

Operating lease obligations(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase obligations(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$22,089
6,798

Payments due by period

Less than
1 year

$ 6,178
6,798

1-3 years

3-5 years

More than
5 years

$8,942
—

$5,579
—

$1,390
—

Total(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$28,887

$12,976

$8,942

$5,579

$1,390

(1)

(2)

Lease obligations related to the principal corporate facilities are estimated based on current market interest
rates (LIBOR). See Off-Balance Sheet Financing.
Excludes contractual obligations recorded on the balance sheet as current liabilities and certain purchase
orders as discussed below.

Purchase obligations in the table above include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and
legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be
purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase
obligations exclude purchase orders for the purchase of raw materials and other goods and services that are
cancelable without penalty. Our purchase orders are based on our current manufacturing needs and are generally
fulfilled by our vendors within short time horizons. We also enter into contracts for outsourced services;
however, the obligations under these contracts were not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses
allowing for cancellation without significant penalty.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

The expected timing of payment for the obligations listed above is estimated based on current information.
Timing of payments and actual amounts paid may be different depending on when the goods or services are
received or changes to agreed-upon amounts for some obligations.

The above table does not reflect unrecognized tax benefits of $37.0 million, the timing of which is uncertain. See
Note 11—Income Taxes of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on
unrecognized tax benefits.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing

Synthetic Lease Arrangements

As of December 31, 2008 we were a party to two synthetic leases (the “301 Lease” and the “303 Lease”, together
“Leases”) covering our Foster City facilities located at 301 and 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California. These
leases provided a cost effective means of providing adequate office space for our corporate offices. The leases

63

included an option to purchase the facilities during or at the end of the Leases term for the amount expended by
the lessor to purchase the facilities. The funds pledged under the Leases ($56.9 million for the 303 Lease and
$31.7 million for the 301 Lease at December 31, 2008) were in LIBOR-based interest bearing accounts and
restricted as to withdrawal at all times.

On January 29, 2009, we sold the 163,000 square foot 301 Velocity Way building, along with approximately 30
acres of land and certain other assets related to the property to Gilead for a total price of $137.3 million. We
retained ownership of the approximately 295,000 square foot building at 303 Velocity Way that we currently
occupy along with the related land. We exercised our purchase option with respect to the 301 Lease in connection
with the sale of the building and land and terminated the corresponding synthetic lease. Accordingly, the $31.7
million of pledged funds were re-classified as Assets Held for Sale under current assets in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet at December 31, 2008 and recognized in the determination of the gain on sale of building and land
in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

We have guaranteed to the lessor a residual value associated with the building equal to 82% of their funding of
the 303 Lease. Under the financial covenants, we must maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum tangible
net worth as of the end of each quarter. There is an additional covenant regarding mergers. We were in
compliance with all such financial and merger-related covenants as of December 31, 2009. We have assessed our
exposure in relation to the first loss guarantee under the 303 Lease and have determined there is no deficiency to
the guaranteed value at December 31, 2009. If there is a decline in value, we will record a loss associated with
the residual value guarantee. In conjunction with the 303 Lease, we have entered into a separate ground lease
with the lessor for approximately 30 years. As of December 31, 2009, we were treated as the owner of this
building for federal income tax purposes. Since we exercised our purchase option with respect to the 301 Lease,
our maximum exposure under our remaining synthetic lease arrangement is $56.9 million as of December 31,
2009.

We have applied the accounting and disclosure rules set forth in ASC 810-10 for variable interest entities
(“VIEs”). We have evaluated our synthetic lease agreement to determine if the arrangement qualifies as a VIE
under ASC 810-10. We have determined that the synthetic lease agreement does qualify as a VIE; however,
because we are not the primary beneficiary under ASC 810-10, we are not required to consolidate the VIE in our
financial statements.

Item 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market
rates and prices, general credit, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation, liquidity, and interest rate risks,
which may be exacerbated by the tightening of global credit markets and increase in economic uncertainty that
have affected various sectors of the financial markets and caused credit and liquidity issues. We do not enter into
derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We may enter into financial
instrument contracts to manage and reduce the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on earnings
and cash flows. The counterparties to such contracts are major financial institutions. During the fourth quarter of
2009, we began hedging our operating expense exposure in Indian rupees for a notional amount of $1.4 million.

Interest Rate Risk

Marketable Securities

We maintain an investment portfolio of short-term investments of various holdings, types, and maturities. These
short-term investments are generally classified as available–for-sale and, consequently, are recorded on the
balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of accumulated

64

other comprehensive income. At any time, a sharp rise in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on
the fair value of our investment portfolio. Conversely, declines in interest rates could have a material impact on
interest earnings for our portfolio. We do not currently hedge these interest rate exposures.

The following table presents the hypothetical change in fair values in the financial instruments held by us at
December 31, 2009 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The modeling technique used measures the
change in fair values arising from selected potential changes in interest rates. Market changes reflect immediate
hypothetical parallel shifts in the yield curve of plus or minus 100 basis points over a twelve month time horizon
(in thousands):

Valuation of
securities given an
interest rate
decrease of 100
basis points

$99,214

No change in
interest rates

$98,437

Valuation of
securities given an
interest rate
increase of 100
basis points

$97,660

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

A large portion of our business is conducted in countries other than the U.S. We are primarily exposed to changes
in exchange rates for the Euro, British pound, Indian rupee, and Japanese yen. Although the majority of our
receivables are invoiced and collected in U.S. dollars, we have exposures from non-U.S. dollar-denominated
sales (primarily Euro) and operating expenses (primarily Euro and Indian rupee) in foreign countries. We can
benefit from a weaker dollar and we can be adversely affected from a stronger dollar relative to major currencies
worldwide. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates, and in particular a weakening of the U.S. dollar, may
adversely affect our consolidated operating expenses and operating loss as expressed in U.S. dollars. During the
fourth quarter of 2009, we began hedging our operating expense exposure in Indian rupees.

Financial Risk Management

The following discussion about our risk management activities includes “forward-looking statements” that
involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking
statements.

As a global concern, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These
exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our
financial results. Our primary exposures are related to non-U.S. dollar-denominated sales in Japan and Europe
and operating expenses in Europe, India, and Japan. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we began hedging our
operating expense exposure in Indian rupees. As of December 31, 2009, we had not entered into hedges against
any other currency exposures, but we may consider hedging against currency movements in other currencies, as
well as adjusting the hedged portion of our Indian rupee exposure in the future.

We maintain investment portfolio holdings of various issuers, types, and maturities, typically U.S. Treasury and
Agencies securities, corporate debt instruments, and asset-backed instruments. These short-term investments are
classified as available-for-sale and consequently are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with unrealized
gains and losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. These securities
are not leveraged and are held for purposes other than trading.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

65

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unaudited Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

67
68
69

70
71
72
119

66

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Electronics For Imaging, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index
appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read
in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained,
in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these
financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility
is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance
with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the timing of its annual
goodwill impairment assessment in 2009.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
March 2, 2010

67

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31,

2009

2008

(in thousands)

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-term investments, available for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $13.1 and $8.5 million, respectively . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assets held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 106,067
98,134
80,168
48,786
—
15,291

$ 132,152
57,199
97,286
48,785
55,367
20,013

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

348,446
28,229
56,850
122,840
54,449
47,777
2,590

410,802
35,225
56,850
122,581
72,992
51,013
2,485

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 661,181

$ 751,948

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued and other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 35,929
35,861
23,521
6,483

$ 44,634
44,958
25,428
1,952

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

101,794

116,972

Non-current income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36,961

33,758

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138,755

150,730

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; none issued and

outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 150,000 shares authorized; 72,276 and 70,738

shares issued, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury stock, at cost, 27,788 and 19,381 shares, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

723
668,723
(485,618)
2,346
336,252

708
644,482
(384,129)
1,676
338,481

Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

522,426

601,218

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 661,181

$ 751,948

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

68

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of revenue(1)

$401,108
189,625

$ 560,380
242,963

$620,586
259,439

Gross Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

211,483

317,417

361,147

Operating expenses:

Research and development(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative(1)
Amortization of identified intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In-process research & development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other (Note 14)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill and asset impairment

110,822
102,001
35,033
18,479
—
8,957
3,208

140,437
119,400
47,685
29,367
2,680
11,005
111,858

140,470
120,444
67,461
33,502
—
1,501
—

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

278,500

462,432

363,378

Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(67,017)

(145,015)

(2,231)

Interest and other income, net:

Interest and other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of building and land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest and other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,061
79,991

83,052

11,939
—

11,939

Income (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16,035
(18,206)

(133,076)
19,632

24,440
—

24,440

22,209
4,634

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (2,171) $(113,444) $ 26,843

Net income (loss) per basic common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) per diluted common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

(0.04) $

(2.16) $

(0.04) $

(2.16) $

0.47

0.44

Shares used in basic per-share calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49,682

52,553

56,679

Shares used in diluted per-share calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49,682

52,553

68,102

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

1,074
6,664
4,233
6,613

$

2,471
12,923
6,059
11,974

1,909
9,018
3,968
9,635

2009

2008

2007

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

69

.
c
n
I

,
g
n
i
g
a
m

I

r
o
F
s
c
i
n
o
r
t
c
e
l
E

y
t
i

u
q
E

’
s
r
e
d

l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
f
o

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d

i
l
o
s
n
o
C

l
a
t
o
T

r
e
h
t
O

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
s

y
t
i
u
q
e

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

k
c
o
t
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

l
a
t
i
p
a
c
n
i
-
d
i
a
p

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

8
7
5
,
1
5
7

$

4
8
2
,
0
2
4

$

7
3
2
,
1

$

)
1
3
6
,
8
4
2
(
$

)
0
9
4
,
1
1
(

7
9
9
,
7
7
5
$

1
9
6
$

4
0
1
,
9
6

—

1
4
8
,
4

8
7
1
,
9
2

)
7
5
4
(

8
9
7
,
4

6
2
3
,
4
2

)
8
6
2
,
0
7
(

3
4
8
,
6
2

3
4
8
,
6
2

6
6
6

9
6
6
,
1

5
3
3
,
2

—

8
9
7
,
4

—

)
8
6
2
,
0
7
(

)
9
3
1
,
3
(

)
2
(

8
3
8
,
4

6
2
3
,
4
2

)
7
5
4
(

3

2

8
1
3

1
1
2

6
9
9
,
3
4
7

$

5
2
9
,
1
5
4

$

2
7
5
,
3

$

)
9
9
8
,
8
1
3
(
$

)
9
2
6
,
4
1
(

2
0
7
,
6
0
6
$

6
9
6
$

3
3
6
,
9
6

)
4
4
4
,
3
1
1
(

)
0
4
3
,
5
1
1
(

)
4
4
4
,
3
1
1
(

)
5
9
2
(

)
1
0
6
,
1
(

)
6
9
8
,
1
(

5
0
4
,
3

—

1
7
6
,
3
3

)
0
3
2
,
5
6
(

9
6
8
,
5

)
3
5
1
,
5
(

—

—

)
0
3
2
,
5
6
(

)
2
5
7
,
4
(

)
5
(

3
0
4
,
3

1
7
6
,
3
3

4
6
8
,
5

)
3
5
1
,
5
(

2

5

5

2
6
1

1
6
4

2
8
4

8
1
2
,
1
0
6

$

1
8
4
,
8
3
3

$

6
7
6
,
1

$

)
9
2
1
,
4
8
3
(
$

)
1
8
3
,
9
1
(

2
8
4
,
4
4
6
$

8
0
7
$

8
3
7
,
0
7

)
7
6
1
(

—

—

)
9
5
5
,
1
(

9
3
8
,
5

4
8
5
,
8
1

)
9
8
4
,
1
0
1
(

)
1
7
1
,
2
(

)
8
5
(

)
1
7
1
,
2
(

)
9
5
(

1
1

0
6
6

8
5

2
1
6

)
9
8
4
,
1
0
1
(

)
7
0
4
,
8
(

)
7
(

)
7
6
1
(

4
8
5
,
8
1

1
3
8
,
5

7

8

1
6
7

7
7
7

6
2
4
,
2
2
5

$

2
5
2
,
6
3
3

$

6
4
3
,
2

$

)
8
1
6
,
5
8
4
(
$

)
8
8
7
,
7
2
(

3
2
7
,
8
6
6
$

3
2
7
$

6
7
2
,
2
7

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a
n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
y
c
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
i

m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
s

n
o
n
o
i
t
a
u
l
a
v
t
e
k
r
a

M

:
x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n
,
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

6
0
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o
s
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

d
e
t
s
e
v
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r
k
c
o
t
S

s
n
a
l
p
k
c
o
t
s
o
t
d
e
t
a
l
e
r

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

x
a
T

7
1
h
g
u
o
r
h
t
5
-
5
2
-
0
1
-
0
4
7
C
S
A

f
o
n
o
i
t
p
o
d
A

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

s
s
o
l

t
e
N

7
0
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o
s
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a
n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
y
c
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
i

m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
s

n
o
n
o
i
t
a
u
l
a
v
t
e
k
r
a

M

:
x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n
,
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

d
e
t
s
e
v
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r
k
c
o
t
S

P
P
S
E
o
t

t
n
a
u
s
r
u
p
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
S

s
n
a
l
p
k
c
o
t
s
o
t
d
e
t
a
l
e
r

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

x
a
T

8
0
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o
s
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

s
s
o
l

t
e
N

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a
n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
y
c
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
i

m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
s

n
o
n
o
i
t
a
u
l
a
v
t
e
k
r
a

M

:
x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n
,
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

r
e
h
t
O

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

9
0
0
2

,
1
l
i
r
p
A

f
o
s
a
1
-
5
6
-
0
1
-
0
2
3
C
S
A

f
o
n
o
i
t
p
o
d
a

n
o
p
u
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

e
g
n
a
h
c
x
e
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

e
u
l
a
v
r
i
a
f

r
u
o
h
t
i

w
n
o
i
t
c
n
u
j
n
o
c
n
i

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
R

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

d
e
t
s
e
v
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r
k
c
o
t
S

P
P
S
E
o
t

t
n
a
u
s
r
u
p
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
S

9
0
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o
s
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
i
(

70

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f

d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c

o
t

s
e
t
o
n

g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
e
S

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used

for) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquired in-process research & development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for allowance for bad debts and sales-related allowances . . . . .
Tax (expense) benefit from employee stock plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of building and land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for inventory obsolescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill and asset impairment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-cash charges and credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquired

companies:
Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable/receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments . . . . . . . . .
Reclassification of funds from cash & cash equivalents to short term

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases, net of proceeds from sales, of property and equipment . . . . . .
Proceeds from sale of building and land, net of direct transaction

costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Businesses acquired, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of other investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash flows from financing activities:

Repayment of convertible debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from issuance of common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of treasury stock and net settlement of restricted stock,

including transaction costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

$

(2,171) $(113,444) $ 26,843

29,453
—
6,806
7,703
—
(180)
(79,991)
4,986
18,583
2,334
2,252

9,799
(6,454)
3,325
(23,383)
7,270

(19,668)

41,437
2,680
(33,988)
5,420
(3,170)
(36)
—
2,478
33,427
111,858
(5,258)

5,008
(12,722)
(1,435)
(13,965)
9,529

44,484
—
(17,437)
6,168
(457)
(1,080)
—
677
24,530
—
219

(8,864)
(5,582)
(1,510)
(12,482)
14,116

27,819

69,625

(167,465)
127,163

(170,732)
461,929

(314,452)
326,395

—
(5,218)

(14,836)
(11,607)

—
(13,292)

135,802
—
(1,701)

—
(25,283)
(2,782)

88,581

236,689

—
—
(5,212)

(6,561)

—
5,876

(240,000)
7,291

—
4,841

(101,075)
180

(65,230)
36

(70,268)
1,080

Net cash used for financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(95,019)

(297,903)

(64,347)

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents . . .

21

(89)

(77)

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(26,085)
132,152
$ 106,067

(33,484)
165,636
$ 132,152

(1,360)
166,996
$ 165,636

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

71

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1: The Company and Its Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

We are a world leader in color digital print controllers, super-wide and wide format printers and inks, and print
management solutions. Our award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased
performance, cost savings, and productivity. Our robust product portfolio includes Fiery digital color print
servers; Inkjet products including VUTEk super-wide digital inkjet printers, Jetrion industrial inkjet printing
systems, Rastek wide format digital inkjet printers, and inks for each of these product lines; and APPS consisting
of print production workflow, management information software, and corporate printing solutions. Our
integrated solutions and award-winning technologies are designed to automate print and business processes,
streamline workflow, provide profitable value-added services, and produce accurate digital output.

Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of EFI and our subsidiaries. All
significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. We evaluate our estimates, including those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, inventories,
restructuring and other charges, asset impairment, depreciable lives of assets, goodwill and intangible assets,
income taxes, warranty obligations, purchase commitments, revenue recognition, and contingencies on an
on-going basis. The estimates are based upon historical experience and on various other assumptions that are
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time of the estimate, the results of which form the basis
for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Short-term Investments

We invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks; money market securities; and municipal, U.S.
government, and corporate debt securities. By policy, we invest primarily in high-grade marketable securities.
We are exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the financial institutions or issuers of these investments to
the extent of amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheet.

We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be
cash equivalents. Typically, the cost of these investments has approximated fair value. Marketable investments
with a maturity greater than 3 months are classified as available-for-sale short-term investments.
Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair market value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate
component of stockholders’ equity, adjusted for deferred income taxes. Realized gains and losses on sales of
investments are recognized upon sale of the investments using the specific identification method.

Debt and marketable equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, which is
determined based on quoted market prices, with net unrealized gains and losses (other than the credit portion of
any other-than-temporary impairment, which is included in net income (loss)) included in accumulated other
comprehensive income, net of tax. We review investments in debt and equity securities for other-than-temporary
impairment whenever the fair value of an investment is less than the amortized cost and evidence indicates that

72

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

the investment’s carrying amount is not recoverable within a reasonable period of time. To determine whether an
impairment is other-than-temporary, we consider whether we have the intent to sell the impaired security or if it
will be more likely than not that we will be required to sell the impaired security before a market price recovery
and whether evidence indicating the cost of the investment is recoverable outweighs evidence to the contrary. We
have determined that gross unrealized losses on short-term investments at December 31, 2009 are temporary in
nature because each investment meets our investment policy and credit quality requirements. We have the ability
and intent to hold these investments until they recover their unrealized losses (which may not be until maturity).
Evidence that we will recover our investments outweighs evidence to the contrary.

Investments that we currently own could suffer declines in fair value and become other-than-temporarily
impaired. We continuously assess the fair value of individual securities as part of our ongoing portfolio
management. Our other-than-temporary assessment includes reviewing the length of time and extent to which
fair value has been less than amortized cost basis, the seniority and durations of the securities, adverse conditions
related to a security, industry, or sector, historical and projected issuer financial performance, credit ratings,
issuer specific news, and other available relevant information. Based on the above analysis, we identified one
security that was other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008. As a result of our adoption of ASC
320-10-65-1, Transition Related to FASB Staff Position FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and
Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments, effective in the second quarter of 2009, we recorded a
cumulative effect adjustment of $0.1 million, to reduce the cost of the previously identified security and retained
earnings. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we identified two additional securities that were other-than-temporarily
impaired at December 31, 2009 and recognized impairment losses of $0.2 million in other income (loss).

In determining whether a credit loss existed, we use our best estimate of the present value of cash flows expected
to be collected from the debt security. For asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, cash flow estimates
including prepayment assumptions were based on data from widely accepted third party data sources or internal
estimates. In addition to prepayment assumptions, cash flow estimates vary based on assumptions regarding the
underlying collateral including default rates, recoveries, and changes in value. Expected cash flows were
discounted using the effective interest rate implicit in the securities.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Sales-related Allowances

We analyze accounts receivable and historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness,
current economic trends and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of our
allowance for doubtful accounts. In addition, we specifically reserve for any accounts receivable for which there
are identified collection issues. Balances are charged off when we deem it probable that the receivable will not be
recovered. We also make provisions for sales rebates and revenue adjustments based upon analysis of current
sales programs and revenues.

Concentration of Risk

We are exposed to credit risk in the event of default by any of our customers to the extent of amounts recorded in
the consolidated balance sheet. We perform ongoing evaluations of the collectability of accounts receivable
balances for our customers and maintain allowances for estimated credit losses. Actual losses have not
historically been significant, but have risen over the past several years as our customer base has grown through
acquisitions.

Our Fiery products, which constitute approximately 46% of our revenues, are primarily sold to a limited number
of OEMs. We expect that we will continue to depend on a relatively small number of OEM customers for a
significant portion of our revenues, although the significance of that revenue is expected to decline in future
periods as our revenues increase from Inkjet products.

73

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

We are reliant on certain sole source suppliers for key components of our products. We conduct our business
with our component suppliers solely on a purchase order basis. Any disruption in the supply of key components
would result in our inability to manufacture our products.

Many of our current controllers include software that we license from Adobe. To obtain licenses from Adobe,
Adobe requires that we obtain from them quality assurance approvals for our products that use Adobe software.
Although to date we have successfully obtained such quality assurance approvals from Adobe, we cannot be
certain Adobe will grant us such approvals in the future. If Adobe does not grant us such licenses or approvals, if
the Adobe licenses are terminated, or if our relationship with Adobe is otherwise materially impaired, we would
likely be unable to produce products that incorporate Adobe PostScript ® software.

We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our Fiery controllers, solvent ink, Jetrion, and Rastek
products. We rely on the ability of our subcontractors to produce the products sold to our customers. A high
concentration of our products is manufactured at one subcontractor location. If the subcontractor lost production
capabilities at this facility, we would experience delays in delivering product to our customers. We do not
maintain long-term agreements with our subcontractors, which could lead to an inability of such subcontractor to
fill our orders.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at standard cost, which approximates the lower of actual cost using a first-in, first-out
method, or market. We periodically review our inventories for potential slow-moving or obsolete items and write
down specific items to net realizable value as appropriate. Work-in-process inventories consist of our product at
various levels of assembly and include materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead. Finished goods inventory
represents completed products awaiting shipment.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated life for desktop and laptop computers is 18 to 24 months,
furniture has an estimated life of 5 to 7 years, software is amortized over 3 to 5 years, and buildings have an
estimated life of 40 years. All other assets are typically considered to have a 2 to 5 year life. Leasehold
improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements
or the lease term, if shorter. Land improvements, such as parking lots and sidewalks, are amortized using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

When assets are disposed, we remove the asset and accumulated depreciation from our records and recognize the
related gain or loss in results of operations. The cost and related accumulated depreciation applicable to property
and equipment sold or no longer in service are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in
other income and expense.

Depreciation expense was $10.9, $11.4, and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.

Repairs and maintenance expenditures, which are not considered improvements and do not extend the useful life
of property and equipment are expensed as incurred.

74

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Internal Use Software

We follow the guidance in ASC 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software. Software
development costs, including costs incurred to purchase third party software, are capitalized beginning when we
have determined that certain factors are present, including among others, that technology exists to achieve the
performance requirements. The accumulation of software costs to be capitalized ceases when the software is
substantially developed and is ready for its intended use. It is amortized over an estimated useful life of three
years using the straight-line method.

Restricted Investments

As of December 31, 2008 we were a party to two synthetic leases (the “301 Lease” and the “303 Lease”, together
“Leases”) covering our Foster City facilities located at 301 and 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California. The
leases included an option to purchase the facilities during or at the end of the Leases term for the amount
expended by the lessor to purchase the facilities. The funds pledged under the Leases ($56.9 million for the 303
Lease and $31.7 million for the 301 Lease at December 31, 2008) were in LIBOR-based interest bearing
accounts and were restricted as to withdrawal at all times. We exercised our purchase option with respect to the
301 Lease in connection with the sale of the building and land and terminated the corresponding synthetic
lease. Accordingly, the $31.7 million of pledged funds were re-classified as Assets Held for Sale under current
assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008 and recognized in the determination of the
gain on sale of building and land in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31,
2009.

Goodwill

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we changed our annual goodwill impairment testing date from September 30
to December 31 of each year. This change is being made to better align impairment testing procedures with
year-end financial reporting and the annual business planning and budgeting process, which commences during
the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, the goodwill impairment testing will reflect the result of input from
business and other operating personnel in the development of the budget. Accordingly, management considers
this accounting change preferable. This change does not accelerate, delay, avoid, or cause an impairment charge,
nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements. The annual goodwill
impairment testing was initially completed as of September 30, 2009, in accordance with our previously
established annual timeline. As a result of this accounting change, we also completed the impairment testing as
of December 31, 2009.

A two-step impairment test of goodwill is required pursuant to ASC 350-20-35. In the first step, the fair value of
each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not
impaired and further testing is not required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the second step of
the impairment test is required to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied
fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets of the
reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the
carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss must be
recorded that is equal to the difference.

Based on our valuation results, we had determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their
carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of
September 30, 2009.

75

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Based on the outcome of the conditions existing during the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined there was a
triggering event that required an interim impairment analysis had occurred relating to the Inkjet reporting unit.
The resulting impairment analysis resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $104 million during the
fourth quarter of 2008. The goodwill valuation analysis was performed based on our respective reporting units—
Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS—which are consistent with our operating segments identified in Note 15—Segment
Information, Geographic Data, and Major Customers of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We determined the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit as of December 31, 2009 by equally weighting the
market and income approaches. The fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units were determined based on
the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimated fair value based on market multiples of revenues
or earnings of comparable companies. Under the income approach, we measured fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be
commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Based on our valuation results, we have
determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Fiery, Inkjet, and
APPS fair values are $186, $177, and $61 million, respectively, which exceeds carrying value by 93%, 9%, and
33%, respectively.

Please see Note 4—Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment of these Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

Long-lived Assets, including Intangible Assets

We evaluate potential impairment with respect to long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. Long-lived asset impairment for the year ended
December 31, 2009 of $3.2 million consisted primarily of project abandonment costs related to equipment
charges in the Inkjet operating segment. Long-lived asset impairment for the year ended December 31, 2008 of
$1.8 million consisted primarily of certain Inkjet printer equipment.

Intangible assets are evaluated for impairment based on their estimated future undiscounted cash flows. Based on
this analysis, no impairment of intangible assets, excluding goodwill, was recognized in 2009, 2008, or 2007.

Intangible assets acquired to date are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 1 to 30
years. The useful lives of certain trademarks were shortened during 2009 and 2008 with a $0.6 and $0.1 million
impact on amortization expense, respectively. No changes have been made to the useful lives of amortizable
identifiable intangible assets in 2007. Intangible amortization expense was $18.5, $29.4, and $33.5 million for
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

Other assets include equity and debt investments in privately-held companies that develop products, markets, and
services that are strategic to us. Investments in which we exercise significant influence over operating and
financial policies, but do not have a majority voting interest are accounted for using the equity method of
accounting. Our investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting totaled $0.3 million as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008. Our consolidated results of operations include, as a component of other income,
our share of the net loss of the equity method investees. Our share of the results of investees’ results of
operations is not significant for any period presented.

On December 2, 2008, we acquired the remaining interest of Raster. As a result, Raster is consolidated in our
financial statements as of December 2, 2008, and is no longer included in other assets.

76

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The process of assessing whether a particular equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost requires
a significant amount of judgment due to the lack of a mature and stable public market for these securities. In
making this judgment, we carefully consider the investee’s most recent financial results, cash position, recent
cash flow data, projected cash flows (both short and long-term), financing needs, recent financing rounds, most
recent valuation data, the current investing environment, management or ownership changes, and competition.
This process is based primarily on information that we request and receive from these privately-held companies
and is performed on a quarterly basis. Although we evaluate all of our privately-held equity investments for
impairment based on the criteria established above, each investee’s fair value is only estimated when events or
changes in circumstances have occurred that may significantly effect its fair value (because the fair value of each
investment is not readily determinable). Where these factors indicate that the equity method investee’s fair value
is less than its carrying cost, and where we consider such diminution in value to be other than temporary, we
record an impairment charge reducing such equity investment to its estimated fair value.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we assessed each remaining investee’s technology pipeline and market
conditions in the industry for the next several years and determined that it is no longer probable that they will
generate enough positive future cash flows to recover the full carrying amount of the investment. Please refer to
the preceding paragraph for a full discussion of the factors considered. As such, we recognized an impairment
charge of $6.1 million.

Please refer to Note 4—Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment of these Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of our financial instruments, including cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
restricted investments, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, approximate their respective fair market values
due to the short maturities of these financial instruments. The fair value of our available-for-sale securities and
derivative instruments are disclosed in Note 5—Investments and Fair Value Measurements of these Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. On June 2, 2008, we redeemed the outstanding balance of our 1.50%
convertible senior debentures for $240.0 million.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Warranty

Our products are generally accompanied by a 12-month warranty, which covers both parts and labor. The
warranty on our printers is generally 13 months from date of shipment. In accordance with ASC 450-30, Loss
Contingencies, an accrual is made when it is estimable and probable based upon historical experience.
A provision for estimated future warranty work is recorded in cost of goods sold upon recognition of revenue
and the resulting accrual is reviewed regularly and periodically adjusted to reflect changes in warranty estimates.

Research and Development

We expense research and development costs associated with new software products as incurred until
technological feasibility is established. Research and development costs include salaries and benefits of
researchers, supplies, and other expenses incurred with research and development efforts. To date we have not
capitalized research and development costs associated with software development as products and enhancements
have generally reached technological feasibility and have been released for sale at substantially the same time.

77

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue primarily from product revenue, which includes hardware (controllers, design-licensed
solutions, inkjet printers, and ink), software, and royalties. We also receive services and support revenue from
software license maintenance agreements, customer support, and training and consulting. As described below,
significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with the revenue
recognized in any accounting period. Material differences could result in the amount and timing of revenue for
any period if our management made different judgments or utilized different estimates.

We recognize revenue in accordance with the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 “Revenue
Recognition” (“SAB 104”) and when applicable, ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element
Arrangements, for the sale of controllers, printers, and ink. As such, revenue is generally recognized when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered or services have been rendered, the
fee is fixed or determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

Products generally must be shipped against written purchase orders. We use either a binding purchase order or
signed contract as evidence of an arrangement. Sales to some of our OEMs are evidenced by a master agreement
governing the relationship together with a binding purchase order. Sales to our resellers are also evidenced by
binding purchase orders or signed contracts and do not generally contain rights of return or price protection. Our
arrangements generally do not include product acceptance clauses. When acceptance is required, revenue is
recognized when the product is accepted by the customer.

Delivery for hardware generally is complete when title and risk of loss is transferred at point of shipment from
manufacturing facilities, or when the product is delivered to the customer’s local common carrier. We also sell
products and services using sales arrangements with terms resulting in different timing for revenue recognition as
follows:

•

•

•

•

if the title and/or risk of loss is transferred at a location other than our manufacturing facility, revenue
is recognized when title and/or risk of loss transfers to the customer, per the terms of the agreement;

if title is retained until payment is received, revenue is recognized when title is passed upon receipt of
payment;

if payment is contingent upon installation, the revenue related to the portion of the payment tied to
installation is deferred until installation is complete; or

if the sales arrangement is classified as an operating lease, revenue is recognized ratably over the lease
term.

We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the terms of the contract or purchase order. We
assess collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the
creditworthiness of the customer. We may not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that
collection of a fee is not reasonably assured, we defer the fee and recognize revenue at the time collection
becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

We license our software primarily under perpetual licenses. Revenue from software consists of software
licensing, post-contract customer support, and professional consulting. We apply the provisions of ASC 985-605,
Software—Revenue Recognition, and if applicable, SAB 104 and ASC 605-25 to all transactions involving the
sale of software products and hardware transactions where the software is not incidental.

When several elements, including software licenses, post-contract customer support, and professional services,
are sold to a customer through a single contract, the revenue from such multiple-element arrangements are

78

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

allocated to each element using the residual method in accordance with ASC 985-605. Revenue is allocated to
the support elements and professional service elements of an agreement using vendor specific objective evidence
of fair value (“VSOE”) and to the software license portion of the agreements using the residual method. We have
established VSOE of the fair value of our professional services based on the rates charged to our customers in
stand alone orders. We have also established VSOE of fair value for post-contract customer support based on
substantive renewal rates. Accordingly, software license fees are recognized under the residual method for
arrangements in which the software is licensed with maintenance and/or professional services, and where the
maintenance and professional services are not essential to the functionality of the delivered software. Revenue
allocated to software licenses is recognized when the following four basic criteria are met: persuasive evidence of
an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.
Revenue allocated to post-contract support is recognized ratably over the term of the support contract assuming
the four basic criteria are met. We also have subscription arrangements where the customer pays a fixed fee and
receives services over a period of time. We recognize revenue from the subscriptions ratably over the service
period. Any upfront setup fees associated with our subscription arrangements are recognized ratably, generally
over one year.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling costs are included in net sales. Shipping and handling
costs are charged to cost of sales as incurred.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotional expenses were $3.7, $4.9, and $6.3
million for 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires that deferred tax
liabilities and deferred tax assets are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax
bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected
to reverse. We estimate our actual current tax expense and the temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and financial accounting purposes. These differences result
in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. If we believe that
recovery of these deferred assets is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we either
establish or increase a valuation allowance in a period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in
the statement of operations.

Business Combinations

We apply the purchase method of accounting for our acquisitions. We allocate the purchase price of acquired
companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and in-process research &
development based on their estimated fair values. All acquisitions are included in our financial statements from
the date of acquisition.

On July 28, 2008, we acquired Pace to strengthen our APPS product category. On December 2, 2008, we
acquired Raster, a mid-market, wide format graphics printer developer and manufacturer, to further expand our
Inkjet line of products. The Pace and Raster acquisitions are discussed in Note 2—Acquisitions in these Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

79

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718 using the modified
prospective transition method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense in 2009, 2008,
and 2007 includes compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested,
as of January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of
ASC 718 prior to amendment. Stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards granted
after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of
ASC 718. We recognize these compensation costs using the graded vesting method over the requisite service
period. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period for each separately
vesting tranche of each award as though each award were, in substance, multiple awards. ASC 718 requires
forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised on a cumulative basis, if necessary, in subsequent
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data and future expectations of
employee turnover to estimate forfeitures. The tax benefit resulting from tax deductions in excess of the tax
benefits related to stock-based compensation expense recognized for those awards are classified as financing
cash flows.

On November 10, 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued transition guidance
regarding the tax effects of stock-based payment awards. We elected to adopt the alternative transition method
for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation expense pursuant to ASC 718. The alternative
transition method included a simplified method to establish the beginning balance of the APIC pool related to the
tax effects of employee stock-based compensation expense, which is available to absorb tax deficiencies
recognized subsequent to the adoption of ASC 718. Tax shortfalls resulting from the tax effects of employee
stock-based compensation absorbed the remaining balance of the APIC pool in 2008.

Foreign Currency Translation

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for all of our foreign operations, except for our Germany subsidiary,
for which the Euro is the functional currency, and our Japanese subsidiary, for which the Japanese yen is the
functional currency. Where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, translation adjustments are recorded in
income. Where a currency other than the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, translation adjustments are
recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

Computation of Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Net income (loss) per basic common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period, excluding non-vested restricted stock. Net income (loss) per diluted common share
is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares
outstanding during the period. Potential common shares result from the assumed exercise of outstanding common
stock options having a dilutive effect using the treasury stock method, from non-vested shares of restricted stock
using the treasury stock method, from shares to be purchased under the ESPP, and from the conversion of our
1.50% Convertible Senior Debentures (“Debentures”) prior to redemption on June 2, 2008. In computing the
dilutive effect of the Debentures, the numerator is adjusted to add back the after-tax amount of interest and
amortized debt-issuance costs recognized in the period associated with the Debentures. Any potential shares that
are anti-dilutive as defined in ASC 260, Earnings per Share, are excluded from the effect of dilutive securities.

80

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following table presents a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the three years ended
December 31, 2009:

(in thousands except per share data)

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Basic net income (loss) per share:
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders . . . . . . . . . .

$ (2,171)

$(113,444)

$26,843

Weighted average common shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic net income (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49,682
$ (0.04)

52,553
(2.16)

$

56,679
0.47

$

Dilutive net income (loss) per share:

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders . . . . . . . .
After-tax equivalent of expense related to 1.50% convertible

$ (2,171)

$(113,444)

$26,843

senior debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

3,000

Income (loss) for purposes of computing diluted net income

(loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (2,171)

$(113,444)

$29,843

Weighted average common shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dilutive stock options and non-vested restricted stock . . . . . . .
Weighted average assumed conversion of 1.50% convertible

49,682
—

52,553
—

56,679
2,339

senior debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

9,084

Weighted average common shares outstanding for purposes of

computing diluted net income (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49,682

52,553

68,102

Dilutive net income (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (0.04)

$

(2.16)

$

0.44

The following table sets forth potential shares of common stock that are not included in the diluted net income
(loss) per share calculation above because to do so would be anti-dilutive for the periods presented.

(in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Stock options, non-vested restricted stock, and ESPP

shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convertible senior debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,547
—

7,801
3,783

2,951
—

Total potential shares of common stock excluded from the
computation of diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . .

5,547

11,584

2,951

Effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2008, ASC 260-10-45 to 65, Earnings per
Share, requires use of the two-class method to calculate earnings per share when non-vested restricted stock
awards are eligible to receive dividends (i.e., participating securities), even if we do not intend to declare
dividends. The two-class method is not applicable to 2009 and 2008 when net losses were incurred as non-vested
restricted stockholders do not “participate” in net losses. Weighted average non-vested restricted stock awards
eligible to receive dividends were 470 thousand for the year ended December, 2007. Dilutive earnings per share
was anti-dilutive under the two-class method for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Risk Management

We are exposed to market risk and foreign currency exchange risk from changes in foreign currency exchange
rates, which could affect operating results, financial position, and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these

81

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative
financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are used to hedge economic exposures as well as to
reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. Our primary exposures are related
to non-U.S. dollar-denominated sales in Japan and Europe and operating expenses in Europe, India, and Japan.
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we began hedging our operating expense exposure in Indian rupees. As of
December 31, 2009, we had not entered into any hedges against any other currency exposures, but we may
consider hedging against currency movements in other currencies, as well as adjusting the hedged portion of our
Indian rupee exposure in the future.

ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires the fair value of all derivative instruments, including those
embedded in other contracts, be reflected as assets or liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. As permitted,
foreign exchange contracts with a notional amount of $1.4 million and an immaterial net asset/liability fair value
have been designated for hedge accounting treatment. The related cash flow impacts of our derivative contracts
are reflected as cash flows from operating activities.

By their nature, derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market and credit risk. The
market risk associated with these instruments resulting from currency exchange movement is expected to offset
the market risk of the underlying transactions, assets, and liabilities being hedged (e.g., operating expense
exposure in Indian rupees). We do not believe there is a significant risk of loss from non-performance by the
counterparties associated with these instruments because these transactions are executed with a diversified group
of major financial institutions. Further, by policy we deal with counterparties having a minimum investment
grade or better credit rating. Credit risk is managed through the continuous monitoring of exposures to such
counterparties.

Our foreign currency derivative contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges of our Indian rupee
operating expense exposure. The changes in fair value of these contracts were reported as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive income and re-classified to operating expenses in the periods of payment of
the hedged operating expenses. The amount of ineffectiveness that was recorded in the consolidated statement of
operations for these designated cash flow hedges was immaterial. All components of each derivative’s gain or
loss was included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. As of December 31, 2009, the net asset/liability fair
value of these contracts was not material.

Variable Interest Entities

The Variable Interest Entities sub-section of ASC 810, Consolidation, requires that we consolidate any VIE, in
which we are the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is generally defined as having the majority of the
risks and rewards arising from the VIE. We have evaluated and will continue to assess our synthetic lease
arrangement, equity method investees, and other entities that may be deemed to be a VIE. See Note 8—
Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of our
synthetic lease arrangements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“ASC 105-10”).
ASC 105-10 establishes the exclusive authoritative reference for U.S. GAAP in financial statements, except for
SEC rules and regulations, which are also authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. The ASC supersedes all
existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. We have included the references to the ASC, as
appropriate, in these Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

82

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

We adopted ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which defines fair value, establishes a
framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements, effective January 1,
2008. In accordance with ASC 820-10-65-1, Transition Related to FASB Staff Position FAS 157-2, Effective
Date of FASB Statement No. 157, we adopted ASC 820 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities,
except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at
least annually) effective January 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 820 requires us to disclose the fair value of our
derivative liabilities, but did not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2009, the FASB issued three related staff positions, which modify the ASC by providing additional
application guidance and enhancing disclosures regarding fair value measurements and impairments of securities.

ASC 820-10-35, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Subsequent Measurement, provides guidance on
determining fair value when there is no active market or when the price inputs being used represent distressed
sales and expands required disclosures of major security types.

ASC 825-10-50, Financial Instruments—Disclosure, was amended to require disclosure of the methods and
significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments and ASC 270, Interim Reporting,
was amended to require disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments for which it is practicable to
estimate fair value, whether or not recognized in our financial statements, for interim reporting as well as annual
reporting.

ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, was amended to provide operational guidance on
determining other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities and expand disclosure requirements. Other-
than-temporary impairments of debt securities must be allocated between credit and non-credit components with
the non-credit portion recognized as a component of other comprehensive income and the credit portion included
in net income (loss). A cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings and accumulated
other comprehensive income is required in the period of adoption for other than temporary impairments of debt
securities recognized in prior periods, which are still held as investments at the date of adoption.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

These amendments were adopted beginning in the second quarter of 2009. As a result of ASC 320-10-65-1,
Transition Related to FASB Staff Position FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-
Than-Temporary Impairments, we recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of $0.1 million to retained earnings.

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) ASU 2010-06, Improving Disclosures
about Fair Value Measurements, which amends ASC 820 to add two new disclosures: (1) transfers in and out of
Level 1 and 2 measurements and the reasons for the transfers, and (2) a gross presentation of activity within the
Level 3 rollforward. The ASU also includes clarifications to existing disclosure requirements on the level of
disaggregation and disclosures regarding inputs and valuation techniques. The ASU is effective in the first
quarter of 2010, except for the gross presentation of the Level 3 rollforward, which is not effective until the first
quarter of 2011.

In December 2007, ASC 805, Business Combinations, retained the fundamental requirement that the acquisition
method of accounting be used for all business combinations with the following changes: an acquirer will record
100% of assets and liabilities of the acquired business, including goodwill, at fair value, regardless of the level of
interest acquired; certain contingent assets and liabilities will be recognized at fair value at the acquisition date;
contingent consideration will be recognized at fair value at the acquisition date with changes in fair value
recognized in earnings upon settlement; acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed
as incurred; reversals of valuation allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes to acquired
income tax uncertainties will be recognized in earnings; and when making adjustments to finalize preliminary

83

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

accounting, acquirers will revise any previously issued post-acquisition financial information in future financial
statements to reflect any adjustments as if they occurred on the acquisition date. ASC 805 applies prospectively
to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. ASC 805 will impact our
consolidated financial statements in the event a business combination occurs. The nature and magnitude of the
specific effects will likely depend upon the nature, terms, and size of such acquisitions.

In April 2008, ASC 350-30, General Intangibles Other than Goodwill, amended the factors to be considered in
developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset
under ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other. ASC 350-30 applies to intangible assets that are acquired,
individually or with a group of other assets, in either a business combination or asset acquisition. ASC 350-30 is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. ASC 350-30 will impact our consolidated financial statements in the event that we
acquire intangible assets in either a business combination or asset acquisition. The nature and magnitude of the
specific effects will likely depend upon the nature, terms, and size of business combinations or acquisitions.

In June 2009, the FASB amended the Variable Interest Entities sub-section of ASC 810, Consolidation, which
will be effective January 2010. ASC 810 changes how a reporting entity evaluates whether an entity is
considered the primary beneficiary of a VIE and is therefore required to consolidate the VIE. ASC 810 requires
formal assessment at each reporting period regarding which party within the VIE is considered the primary
beneficiary and also requires a number of new disclosures related to VIE’s. A qualitative approach will be
required for identifying the primary beneficiary of a VIE based on the power to direct activities that most
significantly impact the economic performance of the entity and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive
benefits that could be significant to us We do not expect the adoption of ASC 810 to have a material impact on
our financial condition or results of operations; however, we are currently evaluating the impact of ASC 810 on
our VIE.

In September 2009, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) consensuses reflected in ASU
2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (ASC 605), and ASU 2009-14, Certain Revenue
Arrangements That Include Software Elements (ASC 985). These consensuses shall be applied on a prospective
basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2010
with earlier application permitted. ASU 2009-13 eliminates the residual method of allocation in a multiple
deliverable arrangement. When applying the relative selling price method, the selling price for each deliverable
shall be determined using VSOE, if it exists. Otherwise, third party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) shall be
used. If neither VSOE nor TPE exists for a deliverable, then the best estimate of the selling price for that
deliverable shall be used when applying the relative selling price method. ASU 2009-14 determined that tangible
products containing software and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s
essential functionality are not required to follow the software revenue recognition guidance in ASC 985,
Software Revenue Recognition, as long as the hardware components of the tangible product substantively
contribute to its functionality. In addition, hardware components of a tangible product containing software
components shall always be excluded from the guidance in ASC 985. We are currently evaluating the impact of
these consensuses on our financial condition and results of operations.

The FASB amended and expanded the disclosure requirements of ASC 815-50, Derivatives & Hedging—
Disclosures, for financial statements issued after November 15, 2008 to provide an enhanced understanding of 1)
how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, 2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are
accounted for under ASC 815, and 3) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s
financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The adoption of ASC 815 did not have a material
impact on our results of operations or financial condition. The primary impact was enhanced disclosures
surrounding our recently initiated cash flow hedging activity.

84

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

(in thousands)

Years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(4) $ (1,837) $(3,614)

Cash (paid) refunded for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(3,171) $ (8,303) $ 3,017

Acquisition related activities: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash paid for acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash acquired in acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $(25,405) $ —
—

122

—

`

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Net cash paid for acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $(25,283) $ —

Note 2: Acquisitions

We acquired Raster and Pace during 2008. These acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting. Under purchase accounting, the consideration is allocated to the tangible and identifiable
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed according to their respective fair values on the date of
acquisition. Excess purchase consideration is recorded as goodwill. Factors contributing to a purchase price that
results in goodwill include, but are not limited to, the retention of research and development personnel with skills
to develop future technology, support personnel to provide maintenance services related to the products, a trained
sales force capable of selling current and future products, the opportunity to cross-sell Rastek, Pace, and EFI
products to existing customers, and the positive reputation that each of these companies have in the market.

Valuation Methodology

Intangible assets acquired consist of developed technology, in-process research & development (IPR&D),
patents, trademarks and trade names, and customer relationships. The amount allocated to IPR&D was
determined using established valuation techniques and was expensed upon acquisition because technological
feasibility had not been established and no future alternative uses existed. The value of IPR&D was determined
by estimating the costs to develop the purchased IPR&D into a commercially viable product, estimating the
resulting net cash flows from the sale of the products resulting from the completion of the IPR&D, and
discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. Project completion schedules were based on
management’s estimate of tasks completed and the tasks to be completed to bring the project to technical and
commercial feasibility. We charged IPR&D of $0.7 million related to our acquisition of Raster and $2.0 million
related to our acquisition of Pace to operating expenses during 2008.

Discount rate for IPR&D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Percentage of completion for in-process projects acquired . . . . . . . . . . .

24%
17 - 18%
64 - 81% 23 - 83%

Raster

Pace

Raster Printers, Inc.

On December 2, 2008, we acquired the remaining interest of Raster for approximately $5.3 million in cash,
including direct acquisition costs plus an additional cash earn out, which is contingent upon achieving certain
performance targets. The maximum additional earn-out is $1.7 million. The first earn-out period ended
December 31, 2009 with no additional consideration earned. Adjustments to the purchase price allocation during
2009 were $0.6 million. Headquartered in San Jose, California, Raster sells UV wide format printers primarily to
mid-range customers in the display graphics market.

85

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Pace Systems Group, Inc.

On July 28, 2008, we acquired 100% interest of Pace for approximately $20.1 million in cash including direct
acquisition costs plus an additional future cash earn out which is contingent upon achieving certain performance
targets. The maximum additional earn-out is $9 million. The first earn-out period ended December 31, 2009 with
additional consideration earned of approximately $2 million, which has been accounted for as an adjustment to
the purchase price. In addition, the purchase price was adjusted by $2.2 million during 2009 related to deferred
taxes. Headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida, Pace is a print management software company that provides PMIS
and e-commerce software solutions.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in
thousands) with respect to each of these acquisitions:

Raster

Pace

Weighted
average
useful life

Allocation at
December 31,
2009

Weighted
average
useful life

Allocation at
December 31,
2009

In-process research & development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Existing and core technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer contracts, relationships, and maintenance

agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademarks and trade names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill

3 years

5 years
4 years

Excess of assets over liabilities assumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 years

9 years
6 years

$ 680
1,340

980
650
2,560

6,210
(188)

$6,022

$ 2,000
8,100

4,600
300
12,727

27,727
(5,661)

$22,066

86

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 3: Balance Sheet Components

Selected balance sheet components are as follows (in thousands):

December 31,

2009

2008

Inventories, net of allowances:

Raw materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Work in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 26,238
3,070
19,478

$ 28,769
2,901
17,115

$ 48,786

$ 48,785

Property and equipment, net:

Land, buildings, and improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment and purchased software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 20,941
50,268
18,903

$ 19,179
57,914
20,382

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . .

90,112
(61,883)

97,475
(62,250)

$ 28,229

$ 35,225

Accrued and other liabilities:

Accrued compensation and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued royalty payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 13,432
6,838
3,313
12,278

$ 21,163
6,791
3,961
13,043

$ 35,861

$ 44,958

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Note 4: Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment

(in thousands)

December 31, 2009

December 31, 2008

Weighted
average
useful life

Gross
carrying
amount

Accumulated
amortization

Net
carrying
amount

Gross
carrying
amount

Accumulated
amortization

Net
carrying
amount

Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$122,840 $

— $122,840 $122,581 $

— $122,581

Acquired technology . . . . . . . . .
Patents, trademarks and trade

names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangible assets . . . . . . . .

Amortizable intangible assets . .

4.6

$110,302 $(103,450) $

6,852 $108,914 $ (94,354) $ 14,560

16.3
6.1

7.7

50,485
63,835

(17,732)
(48,991)

32,753
14,844

49,829
65,765

(15,513)
(41,649)

34,316
24,116

$224,622 $(170,173) $ 54,449 $224,508 $(151,516) $ 72,992

87

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Acquired technology, patents, trademarks and trade names, and other intangible assets are amortized over their
estimated useful lives of 1 to 20 years using the straight-line method, which approximates the pattern in which
the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed. Aggregate amortization expense was $18.5, $29.4,
and $33.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. As of December 31,
2009 future estimated amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets is estimated to be (in
thousands):

For the periods:

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Future
amortization
expense

$11,800
8,261
5,575
4,387
24,517

$54,540

A reconciliation of the activity in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is presented below
in accordance with ASC 805 (in thousands).

Ending balance, December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ending Balance, December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to deferred tax assets / liabilities in accordance with
ASC 805-740-25, Business Combinations — Income Taxes —
Recognition

Foreign currency adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiery

Inkjet

APPS

Total

$53,250
—
—
—

$53,250
—

$ 138,136
1,980
(103,991)

—

$20,394
12,959
—
(147)

$ 211,780
14,939
(103,991)
(147)

$ 36,125
580

$33,206
2,000

$ 122,581
2,580

—
—
—

(2,231)
107

—
—
(197)(1) —

(2,231)
107
(197)

Ending Balance, December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$53,250

$ 36,508

$33,082

$ 122,840

(1) R&D credits impacting taxes payable.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we changed our annual goodwill impairment testing date from September 30
to December 31 of each year. This change is being made to better align impairment testing procedures with
year-end financial reporting and the annual business planning and budgeting process, which commences during
the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, the goodwill impairment testing will reflect the result of input from
business and other operating personnel in the development of the budget. Accordingly, management considers
this accounting change preferable. This change does not accelerate, delay, avoid, or cause an impairment charge,
nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements. The annual goodwill
impairment testing was initially completed as of September 30, 2009, in accordance with our previously
established timeline. As a result of this accounting change, we also completed the impairment testing as of
December 31, 2009.

88

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

A two-step impairment test of goodwill is required pursuant to ASC 350-20-35, Goodwill—Intangibles and
Other—Subsequent Measurement. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its
carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and further testing is not
required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the second step of the impairment test is required to
determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated
by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets of the reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from
the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s
goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss must be recorded that is equal to the difference.

Based on our valuation results, we had determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their
carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of
September 30, 2009.

Based on the outcome of the conditions existing during the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined there was a
triggering event that required an interim impairment analysis had occurred relating to the Inkjet reporting unit.
The resulting impairment analysis resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $104 million during the
fourth quarter of 2008. The goodwill valuation analysis was performed based on our respective reporting units—
Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS, which are consistent with our operating segments identified in Note 15—Segment
Information Geographic Data, and Major Customers of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We determined the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit as of December 31, 2009 by equally weighting the
market and income approaches. The fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units were determined based on
the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimated fair value based on market multiples of revenues
or earnings of comparable companies. Under the income approach, we measured fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be
commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Based on our valuation results, we have
determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Fiery, Inkjet, and
APPS fair values are $186, $177, and $61 million, respectively, which exceeds carrying value by 93%, 9%, and
33%, respectively.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

To identify suitable comparable companies under the market approach, consideration was given to the financial
condition and operating performance of the reporting unit being evaluated relative to companies operating in the
same or similar businesses, potentially subject to corresponding economic, environmental, and political factors
and considered to be reasonable investment alternatives. Consideration was given to the investment
characteristics of the subject company relative to those of similar publicly traded companies (i.e., guideline
companies). Guideline company stocks are actively traded.

Two applications of the market approach are the Public Company Market Multiple Method (“PCMMM”) and the
Similar Transaction Method (“STM”). In applying the PCMMM, valuation multiples were derived from
historical and projected operating data of guideline companies and applied to the appropriate operating data of
our reporting units to arrive at an indication of fair value. Four suitable guideline companies were identified for
the Inkjet reporting unit. Suitable guideline companies could not be identified for the Fiery and APPS reporting
units. Consequently, the STM was employed based on actual majority acquisition transactions in the Fiery and
APPS respective reporting unit’s industry to arrive at an indication of the fair value of these reporting units.

Because the fair value of the Fiery and APPS reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values as of
December 31, 2009 as indicated by the internal market-based analysis, management did not deem it necessary to
further supplement the bases for this judgment. While the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit exceeded its
carrying value based on our internal market-based valuation, management determined to further examine whether

89

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

an impairment had occurred given the recent Inkjet impairment recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008. We
reviewed the factors that could trigger an impairment charge and completed an income-based impairment
analysis, consistent with the approach taken during the third quarter of 2009.

We engaged a third party valuation firm to aid management in its analysis during the third quarter of 2009. All
estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by us. While we chose to utilize a
third party valuation firm at that time, the impairment analysis and related valuations represented the conclusions
of management and not the conclusions or statements of any third party. We did not engage a third party to aid
management in the current quarter analysis.

Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the income approach to assess the fair value of the Inkjet reporting
unit, we made the following assumptions:

•

•

•

A difficult economic climate will continue through 2010 with Inkjet results generally below 2008
results, substantially mitigated by new product introductions, which occurred in 2009 and will continue
in 2010, allowing Inkjet results to improve,

followed by a recovery period between 2011 and 2014, and

long-term industry growth past 2014.

Our discounted cash flow projections for the Inkjet reporting unit were based on five-year financial forecasts,
which were based on annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our
business and through discussions with the independent valuation firm engaged by us during the preceding
quarter. The significant assumptions utilized in these five-year forecasts included annual revenue growth rates
ranging from 6% to 32% for the Inkjet reporting unit, which equates to a compound annual growth rate of 14%.
Future cash flows were discounted to present value using a mid-year convention and a discount rate of 16%.
Terminal values were calculated using the Gordon growth methodology with a long-term growth rate of 4.5%.
The sum of the fair values of the Fiery, Inkjet, and APPS reporting units was reconciled to our current market
capitalization (based on our stock price) plus an estimated control premium. Significant assumptions used in
determining fair values of the reporting units include the determination of appropriate market comparables,
estimated multiples of revenue and EBITDA that a willing buyer is likely to pay, estimated control premium a
willing buyer is likely to pay, and gross profits. Inkjet gross profits are expected to increase as fixed production
costs are absorbed by increased Inkjet volumes.

To assess the reasonableness of the estimated control premium of 19%, we examined the most similar
transactions in relevant industries and determined the average premium indicated by the transactions deemed to
be most similar to a hypothetical transaction involving our reporting units. We examined the weighted average
and median control premiums offered in these industries, industry specific control premiums, and specific
transaction control premiums to conclude that our estimated control premium is reasonable.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the life of the asset may need to be
revised. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

significant negative industry or economic trends,

significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period,

our market capitalization relative to net book value,

significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall
business, and

our assessment of growth and profitability in each reporting unit over the coming years.

90

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be
no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or
the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing at December 31, 2009
will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross profit
rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods
relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the fourth
quarter of 2010 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a interim triggering event. It is not possible to
determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be
material.

Long-Lived Assets

Other investments, included within Long-Lived Assets, consist of equity and debt investments in privately-held
companies that develop products, markets, and services that are strategic to us. Investments in which we exercise
significant influence over operating and financial policies, but do not have a majority voting interest, are
accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

The process of assessing whether a particular equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost requires
a significant amount of judgment due to the lack of a mature and stable public market for these securities. In
making this judgment, we carefully consider the investee’s most recent financial results, cash position, recent
cash flow data, projected cash flows (both short and long-term), financing needs, recent financing rounds, most
recent valuation data, the current investing environment, management or ownership changes, and competition.
This process is based primarily on information that we request and receive from these privately-held companies
and is performed on a quarterly basis. Although we evaluate all of our privately-held equity investments for
impairment based on this criteria, each investment’s fair value is only estimated when events or changes in
circumstances have occurred that may have a significant effect on its fair value (because the fair value of each
investment is not readily determinable). Where these factors indicate that the equity investment’s fair value is
less than its carrying cost, and where we consider such diminution in value to be other than temporary, we record
an impairment charge to reduce such equity investment to its estimated fair value.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

During the fourth quarter of 2008, EFI assessed each remaining investment’s technology pipeline and market
conditions in the industry for the next several years and determined that it is no longer probable that they will
generate enough positive future cash flows to recover the full carrying amount of the investment. As such, we
recognized an impairment charge of $6.1 million.

Long-lived asset impairment for the year ended December 31, 2009 of $3.2 million consisted primarily of project
abandonment costs related to equipment charges in the Inkjet operating segment. Long-lived asset impairment
for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $1.8 million consisted primarily of certain Inkjet printer equipment.

Note 5: Investments and Fair Value Measurements

Debt and marketable equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, which is
determined based on quoted market prices, with net unrealized gains and losses (other than the credit portion of
any other-than-temporary impairment, which is included in net income (loss)) included in accumulated other
comprehensive income, net of tax. We review investments in debt and equity securities for other-than-temporary
impairment whenever the fair value of an investment is less than the amortized cost and evidence indicates that
the investment’s carrying amount is not recoverable within a reasonable period of time. To determine whether an
impairment is other-than-temporary, we consider whether we have the intent to sell the impaired security or if it
will be more likely than not that we will be required to sell the impaired security before a market price recovery

91

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

and whether evidence indicating the cost of the investment is recoverable outweighs evidence to the contrary. We
have determined that gross unrealized losses on short-term investments at December 31, 2009 are temporary in
nature because each investment meets our investment policy and credit quality requirements. We have the ability
and intent to hold these investments until they recover their unrealized losses (which may not be until maturity).
Evidence that we will recover our investments outweighs evidence to the contrary.

We adopted ASC 820-10-35 in the second quarter of 2009, which requires a more detailed, risk-oriented
breakdown of major security types and related information. The following tables summarize our
available-for-sale securities (in thousands):

Amortized
cost

Gross
unrealized
gains

Gross
unrealized
losses

Fair
value

December 31, 2009
U.S. Government securities and sponsored
entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Government securities . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed

securities—residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Money market funds(1)

$17,717
3,400
61,466

14,030
962

Total short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . .

$97,575

December 31, 2008
U.S. Government securities and sponsored
entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Municipal securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed

securities—residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 4,200
36,871
3,624

10,253
2,900

Total short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . .

$57,848

$

8

—
444

184
—

$636

$ 37
33
38

205
—

$313

$ (18)
—
(28)

$17,706
3,400
61,882

(30)
—

14,184
962

$ (76)

$98,134

$

(1)
(961)
—

—
—

$ 4,236
35,943
3,662

10,458
2,900

$(962)

$57,199

(1) Money market funds of $1.0 million, net of reserves, represent funds in The Reserve Primary Fund (“Fund”)
reclassified from cash and cash equivalents as the Fund has adopted a plan of liquidation. As a result, the
Fund’s shares were not tradable at December 31, 2009. Our interest in the Fund was $14.8 million prior to
their adoption of the liquidation plan. As of December 31, 2009, we have received $13.6 million in partial
liquidation of our interest in the Fund, which has been invested in alternative money market funds, all of
which are highly liquid and currently tradable at $1.00 Net Asset Value. In January 2010, we received $1.0
million in partial liquidation of our interest in the Fund, which was similarly invested in alternative money
market funds currently tradable at $1 Net Asset Value. Our remaining interest in the Fund has been fully
reserved as of December 31, 2009.

92

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following tables present the aging of investments with gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 (in thousands):

12 Months or Less

More than 12 Months

TOTAL

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

December 31, 2009
U.S. Government securities and sponsored

entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities—residential

$ 6,840
5,323
3,070

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$15,233

$ (18)
(28)
(30)

$ (76)

$ —
—
—

$ —

$ —
—
—

$ —

$ 6,840
5,323
3,070

$15,233

$ (18)
(28)
(30)

$ (76)

December 31, 2008
U.S. Government securities and sponsored

entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,799
17,445

$

(1)
(395)

$ —
4,138

$ —
(566)

$ 1,799
21,583

$19,244

$(396)

$4,138

$(566)

$23,382

$

(1)
(961)

$(962)

For fixed income securities that have unrealized losses as of December 31, 2009, we have determined that we do
not have the intent to sell any of these investments and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell
any of these investments before recovery of the entire amortized cost basis. In addition, we have evaluated these
fixed income securities and determined that no credit losses exist. Accordingly, management has determined that
the unrealized losses on our fixed income securities as of December 31, 2009 were temporary in nature.

Amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments at December 31, 2009 is summarized by maturity date as
follows (in thousands):

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Mature in less than one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mature in one to three years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amortized cost

Fair value

$47,256
50,319

$97,575

$47,414
50,720

$98,134

For the year ended December 31, 2009, $0.6 million was recognized in net realized gains, which was comprised
of $0.9 million in realized gains from sale of investments offset by $0.3 million in realized losses, which
included $0.2 million of credit-related impairment charges on two corporate debt instruments. For the year ended
December 31, 2008, $3.9 million was recognized in net realized gains, which was comprised of $5.3 million in
realized gains from sale of investments offset by $1.4 million in realized losses of which $0.6 million credit-
related impairment charges related to the Fund and one corporate debt instrument. As of December 31, 2009 and
2008, net unrealized gains of $0.6 million and net unrealized losses of $0.6 million, respectively, were included
in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

93

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Fair Value Measurements

We adopted ASC 820 effective January 1, 2008, which identifies fair value as the exchange price, or exit price,
representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value
measurements, ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1: Inputs that are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting
entity has the ability to access at the measurement date;

Level 2: Inputs that are other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are either directly or indirectly
observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date for the
duration of the instrument’s anticipated life or by comparison to similar instruments; and

Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable or inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market
participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. These include management’s
own judgments about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in
the circumstances.

At December 31, 2009, our investments have been presented in accordance with the fair value hierarchy
specified in ASC 820 as follows (in thousands):

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date using

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31, 2009
U.S. Government securities and sponsored

entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Government securities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities—residential
. . . .
Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2008
U.S. Government securities and sponsored

entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Municipal securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities—residential
. . . .
Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 17,706
3,400
61,882
14,184
68,446

$165,618

$

4,236
35,943
3,663
10,458
99,827

$154,127

$ 3,700
—
—
—
67,484

$71,184

$ —
—
—
—
96,927

$96,927

$14,006
3,400
61,800
14,184
—

$93,390

$ 4,236
35,744
3,663
10,458
—

$54,101

$ —
—
82
—
$ 962

$1,044

$ —

199
—
—
2,900

$3,099

Included in money market funds is $67.5 and $96.9 million, which has been classified as cash equivalents as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Investments are generally classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued
using quoted market prices or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.

94

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Investments in overnight money market mutual funds have been classified as Level 1 because these securities are
valued based upon quoted prices in active markets or because the investments are actively traded at $1.00 Net
Asset Value.

Government agency investments and corporate debt instruments, including investments in asset-backed and
mortgage-backed securities, have generally been classified as Level 2 because markets for these securities are
less active or valuations for such securities utilize significant inputs, which are directly or indirectly observable.

At December 31, 2009, one corporate debt instrument and one money market fund have been classified as Level
3 due to their significantly low level of trading activity. The portion of money market funds, which has been
classified as Level 3, consists of funds placed in the Fund of $1.0 million, which were repaid after year-end. At
December 31, 2008, one corporate debt instrument and one money market fund were classified as Level 3 due to
their significantly low level of trading activity. The portion of money market funds, which were classified as
Level 3, consisted of funds placed in the Fund of $2.9 million.

The following table presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands):

Level 3

Corporate Debt
Securities

Money Market
Funds

Balance at December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reclassification from Level 2 to Level 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Included in other income (loss), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Included in other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases, sales, and maturities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Included in other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Included in other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases, sales, and maturities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 687
—
(313)
(96)
(79)

$ 199
(87)
(6)
(24)

$ 82

Impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2008 in other

income, net, attributable to assets still held at December 31, 2008 . .

$(340)

$ —
14,836
(251)
—
(11,685)

$ 2,900
—
—
(1,938)

$

$

962

(251)

Impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2009 in other

income, net, attributable to assets still held at December 31, 2009 . .

$ —

$ —

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Investments that we currently own could suffer declines in fair value and become other-than-temporarily
impaired. We continuously assess the fair value of individual securities as part of our ongoing portfolio
management. Our other-than-temporary assessment includes reviewing the length of time and extent to which
fair value has been less than amortized cost basis, the seniority and durations of the securities, adverse conditions
related to a security, industry, or sector, historical and projected issuer financial performance, credit ratings,
issuer specific news, and other available relevant information. Based on the above analysis, we identified one
security that was other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008. As a result of our adoption of
ASC 320-10-65-1 effective in the second quarter of 2009, we recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of $0.1
million, to reduce the cost of the previously identified security and retained earnings. As of December 31, 2009,
two additional securities were identified as being other-than-temporarily impaired, resulting in an impairment
loss of $0.2 million, which was recognized in other income, net.

95

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

In determining whether a credit loss existed, we used our best estimate of the present value of cash flows
expected to be collected from the debt security. For asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, cash flow
estimates including prepayment assumptions were based on data from widely accepted third party data sources or
internal estimates. In addition to prepayment assumptions, cash flow estimates vary based on assumptions
regarding the underlying collateral including default rates, recoveries, and changes in value. Expected cash flows
were discounted using the effective interest rate implicit in the securities.

The following table presents the change in accumulated other-than-temporary credit-related impairments charged
to retained earnings and other income (expense)

Accumulated Impairments, net attributable to assets still held at

December 31, 2009, as of December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impairments recognized in other income, net
Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of ASC 320-10-65-1 as of

Impairments
Charged to
Retained
Earnings

Impairments
Recognized in
Other Income
(Expense), Net TOTAL

$ —
—

$ 890
217

$ 890
217

April 1, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

58

—

58

Accumulated Impairments, net attributable to assets still held at

December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 58

$1,107

$1,165

No other-than-temporary impairments have been recognized related to other factors.

Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of ASC 820 regarding nonfinancial assets and liabilities
that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. The adoption did
not materially impact our financial position or results of operations.

We utilize the income approach to measure fair value of our derivative assets and liabilities. The income
approach uses pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as yield curves, currency exchange
rates, and forward prices, and therefore are classified as Level 2. The fair value of our derivative assets and
liabilities having a notional amount of $1.4 million were not material at December 31, 2009.

Note 6: Convertible Debt

On June 4, 2003, we sold $240 million of 1.50% convertible senior debentures due 2023 (“Debentures”) in a
private placement, which are unsecured senior obligations, paying interest semi-annually in arrears at an annual
rate of 1.50%.

On June 2, 2008 (the “Redemption Date”), we redeemed the outstanding balance of the Debentures at our option,
which totaled $240 million and was 100% of the principal amount. Interest paid during the second quarter of
2008 totaled $1.8 million, which consisted of accrued and unpaid interest payments between December 1, 2007
and June 2, 2008.

96

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 7: Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”)

Other comprehensive income, which includes net income (loss), market valuation adjustments on available for
sale investments, net of tax, currency translation adjustments, and net deferral of losses on derivative instruments
consists of the following (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in market valuation of investments, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(2,171) $(113,444) $26,843
1,669
666
—

(1,601)
(295)
—

718
(59)
(47)

Comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(1,559) $(115,340) $29,178

The activity in accumulated other comprehensive income and related tax effects are as follows (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Net unrealized investment (losses)/gains:

Unrealized holding gains, net of tax provision of ($0.8) in 2009, ($1.0) in

2008, and ($1.1) million in 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,169

$

1,532

$ 1,649

Reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income (loss),

net of tax benefit of $0.3 in 2009, $2.1 in 2008, and $0 in 2007 . . . . . . . . .

(451)

Net unrealized investment gains (losses)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

718
(59)
11

(3,133)

(1,601)
(295)
—

20

1,669
666
—

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Other comprehensive income/(loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

670

$

(1,896) $ 2,335

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income was (in thousands):

Net unrealized investment gains (losses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currency translation gains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other

$

334
2,001
11

$ (388)
2,064
—

Accumulated other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

2,346

$ 1,676

December 31,

2009

2008

Note 8: Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

Off-Balance Sheet Financing—Synthetic Lease Arrangement

As of December 31, 2008 we were a party to two synthetic leases (the “301 Lease” and the “303 Lease”, together
“Leases”) covering our Foster City facilities located at 301 and 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California. These
leases provided a cost effective means of providing adequate office space for our corporate offices. Both Leases
were scheduled to expire in July 2014. The Leases included an option to purchase the facilities during or at the
end of the Leases term for the amount expended by the lessor to purchase the facilities. The funds pledged under

97

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

the Leases ($56.9 million for the 303 Lease and $31.7 million for the 301 Lease at December 31, 2008) were in
LIBOR-based interest bearing accounts and were restricted as to withdrawal at all times. We exercised our
purchase option with respect to the 301 Lease in connection with the sale of the building and land and terminated
the corresponding synthetic lease. Accordingly, the $31.7 million of pledged funds were re-classified as Assets
Held for Sale under current assets in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008 and recognized in the
determination of the gain on sale of building and land in the consolidated statement of operations for the year
ended December 31, 2009.

On January 29, 2009, we completed the sale of building and land for a total price of $137.3 million. We retained
ownership of the approximately 295,000 square foot building at 303 Velocity Way that we currently occupy
along with the related land. We sold the 163,000 square foot 301 Velocity Way building, along with
approximately 30 acres of land and certain other assets related to the property.

We have guaranteed to the lessor a residual value associated with the building equal to 82% of their funding of
the 303 Lease. Under the financial covenants, we must maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum tangible
net worth as of the end of each quarter. There is an additional covenant regarding mergers. We were in
compliance with all such financial and merger-related covenants as of December 31, 2009. We have assessed our
exposure in relation to the first loss guarantee under the 303 Lease and have determined there is no deficiency to
the guaranteed value at December 31, 2009. If there is a decline in value, we will record a loss associated with
the residual value guarantee. In conjunction with the 303 Lease, we have entered into a separate ground lease
with the lessor for approximately 30 years. As of December 31, 2009, we were treated as the owner of this
building for federal income tax purposes. Since we exercised our purchase option with respect to the 301 Lease,
our maximum exposure under our remaining synthetic lease arrangement is $56.9 million as of December 31,
2009.

We have applied the accounting and disclosure rules set forth in ASC 810-10 for variable interest entities
(“VIEs”). We have evaluated our synthetic lease agreement to determine if the arrangement qualifies as a VIE
under ASC 810-10. We have determined that the synthetic lease agreement does qualify as a VIE; however,
because we are not the primary beneficiary under ASC 810-10, we are not required to consolidate the VIE in our
financial statements.

We also lease office facilities in various locations in the U.S. and overseas. Future minimum lease payments
under non-cancellable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter as of December 31, 2009 is
as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year

Future Minimum
Lease Payments

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,178
4,575
4,367
3,350
2,229
1,390

$22,089

Lease obligation related to the principal corporate facility is estimated based on current market interest rates
(LIBOR) and collateralized assumptions. Future minimum sublease income was $0 at December 31, 2009.

98

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Rent expense was approximately $6.7, $9.9, and $11.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and
2007, respectively. Sublease rental income was approximately $0.3, $2.5 and $2.1 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The decrease in rent expense and sublease income is due to
the sale of the building to Gilead and the closure or partial closure of eight facilities.

Purchase Commitments

We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our products. During the normal course of business, our
subcontractors procure components based upon orders placed by us. If we cancel all or part of the orders, we may
still be liable to the subcontractors for the cost of the components purchased by the subcontractors to
manufacture our products. We periodically review the potential liability compared to the adequacy of the related
allowance. Our consolidated financial position and results of operations could be negatively impacted if we were
required to compensate the subcontract manufacturers for amounts in excess of the related allowance.

Guarantees and Product Warranties

Under ASC 460, we are required to disclose guarantees upon issuance and recognize a liability for the fair value
of obligations we assume under such guarantees.

Our products are generally accompanied by a 12-month warranty, which covers both parts and labor. We accrue
warranty liabilities as part of cost of sales based on associated material product costs and technical support labor
costs. The warranty provision is based upon historical experience by product, configuration, and geographic
region.

Changes in warranty reserves for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, were as follows (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,918
5,720
(6,847)

6,791
7,665
(7,618)

Balance at December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,838

The lease agreement for our company headquarters provides for a residual value guarantee. Under ASC 460, the
fair value of a residual value guarantee in lease agreements entered into after December 31, 2002, must be
recognized as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. We have determined that the residual value guarantee
does not represent a material liability as of December 31, 2009.

In the normal course of business and in an effort to facilitate the sales of our products, we sometimes indemnify
other parties, including customers, lessors, and parties to other transactions with us. Typically, our indemnity
provisions provide that we agree to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of
representations and warranties or covenants and intellectual property infringement. Our indemnity provisions
often limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made as well as the amount of the claim which
can be made. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our current and former officers
and directors. Our amended and restated bylaws also contain similar indemnification obligations for our agents.

99

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Legal Proceedings

We may be involved, from time to time, in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating
to contractual disputes, securities law, intellectual property, employment matters, and other claims or litigation
matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of our business. We determine whether an
estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be
reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our specific litigation and regulatory matters
using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside
counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations
of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Because of the uncertainties related to both the amount and
ranges of possible loss from pending litigation matters, we are unable to predict with certainty the precise
liability that could finally result from a range of possible unfavorable outcomes. Taking all of the above factors
into account, we reserve an amount that we could reasonably expect to pay for the cases discussed. However, our
estimates may be incorrect and we could pay more or less than our current accrual. Litigation can be costly,
diverting management’s attention and could, upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

As of December 31, 2009, we were subject to the various claims, lawsuits, investigations, or proceedings that
arose in the ordinary course of business.

Leggett & Platt, Inc. and L&P Property Management Company (“L&P”):

On November 6, 2007, EFI filed a complaint against Leggett & Platt, Inc. and its patent holding subsidiary, L&P
Property Management Company, in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri for declaratory
and injunctive relief challenging the validity and enforceability of U.S. Patent No. 7,290,874 (“‘874 patent”)
issued to L&P. The ‘874 patent is a continuation of U.S. Patent No. 6,755,518 (“‘518 patent”), which L&P
previously asserted against EFI in a prior court action. The court ultimately invalidated the ‘518 patent in the
prior court action on multiple grounds. In the present action, EFI filed a motion for summary judgment that the
‘874 patent is invalid for reasons similar to the ‘518 patent. After EFI filed its summary judgment motion, L&P
was issued US Patent No. 7,520,602 (“‘602 patent”) and filed an amended complaint asserting it against EFI as
well as asserting that EFI breached a non-disclosure agreement. In response, EFI challenged the validity and
enforceability of the ‘602 patent and denied any breach of contract. On July 14, 2009, the court granted EFI’s
motion for summary judgment and held that all of the claims in L&P’s ‘874 patent are invalid.

On November 10, 2009, after several successful summary judgment motions, one of which was affirmed by the
Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, EFI reached a non-confidential settlement with L&P that does not require
any payment from EFI to L&P. L&P dismissed all of its claims against EFI and promised not to sue EFI or any of
its customers based on a claim that EFI products infringe any of the patents-in-suit or any related patent.

Durst Fototechnik Technology GmbH (“Durst”) v. Electronics for Imaging, GmbH (“EFI GmbH”) et al.:

On February 23, 2007, Durst brought a patent infringement action against EFI GmbH in the Mannheim District
Court in Germany. On May 10, 2007, EFI GmbH filed its Statement of Defenses. These defenses include lack of
jurisdiction, non-infringement, invalidity, and unenforceability based on Durst’s improper actions before the
German patent office. EFI filed its Statement of Defense on August 29, 2007. EFI’s defenses include those for
EFI GmbH, as well as an additional defense for prior use based on EFI’s own European patent rights. The
Mannheim court conducted a trial on November 30, 2007. At the conclusion of the trial, the court ordered the
parties to provide further briefing regarding issues raised by EFI regarding the validity of Durst’s patent. On
February 15, 2008, the Court appointed an expert to assist on questions related to the validity of the Durst utility
model right.

100

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

By a decision dated November 27, 2009, the Manheim court entirely dismissed Durst’s infringement actions
against EFI. Durst has appealed the decision and the appeal is currently pending at the court of appeal of
Karlsruhe.

Acacia | Screentone Patent Litigation:

On August 8, 2007, Screentone Systems Corporation (“Screentone”), a subsidiary of Acacia Technologies
Group, initiated litigation against several defendants, including Konica Minolta Printing Solutions, Canon USA,
and Ricoh Americas, for infringement of a patent related to apparatus and methods of digital half-toning in the
U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. Konica Minolta, Canon, and Ricoh are EFI customers. EFI
has contractual obligations to indemnify its customers to varying degrees and subject to various circumstances.
At least one defendant requested indemnification for any EFI products that allegedly infringe these patents.

EFI reached a settlement with Screentone on March 5, 2009. The District Court for the Central District of
California dismissed EFI and Acacia’s claims, defenses, and counterclaims against one another on March 19,
2009. The terms of the settlement between the parties are confidential and have been fulfilled by the parties.

Note 9: Common Stock Repurchase Programs

In November 2007, our Board of Directors authorized a $100 million repurchase of our outstanding common
stock. Under this publicly announced plan, we repurchased a total of 4.7 million shares for an aggregate purchase
price of $64.6 million in 2008.

In February 2009, $33.2 million remaining for repurchase under the 2007 Board of Directors authorization was
canceled by the Board of Directors and replaced with a new authorization to purchase an additional $100 million
of outstanding common stock, including a $30 million accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”), by utilizing a
portion of the proceeds from the January 2009 sale of building and land. The purpose of the ASR was to combine
the immediate share retirement benefits of a tender offer with the market impact and pricing benefits of a
disciplined daily open market stock repurchase program.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

On February 18, 2009, we entered into an agreement with UBS AG, London branch, (“UBS”) to repurchase $30
million of our outstanding common stock under the ASR program. In March 2009, 2.8 million shares were
delivered by UBS representing the minimum number of shares to be delivered under the ASR agreement. Upon
the discretion of UBS, the ASR concluded in August with the delivery of 87 thousand shares. We are not
obligated to issue any shares or transfer any assets beyond the $30 million payment made in the first quarter of
2009. Transaction costs of $0.1 million were incurred under the ASR.

In October 2009, our Board of Directors approved the repurchase of $70 million of our common stock through
the use of a “modified Dutch auction” tender offer by utilizing the balance of the previously authorized $100
million share repurchase program. The tender offer closed on December 24, 2009 resulting in the repurchase of
5.5 million shares at a cost of $70.6 million, which included $0.6 million of direct transaction costs. All shares
received from the ASR and the tender offer were recognized as additional treasury stock accounted for under the
cost method thereby reducing shares outstanding.

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, employees surrendered 74 and 55 thousand shares,
respectively, to satisfy tax withholding obligations that arose on the vesting of restricted stock units. These
repurchased shares are recorded as treasury stock and accounted for under the cost method. None of the shares of
common stock that we have repurchased have been retired. Our buyback program is limited by SEC regulations
and by compliance with our insider trading policy.

101

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 10: Derivatives and Hedging

We are exposed to market risk and foreign currency exchange risk from changes in foreign currency exchange
rates, which could affect operating results, financial position, and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these
risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative
financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are used to hedge economic exposures as well as to
reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. Our primary exposures are related
to non-U.S. dollar-denominated sales in Japan and Europe and operating expenses in Europe, India, and Japan.
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we began hedging our operating expense exposure in Indian rupees. As of
December 31, 2009, we had not entered into any hedges against any other currency exposures, but as these
exposures grow we may consider hedging against currency movements in other currencies, as well as adjusting
the hedged portion of our Indian rupee exposure.

ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires the fair value of all derivative instruments, including those
embedded in other contracts, be recorded as assets or liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. As permitted,
foreign exchange contracts with a notional amount of $1.4 million and a net asset/liability fair value that is
immaterial have been designated for hedge accounting treatment. The related cash flow impacts of our derivative
contracts are reflected as cash flows from operating activities.

By their nature, derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market and credit risk. The
market risk associated with these instruments resulting from currency exchange movement is expected to offset
the market risk of the underlying transactions, assets, and liabilities being hedged (e.g., operating expense
exposure in Indian rupees). We do not believe there is a significant risk of loss from non-performance by the
counterparties associated with these instruments because these transactions are executed with a diversified group
of major financial institutions. Further, by policy we deal with counterparties having a minimum investment
grade or better credit rating. Credit risk is managed through the continuous monitoring of exposures to such
counterparties.

Our foreign currency derivative contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges of our Indian rupee
operating expense exposure. The changes in fair value of these contracts were reported as a component of OCI
and re-classified to operating expenses in the periods of payment of the hedged operating expenses. The amount
of ineffectiveness that was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for these designated cash flow
hedges was immaterial. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedge
effectiveness. As of December 31, 2009, the net asset/liability fair value of these contracts was immaterial.

Note 11: Income Taxes

The components of income from operations before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

U.S.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$24,470
(8,435)

$(153,597)
20,521

$(34,110)
56,319

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16,035

$(133,076)

$ 22,209

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

102

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is summarized as follows (in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Current:

U.S. Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,049
2,395
1,956

$ 8,256
825
5,099

$ 4,470
3,099
5,234

Total current

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11,400

14,180

12,803

Deferred:

U.S. Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,430
456
(80)

6,806

(27,235)
(6,465)
(112)

(10,230)
(6,919)
(288)

(33,812)

(17,437)

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$18,206

$(19,632)

$ (4,634)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in
thousands):

Inventory reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other reserves and accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued compensation and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating loss carry forwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax credit carry forwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

December 31,

$

2009

828
5,851
1,614
13,886
30,438
1,959
14,197
5,444

74,217

(6,193)
(3,941)
(4,618)

2008

$ 1,068
6,246
2,397
15,243
30,140
2,760
18,892
5,563

82,309

(8,850)
(4,203)
(4,448)

Gross deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(14,752)

(17,501)

Deferred tax valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3,027)

(3,981)

Total deferred tax assets, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 56,438

$ 60,827

103

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Reconciliation between the income tax provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate and the actual
tax provision (benefit) is as follows (in thousands):

Tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate . . . .
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
. . . . . . .
Research and development credits . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign tax rate differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reduction in accrual for estimated potential tax

assessments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-deductible travel & entertainment . . . . . . . . .
Non-deductible stock compensation charge . . . . .
Goodwill impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance changes affecting provision

for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

$ 5,613
1,853
(1,219)
6,529

35.0% $(46,577)
(2,059)
11.6
(5,413)
(7.6)
(1,636)
40.7

35.0% $ 7,775
(2,430)
1.6
(2,981)
4.1
(7,031)
1.2

35.0%
(10.9)
(13.4)
(31.7)

(397)
274
6,512
—

(763)
(196)

(2.5)
1.7
40.6
—

(4.8)
(1.2)

(422)
363
7,015
29,663

0.3
(0.3)
(5.3)
(22.3)

(1,293)
395
1,447
—

(1,122)
556

0.9
(0.4)

(619)
103

(5.8)
1.8
6.5
—

(2.8)
0.4

$18,206

113.5% $(19,632)

14.8% $(4,634)

(20.9)%

We have $34.7 million ($35.2 million for state tax purposes) and $12.3 million ($17.8 million for state tax
purposes) of loss and credit carry-forwards at December 31, 2009 for US federal tax purposes. These losses and
credits will expire between 2010 and 2026. A significant portion of these net operating loss and credit carry-
forwards relate to recent acquisitions and utilization of these loss and credit carry-forwards will be subject to an
annual limitation under the IRC. We also have a valuation allowance related to foreign tax credits resulting from
the 2003 acquisition of Best and compensation limitations potentially limited by IRC 162(m). If these foreign tax
credits and the compensation deductions are ultimately utilized, the resulting benefit would reduce tax expense.

Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted ASC 740-10-25-5 through 17, Income Taxes—Basic Recognition
Threshold, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by requiring a tax position be
recognized only when it is more likely than not that the tax position, based on its technical merits, will be
sustained upon ultimate settlement with the applicable tax authority. The tax benefit to be recognized is the
largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement
with the applicable tax authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The cumulative effect of
adopting ASC 740-10-25-5 through 17 has been recorded in 2007 as an increase of $4.8 million to retained
earnings, and a decrease of $1.1 million and $5.9 million in goodwill and taxes payable, respectively.

104

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits was $37.0, $33.8, and
$33.4 million, which would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. Over the next twelve months, our existing
tax positions will continue to generate an increase in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of
the change in the gross unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2009 is as follows:

Federal, State
and Foreign
Tax

Accrued
Interest and
Penalties

Gross
Unrecognized
Income Tax
Benefits

Balance at January 1, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions related to 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations . .

Balance at December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions related to 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations . .

Balance at December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions related to 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations . .

Balance at December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$25.0
—
9.8
(1.6)
—
(0.7)

$32.5
0.2
7.4
(0.2)
(6.9)
(0.8)

$32.2
0.8
4.3
(0.3)
(1.1)
(0.5)

$35.4

$ 0.6
0.3
—
—
—
—

$ 0.9
0.7
—
—
—
—

$ 1.6
0.7
—
(0.1)
(0.5)
(0.1)

$ 1.6

$25.6
0.3
9.8
(1.6)
—
(0.7)

$33.4
0.9
7.4
(0.2)
(6.9)
(0.8)

$33.8
1.5
4.3
(0.4)
(1.6)
(0.6)

$37.0

We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
At December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, we have accrued $2.7, $2.6, and $1.5 million for potential payments of
interest and penalties.

As of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the amount of net unrecognized benefits that would impact our
effective tax rate, if recognized after December 31, 2009 was $37.0, $33.8, and $33.4 million, respectively, offset
by deferred tax benefits of $2.6, $2.3, and $2.9 million related to the federal tax effect of state taxes for the same
periods. We were subject to examination by both the U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions for the 2005-2008 tax
years and the Netherlands for the 2008 tax year. In the third quarter of 2008, we finalized a closing agreement
with the IRS to complete their examination of the 2002 through 2004 tax years. As a result of the IRS audit
settlement, we reduced our unrecognized tax benefits by $6.6 million, of which $2.5 million was recorded as a
tax benefit in 2008. The reduction in unrecognized tax benefits related primarily to intercompany cost allocations
and the research and development credits. Since the timing of the resolution of audits is uncertain, we are unable
to estimate any potential adjustments in the next 12 months to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

105

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 12: Employee Benefit Plans

Equity Incentive Plans

Our stockholders approved our 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan on June 21, 2009. As a result, no awards may
be granted under any of our prior plans. As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding equity awards under 10
equity incentive plans, including the 2009 Plan (defined below) and 9 prior equity incentive plans.

Our primary equity incentive plans are summarized as follows:

2009 Stock Plan

In June 2009, our stockholders approved the 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan (“2009 Plan”) and the
reservation of an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to such plan. The
2009 Plan provides for grants of stock options (both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options),
restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, performance stock units, dividend
equivalents, stock payments, deferred stock, restricted stock units, and performance-based awards. Options and
awards generally vest over a period of three to four years from the date of grant and generally expire seven to ten
years from the date of the grant. The terms of the 2009 Plan provide that an option price shall not be less than
100% of fair market value on the date of the grant. Our Board of Directors may grant a stock bonus or stock unit
award under the 2009 Plan in lieu of all or a portion of any cash bonus that a participant would have otherwise
received for the related performance period.

The shares of common stock covered by the 2009 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares, or
shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the 2009 Plan is forfeited (including a reimbursement of
a non-vested award upon a participant’s termination of employment at a price equal to the par value of the
common stock subject to the award) or expired, any shares of common stock subject to the award may be used
again for new grants under the 2009 Plan.

The 2009 Plan is administered by a committee, which may be the Board of Directors or a committee appointed
by the Board of Directors (“Committee”). The Committee has the exclusive authority to administer the 2009
Plan, including the power to (i) designate participants under the 2009 Plan, (ii) determine the types of awards
granted to participants under the 2009 Plan, the number of such awards, and the number of shares of our common
stock that is subject to such awards, (iii) determine and interpret the terms and conditions of any awards under
the 2009 Plan, including the vesting schedule, exercise price, whether to settle or accept the payment of any
exercise price, in cash, common stock, other awards, or other property, and whether an award may be cancelled,
forfeited, or surrendered, (iv) prescribe the form of each award agreement, and (v) adopt rules for the
administration, interpretation, and application of the 2009 Plan. The Committee does not have the authority to
accelerate vesting or waive forfeiture of any qualified performance-based awards.

Persons eligible to participate in the 2009 Plan include all of our employees, directors, and consultants, as
determined by the Committee. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 2,000 employees and 5 non-employee
directors were eligible to participate in the 2009 Plan.

As of December 31, 2009, there were 1.9 million shares outstanding and 3.1 million shares available for grant
under the 2009 Plan.

2007 Stock Plan

With the adoption of the 2009 Plan, no additional awards may be granted under the 2007 Equity Incentive Award
Plan (“2007 Plan”). Under the 2007 Plan, 3.3 million shares of common stock were reserved and authorized for

106

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

issuance. The 2007 Plan provides for grants of stock options (both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock
options), restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, performance stock units, dividend
equivalents, stock payments, deferred stock, restricted stock units, and performance-based awards. Options and
awards generally vest over a period of three to four years from date of grant and generally expire seven to ten
years from date of the grant. The terms of the 2007 Plan provide that an option price shall not be less than 100%
of fair market value on the date of the grant. Our Board of Directors may grant a stock bonus or stock unit award
under the 2007 Plan in lieu of all or a portion of any cash bonus that a participant would have otherwise received
for the related performance period.

The shares of common stock covered by the 2007 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares, or
shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the 2007 Plan is forfeited (including reimbursement of a
non-vested award upon a participant’s termination of employment at a price equal to the par value of the
common stock subject to the award) or expired, any shares of common stock subject to the award may be used
again for new grants under the 2007 Plan.

The 2007 Plan is administered by a committee, which may be the Board of Directors or the Committee. The
Committee has the exclusive authority to administer the 2007 Plan, including the power to (i) designate
participants under the 2007 Plan, (ii) determine the types of awards granted to participants under the 2007 Plan,
the number of such awards, and the number of shares of our common stock subject to such awards,
(iii) determine and interpret the terms and conditions of any awards under the 2007 Plan, including the vesting
schedule, exercise price, whether to settle or accept the payment of any exercise price in cash, common stock,
other awards, or other property, and whether an award may be cancelled, forfeited, or surrendered, (iv) prescribe
the form of each award agreement, and (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of
the 2007 Plan. The Committee does not have the authority to accelerate vesting or waive forfeiture of any
qualified performance-based awards.

As of December 31, 2009, there were 2.3 million shares outstanding under the 2007 Plan. As of December 31,
2008, there were 2.4 million shares outstanding and 0.6 million shares available for grant under the 2007 Plan.

2004 Stock Plan

With the adoption of the 2007 Plan, no additional awards may be granted under the 2004 Stock Plan (the “2004
Plan”). Under the 2004 Plan, 8.4 million shares of common stock were authorized for issuance. This amount
includes 0.1 million shares that were consolidated from the acquired Splash Plan, T/R Plan, and Printcafe Plans
on June 7, 2006. The terms of the 2004 Plan provide that an option price shall not be less than 100% of fair
market value on the date of the grant. The vesting period for restricted stock must be at least (a) one (1) year in
the case of a restricted stock award subject to a vesting schedule based on the achievement of specified
performance goals by the participant or (b) three (3) years in the case of a restricted stock award absent such
performance-based vesting. Under this plan, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units could be granted
that did not comply with the preceding minimum vesting requirement as long as the aggregate number of shares
of common stock issued with respect to such non-conforming awards granted under the 2004 Plan did not exceed
10% of the shares reserved for issuance. The 2004 Plan provides for accelerated vesting if there is a change in
control (as defined in the 2004 Plan). Options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards generally vest
over a 42 to 48 month period and expire from seven to ten years from the date of the grant. As of December 31,
2009 and 2008, there were 0.9 and 2.2 million shares, respectively, outstanding under the 2004 Plan.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

107

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

1999 Stock Plan

With the adoption of the 2007 Plan, no additional awards may be granted under the 1999 Stock Plan (the “1999
Plan”). The 1999 Plan authorized 10.6 million shares of common stock for issuance. The terms of the 1999 Plan
provide that an option price may not be less than 100% of fair market value and the purchase price under
restricted stock purchase agreement may not be less than 50% of fair market value on the date of the grant. The
Board of Directors or Committee had the authority to determine to whom options would be granted, the number
of shares, the vesting period, the expiration date, and the exercise price. The 1999 Plan provides for accelerated
vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 1999 Plan). Options, restricted stock units, and restricted
stock awards generally vest from two to four years and expire from seven to ten years from the date of the grant.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were 0.5 and 2.4 million shares, respectively, outstanding under the
1999 Plan.

1990 Stock Plan

The 1990 Stock Option Plan (the “1990 Plan”) by its terms expired in June 2000 and no additional awards may
be granted under this plan. In June 1990, we adopted the 1990 Plan, which, as amended, provided for the
issuance of incentive and nonqualified stock options to our employees, directors, and non-employees. We
reserved 13.2 million shares of common stock for issuance under the 1990 Plan. The original terms of the 1990
Plan provided that the exercise price of nonqualified stock options could not be less than 85% of the fair market
value on the date of the grant. In May 1995, the 1990 Plan was amended to provide that options could not be
granted at less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant. Generally, the
options vested over a four year period. The 1990 Plan allows us to buy out an option grant for cash or shares,
which was an option previously granted based on terms and conditions as established at the time such offer is
made. The 1990 Plan provides for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 1990 Plan).
The options are exercisable at times and increments as specified by the Board of Directors and expire not more
than 10 years from date of grant. All options available under the 1990 Plan have been issued. Any shares (plus
any shares that might in the future be returned to the 1990 Plan as a result of cancellations) that remained
available for future grants under the 1990 Plan have been cancelled. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, there
were less than 0.1 and 0.7 million shares, respectively, outstanding under the 1990 Plan.

Acquired Stock Plans

In connection with our acquisition of Splash Technology Holdings, Inc., T/R Systems, Inc., Print Café, and
Management Graphics, Inc. (“MGI”), we assumed their stock incentive plans. As of December 31, 2009 and
2008, there were less than 0.1 and 0.2 million options, respectively, outstanding under these acquired stock plans,
except for the stock incentive plan assumed in connection with our acquisition of MGI, under which there were
no awards outstanding at December 31, 2009.

Amended and Restated 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On June 2009, our stockholders approved the Amended and Restated 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that
increased the number of shares authorized for issuance pursuant to such plan by 3,000,000 shares. The share
increase was intended to ensure that we continue to have a sufficient reserve of common stock available under
the ESPP to provide our eligible employees with the opportunity to acquire our common stock through
participation in a payroll deduction-based ESPP designed to operate in compliance with Section 423 of the
Internal Revenue Code. The amendment and restatement of the ESPP does not provide for an automatic increase
in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, 6.2 and
2.8 million shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

108

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

In May 2000, our Board of Directors initially adopted the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which became
effective on August 1, 2000 and reserved 0.4 million shares of common stock for issuance under the ESPP. The
ESPP, subsequently amended prior to 2009, had an automatic share increase feature pursuant to which the shares
reserved under the ESPP automatically increased on the first trading day in January of each year, beginning with
calendar year 2006. The increase was equal to three quarters of one percent (0.75%) of the total number of shares
of common stock outstanding on the last trading day of December in the immediately preceding calendar year,
but in no event could any such increase exceed 2.5 million shares annually.

The ESPP is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees may contribute from
one to ten percent of their base compensation not to exceed ten percent of the employee’s earnings. Employees
are not able to purchase more than the number of shares having a value greater than $25,000 in any calendar
year, as measured at the beginning of the offering period under the ESPP. The purchase price shall be the lesser
of 85% of the fair market value of the stock, either on the offering date or on the purchase date. The offering
period shall not exceed 27 months beginning with the offering date. The ESPP provided for offerings of 4
consecutive, overlapping 6-month offering periods, with a new offering period commencing on the first trading
day on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year.

In 2009 and 2008, 0.8 and 0.5 million shares were issued under the ESPP at an average purchase price of $7.51
and $12.18, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, there was $1.7 million of total unrecognized compensation
cost related to stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the ESPP. That cost is expected to be
recognized over a period of 1.8 years. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were 2.9 and 0.3 million shares,
respectively, available for issuance under the ESPP.

Valuation and Expense Information under ASC 718

We account for stock-based payment awards, in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation, which requires
the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all equity awards made to our employees and
directors, including employee stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and employee stock
purchases related to all stock-based compensation plans based on the fair value of such awards on the date of
grant. We amortize stock-based compensation cost on a graded vesting basis over the vesting period. Stock-based
compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche of the award
as though the award were, in substance, multiple awards.

We use the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option pricing model to value stock-based compensation for all
equity awards, except market based awards. Market based awards are valued using a Monte Carlo valuation
model.

The BSM model determines the fair value of stock-based payment awards based on the stock price on the date of
grant and is affected by assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These
variables include, but are not limited to, our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and actual
and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. Option pricing models were developed to estimate the
value of traded options that have no vesting or hedging restrictions and are fully transferable. Because our
employee stock options and awards have certain characteristics that are significantly different from traded
options, and because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, in
management’s opinion, the existing valuation models may not provide an accurate measure of the fair value of
our employee stock options. Although the fair value of employee stock options is determined in accordance with
ASC 718 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”) using an appropriate option pricing model,
the value may not be indicative of the fair value observed in a willing buyer/willing seller market transaction.

109

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, employee stock
purchases under the ESPP, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards under ASC 718 for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007:

(in thousands)

2009

2008

2007

Stock-based compensation expense by type of award:

Employee stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-vested restricted stock awards and retricted stock

units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employee stock purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax effect on stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,269

$ 5,759

$ 8,270

11,965
4,349

18,583
94

23,187
4,481

14,834
1,426

33,427
(6,694)

24,530
(8,891)

Net effect on net income (loss)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$18,677

$26,733

$15,639

Valuation Assumptions for Stock Options and ESPP Shares

Our determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option pricing
model is affected by various assumptions including volatility, expected term, and interest rates. Expected
volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock over a preceding period commensurate with the
expected term of the option. The expected term is based upon management’s consideration of the historical life
of the options, the vesting period of the options granted, and the contractual period of the options granted. The
risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the
time of grant. Expected dividend yield was not considered in the option pricing formula since we do not pay
dividends and have no current plans to do so in the future.

The estimated per share weighted average fair value of options granted and ESPP shares issued and the
assumptions used to estimate fair value are shown below for the periods indicated:

BSM assumptions and fair value

2009

2008

2007

2009

2008

2007(1)

Stock option plans for the
years ended December 31,

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
for the years ended December 31,

Weighted average fair value per share . . . . . . .
Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected term (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3.84

$5.51

44%
1.8%
4.1

40%
2.8%
4.0

(1) No shares were issued under the ESPP in 2007.

Non-vested Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock Awards

$9.11

$

$

3.93

N/A
35%
51% – 66% 32% – 74% N/A
4.5% 0.3% – 1.2% 1.9% – 2.5% N/A
N/A
4.6

0.5 – 2.0

0.5 – 2.0

5.50

The restricted stock units and non-vested shares of restricted stock generally vest over a service period of two to
four years. The compensation expense incurred for these service-based awards is based on the closing market
price of our stock on the date of grant and is amortized on a graded vesting basis over the requisite service
period. The weighted average fair value of restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008, and 2007 were $10.84, $13.53, and $22.16, respectively. No restricted stock awards were granted
during 2009, 2008, and 2007.

In February 2008, the remaining 138,750 shares of market-based non-vested restricted stock units were modified
to seven-year service-based. No incremental stock-based compensation expense was incurred as a result of the
modification.

110

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Performance-based Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units and stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 include 98,000
market-based restricted stock units and 294,076 market-based stock options. These awards vest when our average
closing stock price exceeds defined multiples of the June 18, 2009 or August 28, 2009 closing stock prices for 20
consecutive trading days. If these multiples are not achieved by June 18, 2016 or August 28, 2016, the awards are
forfeited. The grant date fair value is estimated to be $0.9 million for the restricted stock units and $1.7 million
for the stock options, which are being amortized over their average derived service periods of 4.35 and 4.88
years, respectively. The average derived service period total fair value was determined using the Monte Carlo
valuation model based on our assumptions, which included a risk-free interest rate of 3.5% and 3.1%,
respectively, and an implied volatility of 50%.

Also granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 were 10,000 performance-based restricted stock units and
32,674 performance-based stock options. These performance-based restricted stock units vest when specified
performance criteria are met prior to June 30, 2010; otherwise, they are forfeited. These performance-based stock
options vest when our annual return on equity exceeds defined multiples of the 2008 return on equity. If these
multiples are not achieved by August 28, 2016, the stock options are forfeited. The grant date fair value is
estimated to be $0.1 million for the restricted stock units and for the stock options, which are being amortized
over their average derived service periods of 0.75 and 3.71 years, respectively. The performance-based stock
options were valued using the BSM valuation model.

2009 Fair Value Stock Option Exchange and 2007 Employee Tender Offer

We commenced a fair value stock option exchange on August 31, 2009, to allow employees, other than our
named executive officers and members of our Board of Directors, the opportunity to exchange all or a portion of
their eligible outstanding stock options for a smaller number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) based on
exchange ratios intended to result in the fair value of the newly issued RSUs being equal to the fair value of the
stock options that were surrendered or exchanged for cash, in certain circumstances. Stock options that were
“underwater” (i.e., those options with a per share exercise price greater than the per share closing price of our
common stock as quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market as of the trading day immediately preceding
August 31, 2009, the date the option exchange commenced, or $10.77 per share), excluding options granted six
months prior to the commencement of the exchange and options expiring within six months after the completion
of the exchange, were eligible for exchange.

The offering period closed on September 28, 2009. A total of 1,000 eligible employees participated in the option
exchange. We accepted for exchange options to purchase an aggregate of 2.8 million shares of our common
stock, representing 82% of total options eligible at the commencement of the exchange. All surrendered options
were cancelled and (i) we granted a total of 0.3 million new RSUs under the 2009 Plan, and (ii) we made cash
payments in the aggregate amount of $0.2 million (less applicable withholdings and without interest). The
resulting incremental compensation expense was not material to our consolidated statement of operations.

Based on the independent review of our historical stock option granting practices conducted by the Special
Committee of our Board of Directors in 2007, we determined that certain compensatory stock options were
granted with an exercise price lower than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Any
such stock options, which had not vested prior to January 1, 2005, absent amendment, would be subject to
substantial additional taxes under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and analogous state laws. On
October 23, 2007, we filed a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO with the SEC with respect to stock options.
The terms of the tender offer provided that each eligible stock option tendered would be amended to increase the
exercise price to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date determined in the independent
investigation in exchange for a cash bonus equal to the aggregate exercise price increase for such stock option

111

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

payable in January 2008, less applicable tax withholding. We accepted for amendment eligible options to
purchase 0.5 million shares of our common stock and made cash payments, in January 2008, to employees that
held eligible options accepted for amendment in the aggregate amount of $0.3 million, less applicable tax
withholding, to compensate them for the increased exercise prices per share of their amended eligible options, in
each case, in accordance with the terms of the tender offer.

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes the changes in stock options outstanding and exercisable for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 (in thousands except for weighted average exercise price and contractual
term):

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Shares

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

Options outstanding at December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,381

$24.90

Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited and expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

423
(335)
(956)

Options outstanding at December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,513

Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited and expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

980
(146)
(2,286)

Options outstanding at December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,061

Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited, expired, and exchanged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options granted, net of forfeited, expired, and exchanged . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

844
(4,081)

(3,237)
—

24.62
17.30
33.19

24.19

15.80
15.27
27.34

22.73

10.50
24.93

—

Options outstanding at December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,824

$15.90

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009 . . . . . . .

2,586

$16.30

Options exercisable at December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,580

$18.66

4.2

4.0

2.8

$2,064

$1,604

$

39

Aggregate stock option intrinsic value represents the difference between the closing price per share of our
common stock on the last trading day of the fiscal period and the exercise price of the underlying awards for the
options that were in the money at December 31, 2009. No options were exercised during the year ended
December 31, 2009. The total intrinsic value of options exercised, determined as of the date of option exercise,
was $0.3 and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. There was $3.0 million
of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options expected to vest as of December 31, 2009. That
cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of two years.

112

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31,
2009 (shares in thousands):

Range of exercise prices

$9.12 to $12.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$14.06 to 15.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$16.06 to $16.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$16.57 to $17.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$17.09 to $48.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$49.88 and over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options outstanding

Options exercisable

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)

5.9
5.1
3.9
2.3
1.8
0.4

4.2

Shares

922
686
310
374
529
3

2,824

Weighted
average
exercise
price

$ 10.73
15.81
16.28
16.99
21.63
497.76

Shares

93
383
207
374
520
3

Weighted
average
exercise
price

$ 12.55
15.81
16.26
16.99
21.58
497.76

$ 15.90

1,580

$ 18.66

Non-vested Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock Awards

Non-vested restricted stock units and restricted stock awards were awarded to employees under our equity
incentive plans. Non-vested restricted stock awards have the same voting rights as other common stock and are
considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Non-vested restricted stock awards are eligible to receive
dividends (i.e., participating securities), even if we do not intend to declare dividends. Restricted stock units do
not have the voting rights of common stock and the shares underlying the restricted stock units are not considered
issued and outstanding. A summary of the status of non-vested restricted stock units and restricted stock awards
as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2009, is presented below:

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted Stock Awards

Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted
average grant
date fair value

Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted
average grant
date fair value

Non-vested at January 1, 2009 . . . . . . .
Restricted stock granted . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock issued in exchange for
stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock vested . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock forfeited . . . . . . . . . . .

1,866
1,383

348
(727)
(163)

Non-vested at December 31, 2009 . . . .

2,707

$18.22
10.84

12.15
19.09
19.46

$13.36

118
—

—

(6)

—

112

$27.21
—

—
27.89
—

$27.18

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of restricted stock units that vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007,
determined as of the vesting date, were $8.2, $6.4, and $7.4 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of
restricted stock units vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009 was $30.5 million, calculated as the
closing price per share of our common stock on the last trading day of the fiscal period multiplied by 2.4 million
of restricted stock units vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009. There was approximately $13.9
million of unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock units expected to vest as of December 31,
2009. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years.

113

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Restricted Stock Awards

The fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007,
determined as of the vesting date, was $0.1, $2.3, and $7.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008, and 2007, respectively. There was $0.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested
restricted stock awards expected to vest as of December 31, 2009. That cost is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 1.2 years.

Employee 401(k) Plan

We sponsor a 401(k) Savings Plan (“401(k) Plan”) to provide retirement and incidental benefits for our
employees. Employees may contribute from 1% to 40% of their annual compensation to the 401(k) Plan, limited
to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). Prior to May 2009, we
matched 50% of U.S. employee contributions, up to a maximum of the first 4% of the employee’s compensation
contributed to the plan, subject to IRS limitations. All matching contributions vest over four years starting with
the hire date of the individual employee. In May 2009, we temporarily suspended our matching of employee
contributions to our 401(k) plans. We intend to resume our matching of employee contributions when certain
profit targets are achieved. Our matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan totaled $0.6, $1.9, and $2.0 million
during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The employees’ and our contributions
are cash contributions invested in mutual funds managed by an independent fund manager, or in self-directed
retirement plans. The fund manager or the employee may invest in our common stock at their discretion.

Note 13: Sale of Building and Land

On January 29, 2009, we sold a portion of the Foster City, California campus for $137.3 million to Gilead
Sciences, Inc. (“Gilead”). The property sold included an approximately 163,000 square foot building at 301
Velocity Way as well as approximately 30 acres of land. Direct transaction costs consist primarily of broker
commissions, documentary transfer and title costs, legal fees, and other expenses. The cost of the land, building,
and improvements accounted for as Assets Held for Sale at December 31, 2008 were included in the
determination of the gain on sale of building and land for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 as follows
(in millions):

Sales proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assets held for sale at December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direct transaction costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 137.3
55.4
1.9

Gain on sale of building and land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 80.0

Note 14: Restructuring and Other

We recognized restructuring and other charges of $9.0, $11.0, and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, primarily consisting of restructuring, severance, and charges to downsize our
facilities. Restructuring and severance charges of $8.1, $8.3, and $1.5 million related to head count reductions of
227, 166, and 4 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Severance costs include
severance payments, related employee benefits, retention bonuses, and outplacement or relocation costs.
Restructuring and other charges includes charges to downsize three facilities during 2009 and charges to
downsize five facilities and integrate our Pace and Raster acquisitions and related employees during 2008.

During each of the first three quarters of 2009 and throughout 2008, we announced restructuring plans to better
align our costs with revenue levels due to the current economic environment. These reductions are one of many

114

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

cost reduction actions that we have taken to lower our quarterly operating expense run rate. The restructuring
plans are accounted for in accordance with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations, and ASC 820, Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures, which became effective with respect to restructuring-related liabilities
initially in the first quarter of 2009.

Restructuring and other reserve activities for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized as
follows (in thousands):

Reserve balance at January 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring reserve related to acquisition of Pace . . . . . .
Other charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2009

$ 3,847
7,800
—
1,157
(10,008)

2008

$ —

8,772
358
2,233
(7,516)

Reserve balance at December 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,796

$ 3,847

Note 15: Segment Information, Geographic Data, and Major Customers

Operating Segments

ASC 280, Segment Reporting, requires segment information to be presented based on internal reporting used by
the chief operating decision maker to allocate resources and evaluate segment performance. Our enterprise
management processes became further refined in 2009 to use financial information that is closely aligned with
our three product categories at the gross profit level. Relevant discrete financial information is prepared at the
gross profit level for each of our three operating segments that is used by the chief operating decision making
group to allocate resources and assess the performance of each segment.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Our operating segments are:

Fiery, which consists of our color digital print controller line of products that is primarily sold to OEMs for sale
to end-users, is comprised of (i) stand-alone print controllers connected to digital copiers and other peripheral
devices, (ii) embedded and design-licensed solutions used in digital copiers and multi-functional devices, and
(iii) optional software integrated into our controller solutions.

Inkjet, which consists of (i) our VUTEk super-wide format digital inkjet printers and inks that are used by
billboard graphics printers, commercial photo labs, large sign shops, graphic screen printers, and digital graphics
providers to print billboards, building wraps, banners, art exhibits, point of purchase signage, and other large
displays, (ii) our early stage Jetrion industrial inkjet digital printing systems, custom high-performance
integration solutions and specialty inks for the converting, packaging, and direct mail industries, and (iii) our
early stage Rastek hybrid and flatbed UV wide format graphics printers for the mid-range market sector.

APPS, which consists of print software solutions that enhance printing workflow and makes printing operations
more powerful, productive, and easier to manage from one centralized user interface. Our enterprise resource
planning and collaborative supply chain software print management solutions are designed to enable printers and
print buyers to improve productivity and customer service while reducing costs.

Our chief operating decision making group evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on net
sales and gross profit. Gross profit for each segment includes revenues from sales to third parties and related cost
of revenue attributable to the segment. Cost of revenue for each segment excludes certain expenses managed

115

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

outside the operating segments consisting primarily of stock-based compensation expense. Operating income is
not reported by operating segment because operating expenses include significant shared expenses and other
costs that are managed outside of the operating segments. Such operating expenses include various corporate
expenses such as stock-based compensation expense, corporate sales and marketing expenses, income taxes,
various nonrecurring charges, and other separately managed general and administrative costs.

Summary gross profit information, excluding stock-based compensation expense, for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 is as follows (in thousands):

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Fiery

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit percentages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$184,407
121,532

$278,738
188,349

$331,474
220,469

65.9%

67.6%

66.5%

Inkjet

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit percentages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$159,733
50,748

$219,959
89,677

$229,253
101,403

31.8%

40.8%

44.2%

APPS

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit percentages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 56,968
40,277

$ 61,683
41,862

$ 59,859
41,184

70.7%

67.9%

68.8%

A reconciliation of our segment gross profit to the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 is as follows (in thousands):

Segment gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$212,557
(1,073)

$319,888
(2,471)

$363,056
(1,909)

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$211,484

$317,417

$361,147

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Revenues in the Fiery and APPS operating segments for the year ended December 31, 2007 have been revised to
reflect the reclassification of Fiery-related software revenue of $25.6 million from the APPS to the Fiery
operating segment. Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 have not changed.

116

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Tangible and intangible assets, net of liabilities, are summarized by operating segment as follows (in thousands):

Fiery

Inkjet

APPS

December 31, 2009
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identified intangible assets, net
Tangible assets, net of liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$53,249
—
43,333

$ 36,508
43,442
82,331

$33,083
11,007
1,865

Net tangible and intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$96,582

$162,281

$45,955

December 31, 2008
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identified intangible assets, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tangible assets, net of liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$53,249
52
30,178

$ 36,126
59,411
76,675

$33,206
13,529
(4,352)

Net tangible and intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$83,479

$172,212

$42,383

Segment assets exclude corporate assets, such as cash, short-term and long-term investments, and taxes payable.

Information about Geographic Areas

Our revenues originate in the U.S., The Netherlands, Germany, and Japan. We report revenues by geographic
area based on ship-to destinations. Shipments to some of our OEM customers are made to centralized purchasing
and manufacturing locations, which in turn sell through to other locations. As a result of these factors, we believe
that sales to certain geographic locations might be higher or lower, as the ultimate destinations are difficult to
ascertain.

The following is a breakdown of revenues by sales origin for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and
2007:

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

(in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Americas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Europe, Middle East and Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other international locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$229,294
122,696
35,041
14,077

$297,896
194,474
52,048
15,962

$327,232
216,308
58,015
19,031

Total Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$401,108

$560,380

$620,586

The following table presents our long-lived assets located outside the Americas, all of which are in the EMEA
region, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:

(in thousands)

December 31,

2009

2008

Goodwill
Intangible Assets, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$7,408
1,096

$7,299
1,438

$8,504

$8,737

117

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Major Customers

For the past three years we have had two major customers, Xerox and Canon, each with total revenues greater
than 10%. Canon and Xerox each contributed over 10% of our revenues individually and together accounted for
approximately 26%, 29%, and 31% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007,
respectively.

Two customers, Xerox and Canon, had accounts receivable balances greater than 10% of our net accounts
receivable balance at December 31, 2009, accounting for 15% and 10%, respectively, and one customer, Xerox,
had an accounts receivable balance greater than 10% of our net accounts receivable balance at December 31,
2008, accounting for 16%.

118

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Unaudited Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information

The following table presents our operating results for each of the eight quarters in the two-year period ended
December 31, 2009. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited, but has been prepared on the same
basis as our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In the opinion of management, all necessary adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) have
been included that are required to state fairly our unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with our
audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
These operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

(in thousands except per share data)

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

2009

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) per basic common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) per diluted common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of building and land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 96,145
52,928
(22,972)
26,714
0.52
$
$
0.52
$ 79,363

$ 90,110
46,771
(23,603)
(13,309)

$100,855
52,190
(15,060)
(12,169)

$
$
$

(0.27) $
(0.27) $
628

(0.25) $
(0.25) $
$ — $

$ 113,998
59,594
(5,382)
(3,407)
(0.07)
(0.07)
—

2008

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

$143,846
81,973
(5,892)
(113)

$136,604
77,232
(14,308)
(5,173)
(0.10) $ — $
(0.10) $ — $

$ 135,264
76,147
(116,196)
(104,514)
(2.03)
$
(2.03)
$
$ — $ — $ — $ 111,858

$144,666
82,065
(8,619)
(3,644)
(0.07) $
(0.07) $

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit
Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss per basic common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss per diluted common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill and asset impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

119

Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure

None.

Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange
Act, that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports
that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time
periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, is engaged in a comprehensive effort to review, evaluate, and improve our controls; however,
management does not expect that our disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system,
no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control
system’s objectives are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management
necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure
controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures is also based in part upon certain
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in
achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective to provide reasonable assurance as of December 31, 2009.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control
over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We assessed the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2009. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

Based on our assessment using those criteria, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was
effective as of December 31, 2009.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, as stated in their report included in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31,
2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.

Item 9B: Other Information

None.

120

PART III

Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding our directors is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the
caption “Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2010
Proxy Statement”). Information regarding our current executive officers is incorporated by reference from
information contained under the caption “Executive Officers” in our 2010 Proxy Statement. Information
regarding Section 16 reporting compliance is incorporated by reference from information contained under the
caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our 2010 Proxy Statement. Information
regarding the audit committee of our board of directors and information regarding an audit committee financial
expert is incorporated by reference from information contained under the caption “Meetings and Committees of
the Board of Directors” in our 2010 Proxy Statement. Information regarding our code of ethics is incorporated by
reference from information contained under the caption “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors” in
our 2010 Proxy Statement. Information regarding our implementation of procedures for stockholder nominations
to our board of directors is incorporated by reference from information contained under the caption “Meetings
and Committees of the Board of Directors” in our 2010 Proxy Statement.

Item 11: Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the
captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Executive Compensation” in our 2010 Proxy Statement.

Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters

Other than information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, which is
set forth below, the information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained
under the caption “Security Ownership” in our 2010 Proxy Statement.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2009 concerning securities that are authorized
under equity compensation plans.

Plan category

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column 1)

Equity compensation plans approved by

stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,531,167(1)

Equity compensation plans not approved by

stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,531,167

$14.66

—

$14.66

6,054,564(2)

—

6,054,564

(1)

(2)

Includes options outstanding as of December 31, 2009, representing 15,097 shares with an average exercise
price of $95.33 per share, that were assumed in connection with business combinations.
Includes 3,109,019 shares available under the 2009 Plan and 2,945,545 shares available under the ESPP.

121

Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the
caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” in our 2010 Proxy
Statement.

Item 14: Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the
caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in our 2010 Proxy Statement.

122

PART IV

Item 15: Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report

(1)

Index to Financial Statements

The Financial Statements required by this item are submitted in Item 8 of this report as follows:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009,

2008, and 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

67
68

69

70

71
72

(2) Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

128

(All other schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because
the necessary information is provided in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto in Item 8 of this
report.)

(3) Exhibits

Exhibit
No.

Description

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6+

3.1

3.2

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2000, by and among the Company, Vancouver
Acquisition Corp. and Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. (1)

Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 19, 2000, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
August 30, 2000, by and among the Company, Vancouver Acquisition Corp. and Splash Technology
Holdings, Inc. (2)

Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of July 14, 1999, among the Company,
Redwood Acquisition Corp. and Management Graphics, Inc. (3)

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 26, 2003 by and among the Company, Strategic
Value Engineering, Inc. and Printcafe Software, Inc. (4)

Merger Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2005 by and among the Company, VUTEk, Inc. and EFI
Merger Sub, Inc. (5)

Amended and Restated Equity Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 2006 among the Company,
Electronics for Imaging, International, Jetrion, LLC and Flint Group North America Corporation (6)

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (7)

Amended and Restated By-Laws of Electronics For Imaging, Inc., (as amended August 12, 2009) (8)

123

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

Exhibit
No.

Description

4.2

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company (9)

10.1+

Agreement dated December 6, 2000, by and between Adobe Systems Incorporated and the
Company (10)

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

1990 Stock Plan of the Company (9)

Management Graphics, Inc. 1985 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (11)

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive Plan as amended (12)

Amended and Restated 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (13)

Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan as amended to date (14)

Prographics, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan (15)

Printcafe Software, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (15)

Printcafe Software, Inc. 2002 Key Executive Stock Incentive Plan (15)

10.10

Printcafe Software, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (15)

10.11

T/R Systems, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan (16)

10.12

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (17)

10.13

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan (18)

10.14

10.15

10.16

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock
Option Agreement (19)

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice
and Restricted Stock Award Agreement (19)

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant
Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (19)

10.17

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan (20)

10.18

10.19

10.20

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock
Option Agreement (21)

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant
Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Agreement (21)

Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice
and Restricted Stock Award Grant Agreement (21)

10.21

Form of Indemnification Agreement (9)

10.22

Form of Indemnity Agreement (22)

10.23

Lease Financing of Properties Located in Foster City, California, dated as of July 16, 2004, among the
Company, Société Générale Financial Corporation and Société Générale (23)

10.24+ OEM Distribution and License Agreement dated September 19, 2005 by and among Adobe Systems

Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, as amended by Amendment
No. 1 dated as of October 1, 2005 (24)

10.25+ Amendment No. 2 to OEM Distribution and License Agreement by and among Adobe Systems

Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, effective as of
October 1, 2005 (25)

124

Exhibit
No.

Description

10.26

Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between Guy Gecht and the Company (26)

10.27

10.28

Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between Fred Rosenzweig and the
Company (26)

Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between John Ritchie and the
Company (26)

10.29+ Amendment No. 4 to OEM Distribution and License Agreement by and among Adobe Systems

Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, effective as of January 1,
2006 (27)

10.30

10.31

10.32

10.33

10.34

10.35

10.36

Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August
29, 2008, by and between the Company and Guy Gecht (28)

Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August
29, 2008, by and between the Company and Fred S. Rosenzweig (28)

Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August
29, 2008, by and between the Company and John Ritchie (28)

Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August
29, 2008, by and between the Company and James S. Greene (28)

Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August
29, 2008, by and between the Company and Dan Maydan (28)

Amendment of Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company
and Gill Cogan (28)

Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions dated as of October 23, 2008 by and
between the Company and Gilead Sciences, Inc., as amended (29)

10.37+ Master Confirmation dated February 18, 2009 between the Company and UBS, AG, London

Branch (30)

10.38+

Supplemental Confirmation dated February 18, 2009 between the Company and UBS, AG, London
Branch (30)

12.1

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

18

21

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

Preferability Letter Regarding Change in Accounting Policy relating to Goodwill

List of Subsidiaries

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Power of Attorney (see signature page)

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

+

The Company has received confidential treatment with respect to portions of these documents

125

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

(1) Filed as exhibit (d) (1) to the Company’s Schedule TO-T on September 14, 2000 and incorporated herein

by reference.

(2) Filed as exhibit (d) (5) to the Company’s Schedule TO/A No. 3 on October 20, 2000 and incorporated

herein by reference.

(3) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report of Unscheduled Events on Form 8-K on September 8, 1999

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(4) Filed as exhibit 10 to Amendment No. 2 to the Schedule 13D filed on February 26, 2003 and incorporated

herein by reference.

(5) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 18, 2005

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(6) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2006

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(7) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-57382) and

incorporated herein by reference.

(8) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 17, 2009 and

incorporated herein by reference.

(9) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-50966) and incorporated

herein by reference.

(10) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(11) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(12) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on June 24, 2003 and

incorporated herein by reference.

(13) Filed as Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on May 21, 2009 (File No. 000-18805) and

incorporated herein by reference.

(14) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,

2004 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(15) Filed as an exhibit to Printcafe Software, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-82646)

and incorporated herein by reference.

(16) Filed as an exhibit to T/R Systems, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-82646) and

incorporated herein by reference.

(17) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on June 16, 2004 and

incorporated herein by reference.

(18) Filed as Appendix B to the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on November 14, 2007 (File No. 000-18805)

and incorporated herein by reference.

(19) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on December 20, 2007 and

incorporated herein by reference.

(20) Filed as Appendix B to the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on May 21, 2009 (File No. 000-18805) and

incorporated herein by reference.

(21) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 17, 2009

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(22) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(23) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(24) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(25) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,

2006 (File No. 18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(26) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

126

(27) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006

(File No. 18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(28) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 5, 2008

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(29) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008

(File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(30) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,

2009 (File No. 18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(b) List of Exhibits

See Item 15 (a).

(c) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule II for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

127

ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)

Description

Year Ended December 31, 2009
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales-related

Balance at
beginning
of period

Charged to
revenue
and
expenses

Charged
to/(from)
other

accounts Deductions

Balance at
end of
period

allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$8,452

$7,703

$ — $(3,105)

$13,050

Year Ended December 31, 2008
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales-related

allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$8,153

$5,420

$

88(1) $(5,209)

$ 8,452

Year Ended December 31, 2007
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales-related

allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$7,852

$6,168

$ — $(5,867)

$ 8,153

(1) Adjustment due to acquired bad debt allowance: Pace—$88

128

Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 16(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

March 2, 2010

By:

/S/ GUY GECHT
Guy Gecht
Chief Executive Officer

ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints Guy Gecht and John Ritchie jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of
substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to the Form 10-K Annual Report and to
file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or
substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/ GUY GECHT
Guy Gecht

/S/ FRED ROSENZWEIG
Fred Rosenzweig

/S/

JOHN RITCHIE
John Ritchie

/S/ THOMAS GEORGENS

Thomas Georgens

/S/ GILL COGAN
Gill Cogan

/S/ DAN MAYDAN
Dan Maydan

/S/

JAMES S. GREENE
James S. Greene

/S/ RICHARD A. KASHNOW

Richard A. Kashnov

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F

March 2, 2010

March 2, 2010

March 2, 2010

March 2, 2010

March 2, 2010

March 2, 2010

March 2, 2010

March 2, 2010

Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

President, Director

Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

129

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

CORPORATE DIRECTORY

Stockholder Information
Independent Accounting Firm
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California

Listing
Electronics For Imaging, Inc. is listed
on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
The trading symbol is EFII

Transfer Agent & Registrar
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue, 2nd Floor
Brooklyn, New York 11219
Telephone: (800) 937-5449

Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of Stockholders will
be held on May 27, 2010

Corporate & Investor Information
Please direct inquiries to:
Investor Relations
EFI
303 Velocity Way
Foster City, California 94404
Telephone: (650) 357-3828
Facsimile: (650) 357-3907
Web site: www.efi.com

Corporate Officers

Guy Gecht
Chief Executive Officer

Fred Rosenzweig
President

John Ritchie
Chief Financial Officer

Board of Directors

Gill Cogan (1)
Chairman of the Board of the Company
Founding Partner,
Opus Capital Ventures LLC

Guy Gecht
Chief Executive Officer of the Company

Thomas Georgens (3)
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director,
NetApp, Inc.

James S. Greene (2)(3)(4)
Vice President, Cisco Systems, Inc.

Richard A. Kashnow (2)(3)
Consultant, Self-Employed

Dan Maydan (1)(2)
Member, Board of Trustees,
Palo Alto Medical Foundation

Fred Rosenzweig
President of the Company

(1) Member of the Compensation Committee
(2) Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee
(3) Member of the Audit Committee
(4) Mr. Greene will not be standing for re-election to the Board
of Directors at the Annual Meeting. Effective as of the date
of the Annual Meeting, Messrs. Cogan and Maydan will fill
the vacancy on the Nominating and Governance Committee
and the Audit Committee, respectively, due to Mr. Greene
not standing for re-election at the Annual Meeting.